462

462
ObtainingValuefromOnLineSubstation
ConditionMonitoring
WGB3.12

June 2011
Obtaining Value from On-Line
Substation Condition Monitoring
Working Group B3.12
Members
Arthur Mackrell (GB) Convenor
Nicolaie Fantana (DE) Secretary
Jos Anguas (ES) Gary Ford (CA) Thierry Jung (FR)
Dagmar Kopejtkov (CZ) Andr Mercier (CA) Cesare Ravetta (IT)
Martin Schumacher (DE) John Skog (US) Werner Steingrber (DE)
Dave Woodcock (GB)
Corresponding & Ex-Contributing Members
Jean-Marie David (FR) Francois Gallon (FR) Terry Krieg (AU)
Lorenz Mller (CH) Fred Paes (BR) Knathip Spuntupong (TH)
Simon Sutton (GB) Koichi Taketa (JP) Tokio Yamagiwa (JP)
Copyright 2011
Ownership of a CIGRE publication, whether in paper form or on electronic support only infers right of use for
personal purposes. Are prohibited, except if explicitly agreed by CIGRE, total or partial reproduction of the
publication for use other than personal and transfer to a third party; hence circulation on any intranet or other
company network is forbidden.
Disclaimer notice
CIGRE gives no warranty or assurance about the contents of this publication, nor does it accept any
responsibility, as to the accuracy or exhaustiveness of the information. All implied warranties and conditions are
excluded to the maximum extent permitted by law.
ISBN: 978. 2. 85873.151.0
1
Table of Contents
Page
Executive Summary 8
Chapter 1 Introduction 9
1.1 Objective 9
1.2 Scope 9
1.3 Reasons for monitoring 10
1.4 General introduction to on-line condition monitoring 12
1.5 The overall monitoring picture 14
1.6 Evolution of on-line condition monitoring 14
1.7 Interest groups 15
1.8 Questionnaire 16
1.9 Questionnaires influence on the Technical Brochure layout 16
1.10 Summary 18
References for Chapter 1 18
Chapter 2 Definitions and Terminology 19

2.1 Definitions 19
2.1.1 Value 19
2.1.2 Condition 20
2.1.3 On-line condition monitoring 20
2.1.4 Monitoring 21
2.1.5 Diagnostics or diagnostic testing 21
2.1.6 Differences between diagnostic test, monitoring, condition monitoring, 21
and diagnosis
2.1.7 Substation equipment and condition monitoring devices 22
2.1.7.1 Equipment 22
2.1.7.2 Devices 22
2.1.8 Sub-division of condition monitoring devices 22
2.1.8.1 Equipment monitoring devices 22
2.1.8.2 Network monitoring devices 23
2.2 Terminology 23
2.2.1 TBM Time Based Maintenance [or Frequency Based Maintenance (FBM)] 23
2.2.2 RCM Reliability Centred Maintenance 23
2.2.3 CBM Condition Based Maintenance 24
2.2.4 RBM Risk Based Maintenance 24
2.2.5 PFM Performance Focused Maintenance 24
2.3 Acronyms and Abbreviations 24
2.4 Summary 24
Chapter 3 Present Utilities Challenges 26

3.1 General present drivers of energy business 26
3.2 Asset management in general 26
3.2.1 Maintenance management 27
3.2.2 Upgrading and capital investment management 27
3.2.3 Utility risk management 28
3.2.4 Environmental friendly service management 29
3.3 Utilities goals (Questionnaire responses analysis) 29
3.4 Summary 30
2
Chapter 4 Condition Monitoring Contribution to Utilities Solutions 31
4.1 CM contribution to Asset Management in general 31
4.1.1 Maintenance management 32
4.1.2 Upgrading and capital investment management 32
4.1.3 Utility risk management 33
4.1.4 Environmental friendly service management 34
4.2 Utilities experience ( Questionnaire responses analysis) 34
4.2.1 Evaluation of Q51 responses What drives your companys decision to install 35
condition monitoring?
4.2.2 Evaluation of Q63 responses Where does the value come from in using CM 36
systems?
4.2.3 Evaluation of Q53 responses How are CM systems perceived in your 37
company?
4.2.4 Evaluation of Q35 responses Does your company have any of the listed 38
policies or strategies relating to CM?
4.2.5 Evaluation of Q52 responses Would your company install more CM systems 39
if the CM systems met certain listed specified conditions?
4.2.6 Evaluation of Q54 responses Does your company conduct research and 39
development (R&D) into development of new CM methods/techniques?
4.2.7 Evaluation of Q75 responses What does your company see as a way of 40
obtaining the best overall value from CM devices?
4.2.8 Questionnaire results summary 41
4.3 Summary 41
Chapter 5 Economic Justification of Substation Condition Monitoring 43

5.1 Introduction 43
5.2 Historical background 43
5.3 Description of techniques used to justify CM 44
5.3.1 Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA) techniques 44
5.3.2 Lost Opportunity Value (LOV) technique 46
5.3.3 Qualitative Risk Analysis technique 47
5.3.4 Quantitative Risk Analysis technique 49
5.3.5 Avoided Maintenance technique 51
5.3.6 Synthesis technique 54
5.3.7 System Performance technique 55
5.4 Utilities experience (Questionnaire response analysis) 58
5.4.1 Evaluation of Q64 responses Does your company have a model for 58
calculating the value delivered by CM systems?
5.4.2 Evaluation of Q65 responses If your company has a model, what type of 59
calculation method is it based on?
5.4.3 Evaluation of Q66 responses If your company has a model, what factors do 59
you use in a calculation of value?
5.4.4 Evaluation of Q67 (Q68 to Q74) responses Can your company calculate a 60
cost or benefit for the following activities?
5.5 Summary 61
Chapter 6 Sources of Substation Condition Monitoring Data 64

6.1 Equipment monitoring 64
6.2 Network monitoring devices 65
6.3 Common aspects of equipment and network monitoring devices 66
3
6.4 Condition Monitoring System reliability 67
6.4.1 Accuracy of condition monitoring 67
6.4.2 Monitoring devices reliability and compatibility 67
6.4.3 Network monitoring reliability 68
6.5 Utilities experience (Questionnaire responses analysis) 69
6.5.1 Application of condition monitoring 69
6.5.2 Data handling 72
6.6 Summary 73
Chapter 7 Management of Substation Monitoring Data and Evaluation Schemes 75

7.1 Introduction 75
7.2 Selection of monitored data Equipment monitoring 75
7.3 Selection of monitored data Network monitoring 76
7.4 Common benefits of equipment and network monitoring 77
7.5 Management of data and evaluation schemes 78
7.5.1 Equipment monitoring architecture 78
7.5.2 Network monitoring architecture 79
7.5.3 Evaluation accuracy 80
7.6 Organizational consideration 81
7.7.1 Benefits of condition monitoring 81
7.7.2 Data handling 83
7.8 Summary 84
Chapter 8 Substation Condition Monitoring Results Management 85

8.1 Introduction to Results Management 85
8.2 Examples of Results Management 86
8.2.1 External Web Based System operated by National Grid 86
8.2.2 Integrated Data Management System operated by CEPS 88
8.2.3 Web Based System (MIDA) used by Hydro Quebec based on generators 92
8.2.4 Circuit Breaker & Disconnector Monitoring System 95
8.2.5 Integrated Condition Monitoring System 98
8.3 Utilities experience (Questionnaire responses and analysis) 99
8.3.1 Evaluation of Q60 responses 100
8.3.2 Evaluation of Q61 and Q62 responses 100
8.4 Summary 101
Chapter 9 Present Practice 103

9.1 Introduction 103
9.2.1 Quantity 104
9.2.2 Performance 106
9.2.3 Summary from Questionnaire 108
9.3 Case Studies 108
9.3.1 Red Elctrica de Espaa On-line Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) of power 110
transformers and shunt reactors
9.3.1.1 What was the situation before? 110
9.3.1.2 What were the problems that necessitated the actions of the study? 110
9.3.1.3 How were they overcome by condition monitoring? 110
9.3.1.4 How were the costs justified? 110
9.3.1.5 What were the values obtained? 111
9.3.1.6 Experience good/bad/could be better? 111
4
9.3.1.7 Are there any on-going additions/modifications/installations? 111
9.3.1.8 What is proposed to be done differently for the future? 111
9.3.2 European Transmission Utility Simple case of transformer where condition 112
monitoring found a developing fault
How were they overcome by condition monitoring?
9.3.2.4 Were costs involved? How were the costs justified? 113
9.3.2.5 Conclusion Experience good/bad/could be better? What is 113
proposed to be done differently for the future?
9.3.3 Electranet, South Australia Dealing with a gassing transformer at Para 114
substation
9.3.4 Project and system: Economic assessment of on-line monitoring of dissolved 119
gas content of large power transformers Investor Owned Utility, California,
USA
9.3.5 UK National Grid 400/132kV autotransformer Successful application of on- 124
line monitoring
9.3.6 Canadian Transmission utilities needs 127
9.3.7 Edenor, Argentina On-line monitoring of circuit breakers 131
5
9.3.8 CEPS, a.s. Project and system ACM (Automatic Centralised Monitoring) of 133
HV equipment
9.3.9 Development process integrating Condition Monitoring into the future overall 140
substation system
Chapter 10 Future Development 144

10.1 Introduction 144
10.1.1 Asset management 144
10.1.2 Load flow decision support 145
10.1.3 Knowledge management (Expertise) 145
10.1.4 Statutory, Regulatory and Contractual proof of obligations 145
10.1.5 Environmental control 145
10.1.6 Future drivers 145
10.2 Standardisation for Condition Monitoring 146
10.3 General technical requirements for future CM systems 146
10.3.1 CM hardware 146
10.3.2 Continuity of CM data 147
10.3.3 CM as an integral part of digital control and protection systems 147
10.3.4 Description of detailed functionality 148
10.3.5 User guide for CM-functions 150
10.3.6 Significance of results of CM-functions 151
10.4 Summary / Vision for future on-line Condition Monitoring 151
Chapter 11 Summary, Recommendations and Conclusion 153

11.1 Summary 153
11.1.1 Present utilities challenges 153
11.1.2 Condition monitoring contribution to utilities solutions 153
11.1.3 Economic justification for substation condition monitoring 154
11.1.4 Sources of substation monitoring data 154
11.1.5 Management of substation monitoring data and evaluation schemes 155
11.1.6 Substation condition monitoring results management 155
11.1.7 Present practice 156
11.2 Recommendations 156
11.2.1 Future development 156
11.2.2 Monetized Value items 157
11.2.3 Items to consider in instances when a utility cannot fully cost all the 158
Values
6
Appendix 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations 160
Appendix 2 Condition Monitoring Equipment 167

App.2.1 Transformers and Reactors 167
App.2.2 Bushings 169
App.2.3 Circuit Breakers (CB) and other switching devices 169
App.2.4 Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) and Lines (GIL) 170
App.2.5 Vacuum Circuit Breakers (VCB) 171
App.2.6 Partial Discharge 171
App.2.7 Insulation 171
App.2.8 SF6 Quality 172
App.2.9 Capacitive Voltage Transformer (CVT) & capacitive equipment 172
App.2.10 Batteries 172
App.2.11 Relays (Protection & Control) 172
App.2.12 HV Cables 173
App.2.13 Other substation equipment 173
App.2.14 Progressing from individual equipment to looking at the complete 173
substation & the concept of Smart Grid
References for Appendix 2 173
Appendix 3 Questionnaire 178

App.3.1 About the Questionnaire 178
App.3.2 Aim of Questionnaire 178
App.3.3 Questionnaire structure and goals 178
App.3.4 Distribution and Responses 181
App.3.5 Questionnaire evaluation, use of responses, and lessons learnt 182
App.3.6 Questionnaire details 183
Appendix 4 Tables of Equipment Monitored 200

App.4.1 About the Tables 200
App.4.2 Aim of the Tables 200
App.4.3 KEY to Tables 1, 2 and 3 200
App.4.Table 1 SOURCE : PARAMETER : EQUIPMENT : PURPOSE 202
App.4.Table 2 PARAMETER : SOURCE : PURPOSE : EQUIPMENT 217
App.4.Table 3 EQUIPMENT : PARAMETER : SOURCE : PURPOSE 232
Appendix 5 Value Matrix 247

Fig.App.5.1 Example of a typical completed VALUE MATRIX 250
Fig.App.5.2 Example of WEIGHTING FACTOR ASSESSMENT for a typical 253
VALUE MATRIX
Fig.App.5.3 Example of a populated VALUE MATRIX 254
Fig.App.5.4 Example of results from a populated VALUE MATRIX 255
7
Executive Summary
The aim of this Technical Brochure is to provide the reader with broader views on equipment condition
monitoring systems that are complementary to, and in some cases even substituting, traditional
diagnostic testing procedures widely applied today. Also to investigate the technology currently
available and to analyse the factors that need to be considered to determine the degree of application
which will provide the optimum solution for interest groups, whether consultants, an individual utility or
other end-user, taking into account the improved reliability and availability of modern HV substation
equipment.
In essence our aim is to show how utilities and other interest groups can obtain Value from on-line
substation condition monitoring.
The Technical Brochure asks and gives recommendations on a series of questions;
What are the asset life management problems/goals that utilities are dealing with and
would like to avoid/achieve?
Can condition monitoring help solve the problems/goals and if yes, how?
If monitoring can help, is it economically effective?
What substation equipment data is readily available and how can it be effectively
utilized to assess equipment condition?
How do you choose and manage available on-line data and how is value obtained?
How do you organize and translate the data resulting from condition monitoring into
input for decision making?
What experiences, good and bad, can be shared today?
Are there developments progressing, or required in the future, that increase the value
of condition monitoring?
To understand the current utility state of on-line condition monitoring practices a Questionnaire was
developed, disseminated and analysed by the Working Group (WG). The WGs observations and
opinions are presented in the form of graphs and text.
A set of actual Case Studies have been included, to help the reader understand some of the decision
process complexity, the risks involved, and both the potential and realized value. There are nine Case
Studies that were selected to give an indication of what is available, these have a similar structure,
and answer similar questions.
The difficulty of assessing the Value a utility may receive from on-line condition monitoring is amply
demonstrated by considering Warren Buffets investment dilemma Price is what you pay; value is
what you get and Oscar Wildes observation Nowadays people know the price of everything
and the value of nothing
Working Group B3-12 trusts that we have given the reader full and detailed methods of obtaining
Value from on-line condition monitoring applicable to the various and individual requirements of all
utilities and interest groups.
8
Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1 Objective
In recent years there has been an increase in the availability of condition monitoring devices and
systems, as stand-alone equipment, or integrated with protection and control devices and systems.
Many claims have been made concerning the advantages of Condition Based Maintenance over the
traditional Time Based Maintenance. However the right choice will vary according to the network
voltage, risk management policy, and other plant factors, and will vary from one utility to another.
The aim of this Technical Brochure is to provide the reader with broader views on equipment condition
monitoring systems that are complementary to, and in some cases even substituting, traditional
diagnostic testing procedures widely applied today. Also to investigate the technology currently
available and to analyse the factors that need to be considered to determine the degree of application
which will provide the optimum solution for interest groups, whether consultants, an individual utility or
other end-user, taking into account the improved reliability and availability of modern plant.
In short, how to obtain Value from on-line substation condition monitoring.
This Technical Brochure (TB) does not describe the condition monitoring (CM) devices/products
themselves because they are well covered in other specialized Cigr TB (e.g. for transformers and
circuit breakers); its purpose is to describe how to obtain value from the various devices, and from
already available condition information within a substation.
1.2 Scope
The scope is limited to condition monitoring of substation equipment, however it excludes monitoring
of specialist plant such as SVCs. Equipment outside the substation such as cables and overhead lines
are also not included.
The Working Group was targeted with;

1. Identifying the condition monitoring devices which are currently available
2. Detailing the benefits claimed in terms of reduced cost of maintenance, reduced forced
outages, extended life of assets etc.
3. Gathering data from Utilities and Solution Providers on their experiences by means of a
questionnaire.
4. Identifying the factors that need to be considered in answering the question;
Will this device/these devices be cost effective for my network?

These factors included;
- The choice of the most suitable form of monitoring devices (by purpose designed
monitoring system or using data gathered within numerical protection and control
devices)
- The initial cost of monitoring devices
- The cost of labour used for maintenance activities
- The cost of forced outages
- The cost of planned outages
- Life cycle costs of the monitoring devices themselves
- Data analysis tools to avoid data overload
- Training of staff to use the new technology
5. Listing various factors to assist utilities in making the decision on what aspects of condition
monitoring will provide real value, as opposed to simply considering equipment that has
traditionally been monitored.
9
6. Disseminating the results through a report and/or paper(s) and through presentations during
relevant events.
7. Co-operating with other study committees if considered useful and desirable.
Chapter 2 gives full details regarding the definitions used as the scope for this Technical Brochure. In
summary On-line condition monitoring (CM) studied by the WG means;
Continuous measurement using devices permanently installed on primary or secondary
equipment to measure, collect and evaluate one or more characteristic parameters with the
intention of automatically determining and reporting the status of the monitored subject at a
certain moment in time.
CM systems differ from simple monitoring in that these systems collect, process and output a
result based on the sensor inputs. CM systems are more complex in nature and are likely to
have outputs based on more than simple threshold alarms.
1.3 Reasons for monitoring
There are instances of spectacular failures of primary equipment in service at substations of all
voltages levels. The protection device, once an electrical fault is detected, de-energises the failed
equipment, however in the worst case this does not stop the primary equipment from being destroyed.
The aim of condition monitoring is to determine deteriorating conditions within the primary equipment
such that the equipment can be de-energised in a repairable condition before further damage or total
destruction occurs.
Fig. 1.1 A failure of a bushing on a shunt reactor (reproduced by kind permission of BCTC)
Happily, very few failures are as spectacular or as catastrophic as that shown in Fig. 1.1, reproduced
by kind permission of British Columbia Transmission Corporation (BCTC), and those shown in Fig.
1.2. which are taken from a Paper by Picher, Rajotte & Nguyen [1.1] which describes the experience
on bushings of transformers up to 735kV and reproduces these pictures of the catastrophic fire
caused by a bushing failure.
10
Fig. 1.2 Consequence of a bushing failure (735kV transformer) [1.1]
There are, however, many instances where electrical equipment has suffered catastrophic damage,
and in many cases there is the potential of grave danger to personnel as well. A series of videos are
shown in reference [1.2] of spectacular failures of transformers and circuit breakers resulting in
devastating fires, a screen-shot of one is shown in Fig. 1.3
In addition to the damage to the equipment itself much of the adjacent equipment, buildings and
surrounding area can be destroyed causing massive insurance claims, local blackouts and usually a
considerable effect on the companys share-price and reputation.
11
The vast majority of failures, if detected in advance, can either be repaired or removed by a planned
outage, before they reach this stage. Although condition monitoring cannot prevent all such explosive
incidents, the reasons behind applying condition monitoring systems and devices is to detect these
deteriorating assets before they reach this stage, and warn of the danger of leaving plant in service.
Over the decades, substation equipment has a proven history of extremely high performance. Based
on this experience, the service intervals and the life time expectations for the equipment has
continually increased. For some equipment under normal operating conditions and average aging
characteristics, the service intervals has become decades and the lifetime expectation half a century.
With such long periods, two questions arise: "Is there a critical change in operating conditions for the
equipment?" and "Is the equipment installed following a normal aging pattern?". Both questions can
be answered by a close monitoring of the equipment and system allowing responsible operation even
when the expected operating life exceeds historic norms or short term overload conditions occur.
1.4 General introduction to on-line condition monitoring
Condition monitoring systems that are available for substation equipment application span a very wide
range of complexity and cost. Simple and very low cost systems that have been applied to
transformers for many years to monitor evolution of gasses and moisture occupy one end of the
spectrum, whilst highly complex partial discharge-based multi-component diagnostic systems costing
many hundreds of thousands of Euros occupy the other end of the spectrum.
In addition to the capital purchase and installation costs for these devices there are recurring
operational costs associated with maintaining the devices, acquiring the data, and investing the time
to analyse and interpret the data in order to make informed decisions. These latter costs can add
significantly to the overall operating and maintenance costs. Justification for the investment in such
systems requires assessment of the value added through the use of such technologies.
Typically the values associated with investing in monitoring systems, include for example;
Reduction in operating and maintenance costs as well as failure impacts
Justification for life extension and deferral of capital expenditures for assets near their end of
life
Improved operating efficiencies (reduced maintenance costs) through support for condition-
based maintenance
Improved asset capability and deferral of capital expenditure for assets close to their ratings
or end of life
Controlled loading and overload ability
The application of condition monitoring systems to differing types of equipment is linked to the nature
of the aging, deterioration and ultimately the failure mechanisms that can occur in these types of
assets.
There are several evolutionary patterns of functional failure as illustrated in simplified forms in Figs.
1.4, 1.5, 1.6 and 1.7. Very few substation occurrences would follow the pattern of Fig. 1.5 where the
failure is almost instantaneous. An instance where a crane touches an overhead line causes an
instantaneous failure, however this has nothing to do with the condition of the equipment, it is an
accident or human error. On-line condition monitoring can address all 4 patterns. The one shown in
Fig. 1.4 could be a sticky contact on a voltage controller. On-line CM would notice that voltages went
beyond normal limits. The pattern in Fig. 1.7 may be a transformer failure due to a through-fault but
on-line CM may identify loss of winding clamping, impedance changes or the accumulation of through-
fault forces.
12
Slow Wear and Fast Wear are relative terms. Wear in a circuit breaker (CB) associated with a
transformer or a feeder will be relatively slow, as they are only operated infrequently. However wear
on a CB associated with a shunt capacitor could be higher with more switching cycles and a more
onerous duty. In both cases of these CB and in the case of transformers, this Slow Wear stage could
be over many months or years. If the Slow Wear state starts to change to a Fast Wear rate it is a
signal that the asset is deteriorating at a faster rate, and its condition should be determined with
greater urgency.
There are many abbreviations and acronyms associated with condition monitoring (CM) and
substations in general. Appendix 1 lists all those that are used in this Technical Brochure (TB), and it
is suggested that readers familiarize themselves with these.
Many Papers and Cigr TB have been written on the subject of monitoring and condition monitoring.
In most cases these are very detailed and important, however they are invariably written around one
particular piece of primary plant equipment, and the CM devices associated with that equipment.
Appendix 2 gives a selection of references that are valuable for individual equipment monitoring. The
scope of this TB is to consider all these individual equipments as a starting point, and build on these to
enable an assessment of value throughout the whole of the substation using these equipments
together with other information and data that is available within the substation.
13
1.5 The overall monitoring picture
Although the scope of this Technical Brochure has been limited to the aspects of on-line condition
monitoring it is worth looking at the overall picture of the complete monitoring spectrum, and seeing
where the on-line condition monitoring (CM) fits in this process.
Fig.1.8 shows the overall Condition Monitoring Lifebelt and the tools making up the segments. All
parts contribute to the overall value and are necessary in the process. Diagnostic devices, practices
and tools are used by maintenance people to get a better knowledge of the condition of the
equipment, which is the main goal of all utilities (i.e. the goal is to find the condition of the equipment,
the goal is not to use CM). Sometimes, these diagnostic tools are necessary to get the most important
part of a complete picture of the equipment condition. As an example, a lot of effort is being expended
at Hydro Qubec to develop/use CM and diagnostic tools/diagnostic methodologies. Expert
knowledge is essential, whether it be dedicated staff in the utility, staff on-call contracted to the
manufacturers or monitoring station, by an expert system, or a mixture of these.
This TB will be primarily concentrating on the on-line aspects, although depending on the equipment
type and its types of failure, the amount and ratio of information coming from different sources, and
their corresponding value, may vary. Each utility has to decide the level of knowledge and expertise
they need and which tools to use in order to obtain it, together with the relative sizing of each segment
of the Lifebelt.
Fig. 1.8 The complete Condition Monitoring Lifebelt
1.6 Evolution of on-line condition monitoring
Condition monitoring is evolving from the traditional stand-alone approach. As long ago as 1991
Kawada, Yamagiwa & Endo [1.3] recognised the importance of on-line predictive maintenance
systems, improving sensing and diagnostic technology, and developing Expert systems.
A Paper by Kopejtkov, Kopejtko & Spurny [1.4] describes such an Expert system, and the state of a
CEPS project in 2001 to integrate asset conditions information from different data sources into an
assessment process that collects and evaluates monitored data together with data about equipment
14
failures and maintenance and diagnostics results. A new IT system was developed for this purpose,
further practical details of this development up to the present are included elsewhere in this TB.
It was recognised in TransGrid, Australia, that an integrated strategy was required for on-line condition
monitoring devices. The Paper by Kingsmill, Jones and McIntyre [1.5] examines the use of such
devices in substations and presents a methodology that has the aim of deriving business benefits. It
reviews the merits of different types of monitoring devices, analyses considerations that can be taken
into account in developing a strategy for on-line condition monitoring, and discusses practical
considerations for fitting CM devices across a network. It also reviews their experiences in
implementing this strategy and the impact on asset management.
In addition to individual dedicated sensors for equipment monitoring, modern protection and control
(P&C) systems collect much information and data, and often it is only a case of harnessing this data to
use in condition monitoring systems (CMS), (this is discussed in depth in this Technical Brochure). De
Mesmaeker [1.6] discusses that integrating monitoring into the already integrated P&C system, should
be considered as part of the overall substation system, and that monitoring should no longer be
considered a collection of individual items.
However, once we step outside the realms of individual monitoring equipment and dedicated sensors,
communication channels become important. When these channels are shared with P&C and
operational duties, reliability and security are vitally important. Geach, Barron, Crompton and Tart [1.7]
refers to the use of IEC 60870-5-101 and -103 for monitoring devices and interfaces. Adamiak,
Kasztenny, Mazereeuw, McGinn & Hodder [1.8] consider going further to use IEC 61850 process bus
deployment in the use of continuous self-monitoring to reduce or eliminate the need for periodic
testing. Similarly Schumacher, Hoga & Schmid [1.9] describe the IEC 61850 process bus, and the
connection of monitoring and analysing equipment.
The industry is rapidly changing from the concept of condition monitoring being stand-alone, and just
associated with the primary equipment itself. As occurred with protection and control devices, that
were separate entities 20 30 years ago, now it is generally accepted that P&C is integrated.
Condition monitoring is also now becoming integrated into the P&C system, however it is happening
much more rapidly, and expected to be accepted much quicker and easier than the integration of
P&C. We are already needing to consider situations where the communications channels from within
the substation also go outside the substation. Then cyber security challenges with communication
channels become associated with condition monitoring as well as P&C interfaces. These challenges
are discussed by Almond, Baird, Flynn, Hawkins & Mackrell [1.10]
With the above trend likely to continue and accelerate, emphasis is now being placed on using readily
available propriety software, which is very much cheaper than bespoke (high degree of customisation,
individually dedicated or tailor-made for one customer) software. A Paper by Salmenper, Seppl &
Koivisto [1.11] presents results obtained from a study of how Microsoft emerging .NET framework
bends into the needs of a remote condition monitoring environment. A web-based system is described
by Hudon, Blec, and Nguyen [1.12] for generators, and work is being done to include substations.
1.7 Interest Groups
The WG considered the anticipated interest groups and their needs where condition monitoring brings
additional value i.e.;
Utilities to enable them to make the right decisions for improving the performance of their
networks. It is not limited to any particular voltage level, however in practice it has more
impact and value at transmission and to a lesser extent sub-transmission voltages where
costs of the devices are smaller in comparison to the equipment being monitored.
Solution Providers to assist them in deciding where future development will be more
effective, and to offer solutions to give overall lower life-cycle costs.
Industrial Plants with substations connected to critical process controls. The cost benefits
can be much greater than in a network substation, and easier to calculate the effects of a
shutdown of equipment on production.
15
Generation Companies where the substation is the link between the generator and the
network. As with industrial plants, a shutdown of equipment can mean the generator being
shut down and not earning money, and again its cost implications are easier to calculate.
With these interest groups in mind a Questionnaire was formulated to enable the WG to better
understand what was required from these interest groups, i.e. how they use or would like to use CM
and how Cigr can help in terms of assessing value.
1.8 Questionnaire
A set of general and specific questions were asked of utility personnel in order to determine the extent
of each interest groups existing CM installations, and their experiences and expectations for future
installations.
Questions were grouped with the following headings;

Voltage levels at which the CM is installed
Application of existing installations and equipment being monitored
Quantity of CM now in service, planned, and expected in the future
Company Policies or Strategies for CM
Benefits, and details of any avoided failures of the monitored equipment
Performance of existing CM
What are the Company Drivers for installing CM
Does the Company conduct Research and Development into the development of new CM
methods and/or techniques
Data Handling now, planned and expected for the future
Finally there was a series of questions on how the Company values their existing CM and
expectations for the future
Appendix 3 provides full details of the Questionnaire that WG B3-12 designed, distributed and
evaluated. It gives full details of the Questionnaire itself, the aim and reasons for its creation, the way
it was constructed and structured, distributed, evaluated and analysed. It is reproduced in the same
manner as it was distributed, and each section is colour-coded for easy cross-referencing. This colour-
coding and cross-referencing is carried through into the analysis graphs in the relevant Chapters.
1.9 Questionnaires influence on the Technical Brochure layout
The evaluated responses from the Questionnaire, received from experts world-wide, were used in the
Technical Brochure (TB) such that each Chapter of the TB refers to a specific set of questions and
responses. It serves as important supportive input for the TB, and provides an overview of the present
and future practices and the recommendations of the WG in a structured form. Each Chapter includes
an overview of the utilities experience based on appropriate questionnaire responses analysis, and is
structured as follows, the items [Q#] cross-reference the questions [Question#] asked by the
Questionnaire and are fully explained in Appendix 3:
Chapter 3: Present utilities challenges

- What are the asset life management problems/goals that utilities are dealing with and would
like to avoid/achieve?
Information about general present drivers of energy businesses, i.e. asset management in general and
then its specific considerations such as maintenance, upgrading, capital investment and utility risk
management.
Chapter 4: Condition monitoring contribution to utilities solutions

[Q35 Strategy, Q51-53 Drivers, Q54 Research and Development (R&D), Q63 & Q75 Value]
- Can condition monitoring help solve the problems/goals and if yes, how?
16
Information about specific asset management problems and goals with benefits achieved from CM
namely in maintenance, upgrading and capital investment and utility risk management; presentation of
monitoring decision tree.
Chapter 5: Economic justification for substation condition monitoring

[Q64-74 Value]
- If monitoring can help, is it economically effective?
Introduction of risk values matrix and economic evaluation of CM application. Earlier CIGR
publications point out differing approaches towards valuing and justification of CM investments
depending on the types of assets in question. The approach selected extends previous work and
covers a range of business and regulatory environments as well as a broader range of types of power
equipment.
Chapter 6: Sources of substation condition monitoring data

[Q6-30 Application of condition monitoring, Q55-56 Data handling]
- What substation equipment data is readily available and how can it be effectively utilized to
assess equipment condition?
Descriptions of main monitoring data sources giving the asset service condition such as specialized
equipment monitors (e.g. power transformers monitors) and of network monitoring devices (e.g.
control systems, fault recorders and protection relays), and description of the equipment and network
monitoring devices and systems reliability.
Chapter 7: Management of substation monitoring data and evaluation schemes

[Q36-47 Benefits of condition monitoring, Q57-59 Data handling]
- How do you choose and manage available on-line data and how is value obtained?
Information about selection of monitored data for equipment as well as monitoring by using network
parameters, their common benefits, management of data and evaluation schemes (architecture,
reliability and accuracy) and organizational considerations.
Chapter 8: Substation condition monitoring results management

[Q60-62 Data handling]
- How do you organize and translate the data resulting from condition monitoring into input for
decision making?
Progressing on from Chapters 7 and 8, this Chapter deals with obtaining results from the provided
data, and how these are managed by the expert systems, substation and Control Centre staff to
decide what action to take.
Chapter 9: Present practice

- What experiences, good and bad, can be shared today?
[Q31-34 Quantity of condition monitoring, Q48-50 Performance of condition monitoring
systems]
A number of practical applications and case studies are provided. The case studies have a common
structure and cover the following considerations;
- What was the situation before?

- What were the problems that necessitated the actions of the Study? How were they
overcome by Condition Monitoring?
- What were the Values obtained?
- Were costs involved? How were the costs justified?
- Conclusion Experience good/bad/could be better? What is proposed to be done
differently for the future?
There are 9 Case Studies, all are real studies which the various interest groups have offered to share
with those interested in obtaining value from condition monitoring. It is hoped that some of these will
be useful for all interest groups, if not directly applicable they show how each user has realised their
own needs, and put in systems to obtain value in their particular case.
17
Chapter 10: Future development
- Are there developments progressing, or required in the future, that increase the value of
What are the recommendations to users and suppliers of condition monitoring equipment and
systems?
1.10 Summary
The objective of this Technical Brochure is three-fold;

1. To investigate current on-line condition monitoring technologies and practices
2. Identify financial and non-quantified costs necessary for determining optimum solutions
3. Improve the overall reliability and availability of substation equipment increasing the value of
on-line substation condition monitoring.
References for Chapter 1
[1.1] Picher, Rajotte & Nguyen Field experience with on-line bushing diagnostic to improve
transformer reliability Cigr Session 2008 Paris A2-217
[1.2] Video footage of transformer and circuit breaker failures from World News on YouTube.
http://wn.com/Transformer_failure
[1.3] Kawada, Yamagiwa & Endo Predictive maintenance systems for substations Hitachi
Review Vol.40 (1991), No.2
[1.4] Kopejtkov, Kopejtko & Spurny Centralised IT system to support HV equipment Condition
Based Maintenance IEEE 2001-02
[1.5] Kingsmill, Jones & McIntyre Using online condition monitoring in substations to achieve
business benefits Guest Paper for Lord Consulting
[1.6] De Mesmaeker Trends in protection and substation automation systems and feed-backs
from Cigr activities IET DPSP Glasgow 2008
[1.7] Geach, Barron, Crompton & Tart Improving network security and stability using an
integrated operational tripping system IET DPSP Glasgow 2008
[1.8] Adamiak, Kasztenny, Mazereeuw, McGinn & Hodder Considerations for IEC 61850 process
bus deployment in real-world protection and control systems: A business analysis Cigr
Session B5 Paper 102 Paris 2008
[1.9] Schumacher, Hoga & Schmid Process bus communication in high voltage substations
based on IEC 61850 Cigr B3 Paper 105 Berlin 2007
[1.10] Almond, Baird, Flynn, Hawkins & Mackrell Integrated protection and control communications
out-with the substation: Cyber security challenges IET DPSP Glasgow 2008
[1.11] Salmenper, Seppl & Koivisto Applying .NET framework to condition monitoring in
globally distributed environment Not known where and when presented
[1.12] Hudon, Blec, and Nguyen Innovative Web System for Condition-Based Maintenance of
Generators Electrical Insulation Conference Montreal, May 31- June 3 2009
18
Chapter 2 Definitions and Terminology
2.1 Definitions
The definitions of terms have been taken to be consistent with other Cigr publications that are mainly
on specific primary plant equipment.
It was particularly important that the Questionnaire (Appendix 2) contained these definitions, and these
were contained in the first Read Me tab to avoid any misunderstandings, and achieve consistent
answers to questions from all respondents.
2.1.1 Value
Arguably one of the most difficult words to define.
Various Dictionaries define Value as the;

Quality that renders something desirable
Property of a thing by which it is rendered useful or desirable
Worth estimated by any standard of purchasing power
Degree of importance you give to something
Amount (of money or goods or services) that is considered to be a fair equivalent for
something else
Numerical quantity measured or assigned or computed
Quotations concerning Value are attributed to many eminent people. A selection of these shows that
there is no one definition of Value;
Try not to become a man of success but rather try to become a man of value Albert Einstein.
It is not hard to make decisions when you know what your values are Roy Disney, nephew of
Walt Disney
I conceive that the great part of the miseries of mankind are brought upon them by false
estimates they have made of the value of things Benjamin Franklin
I cant change the fact that my paintings dont sell. But the time will come when people will
recognize that they are worth more than the value of the paints used in the picture Vincent van
Gogh
Things only have the value we give them Molire
We never know the worth (value) of water until the well is dry English proverb
We get paid for bringing value to the market place Jim Rohn
Nowadays people know the price of everything and the value of nothing Oscar Wilde
Price is what you pay; value is what you get Warren Buffett. He goes on to explain that Price is
simply the transaction price. Value is however subjective and much trickier to compute.
If Warren Buffett finds it tricky to compute for financial investments, then it can be assumed that there
is no easy answer in the realms of condition monitoring.
19
However his quotation is very pertinent to a general use of the word Value. The definition of Value
is the basis of this complete Technical Brochure, and will be developed within the TB. Value has a
myriad number of meanings or answers for each utility, there will not be one definitive answer.
At this point Value cannot be defined. So as a basic starting point we will consider the definition of
on-line substation condition monitoring The Scope in Section 1.2 limits this to within the substation,
so that the definition is required of on-line condition monitoring In order to define this fully it is
required to also define what is meant by other terms associated with monitoring. Hence, below are
given the definitions together with examples to aid understanding, and the starting point for
determining value.
2.1.2 Condition
Condition is defined as an expression of the state of equipment which takes into account its aged
state as well as any inherent faults. Table 2.1, taken from Cigr Technical Brochure No.227 [2.1], is a
comprehensive document on the life management of transformers, and much space is devoted to
condition monitoring.
Condition Definition
Normal No obvious problems. No remedial action justified. No evidence of degradation.
Aged?
Acceptable, but does not imply defect-free.
Normal in service?
No significant impact on short-term reliability, but asset life may be adversely
Defective
affected in the long term unless remedial action is carried out.
Can remain in service, but short-term reliability likely to be reduced. May or may
Faulty
not be possible to improve condition by remedial action.
Cannot remain in service. Remedial action required before equipment can be
Failed
returned to service (may not be cost effective, necessitating replacement)
Table 2.1 Condition classifications [2.1]
2.1.3 On-line condition monitoring
Continuous on-line (equipment energized and connected to the network with the device(s)
permanently installed) monitoring primary equipment to measure and evaluate one or more
characteristic parameters with the intention of automatically determining and reporting the state of the
equipment.
Cigr Technical Brochure No.227 [2.1] further states that it is necessary to employ some form of
monitoring to determine what the actual condition of the equipment is, and that this condition
monitoring can be viewed as a process of collecting data and converting it into information to answer
one or more of three basic operational questions;
Can I postpone maintenance, e.g., on the tap changer?
Can I make more use of the asset, e.g., operate at higher loadings?
Can I continue to rely on the asset, e.g., continue to operate a suspect unit, but avoid a
catastrophic failure?
In essence, the operator is looking to improve the availability and usability of the asset. This is very
important for a transformer, however this reasoning and questioning is equally applicable to all other
substation equipment.
Note that condition monitoring systems (CMS) differ from monitoring in that CMS systems collect,
process and output a result based on the sensor inputs. These systems are more complex in nature
and have outputs based on more than simple threshold alarms.
20
It includes only items where action can be taken with the equipment to safeguard its further operation,
or avoid failure, by warning of impending failure. Condition monitoring should be able to tell us that we
have time to do something about the developing fault that it has flagged up. It refers to the condition of
the major power equipment, not if it is already in a failed state (which is indicated by an alarm or trip)
Example:
SF6 gas density trending and on-line gas-in-oil measurements are examples of on-line condition
monitoring.
2.1.4 Monitoring
Simple continuous on-line (equipment energized and connected to the network) or off-line (equipment
de-energized and disconnected from the network) measurement of one (or more) characteristic
parameter(s) applied permanently to primary equipment.
IEC 60050 definition 351-22-03;

monitor, verb
to check at regular intervals selected values regarding their compliance to specified values, ranges of
values or switching conditions.
IEC 60050 definition 351-30-12;

process monitoring system
equipment for continuous observation and logging, and also for operation of technical processes.
Example:
Pressure or temperature monitoring; the output is typically a dial gauge which may have simple alarm
functionality.
2.1.5 Diagnostics or diagnostic testing
Investigative tests performed on primary or secondary equipment to verify its function by measuring
one or more characteristic parameters. A diagnostic test can be performed on-line (equipment
energized and connected to the network) or off-line (equipment de-energized and disconnected from
the network). Diagnostics can also be the method used to analyse the data coming from CM systems,
it can be carried out by an expert person or by an Expert System as part of the CM.
Example:
A diagnostic test is often initiated as a one-off test to gain information about the condition and/or
performance of the equipment under investigation following prior concerns over the condition or
performance.
2.1.6 Differences between diagnostic test, monitoring, condition monitoring, and

diagnosis
The overall monitoring picture is described in Chapter 1.5, Fig. 1.8 showing what we have called The
Condition Monitoring Lifebelt and this illustrates how these 4 items fit together to give the complete
Knowledge of the equipments condition The Working Group defines and clarifies the differences
between the various segments of this lifebelt using a scenario based on a hydrogen monitor.
8) Diagnostic Test Off-line dissolved gas analysis showed worrying amounts of hydrogen
steadily rising.
2) Monitoring A Hydrogen monitor fitted but not integrated to provide a trend (just digital
display) which confirmed that hydrogen was increasing.
21
3) Condition Monitoring A Hydrogen monitor fitted and integrated into an on-line monitoring
system with graphical display available to the control room or via the internet and providing
live streamed data.
In order to understand the failure mechanism that was giving rise to the increasing hydrogen
additional condition monitoring systems were integrated and overlaid with the graphical
display of the hydrogen monitor to provide the expert diagnosis of 4) below.
4) Diagnosis By having fully integrated on-line condition monitoring data the asset manager is
able to use different data sources to provide information and give a diagnosis of the problem.
In this example load data was taken from the network and overlaid with the hydrogen
monitor graphs. The asset manager could see that the load was not contributing to the rise in
hydrogen so it had to be something else. The asset manager could see that this particular
transformer had a reactor on the tertiary winding so the data set for when the reactor was
switched on and off was also overlaid with the hydrogen data, and it could be seen that when
the reactor was energised the hydrogen went up.
Having these data sets integrated into an overall CM system in this example provided
accurate diagnosis which enabled a strategy to be developed and a repair undertaken.
A protection relay watchdog, protection supply failure relay and Buchholz trip monitors the equipment,
however they are not condition monitoring. In these cases the equipment is either operating correctly
or has already failed. If failed, it is a terminal failure, it does not warn of impending failure. It is not
giving the condition of the equipment, it is merely giving an indication of the state of the equipment
operating or failed.
The definition distinguishes between alarms and condition monitoring, where changes over time are
monitored. Battery output voltage and internal resistance is condition monitoring, they can cause a
failure, and can degrade, however loss of DC supply is not, as it indicates a terminal failure.
Condition Monitoring is able to tell operators that they have time to do something about the developing
fault that it has flagged up. It refers to the condition of the major power equipment, not if it is already in
a failed state, which is indicated by an alarm or trip.
2.1.7 Substation equipment and condition monitoring devices
Throughout this Technical Brochure the following will apply;
2.1.7.1 Equipment
Equipment refers to the individual piece of equipment being monitored in the substation. It can be;
primary equipment, i.e. circuit breaker or transformer
secondary equipment, i.e. CT or VT
auxiliary equipment, i.e. battery or charger.
2.1.7.2 Devices
Devices refers to the devices used to monitor the equipment in the substation and network.
2.1.8 Sub-division of condition monitoring devices
Throughout this Technical Brochure the on-line equipment condition monitoring approach has been
basically sub-divided into two main groups.
2.1.8.1 Equipment monitoring devices

Equipment monitoring devices represent specialized hardware and/or software designed for and
installed on each individual piece of equipment in the substation.
22
Each equipment monitoring device is specifically designed for on-line condition monitoring, it is its
primary purpose.
2.1.8.2 Network monitoring devices

Network monitoring devices are already installed in the substation and network, they gather general
information and data about all equipment in the substation and network. This general data requires
only the addition of specialized software to enable it to be used for equipment condition assessments.
This approach thus represents an example of the overlapping of a network/system and network/asset
peoples interests and activities in which both utilize the same data obtained from a common hardware
but use the data in different ways and for different purposes.
Each network monitoring device gathers substation-wide and network data as general information and
data and has many purposes. This data can also be used for on-line condition monitoring, however it
is not its primary purpose.
2.2 Terminology
The term maintenance is used throughout substation work. It is a loose term, and means different
things to different people, and in different contexts. All utilities and companies have maintenance
policies.
As costs associated with maintenance, and company requirements to reduce maintenance, are key
values to substation operators it is appropriate to distinguish between the various terminologies in use
and referred to throughout this TB.
2.2.1 TBM Time Based Maintenance [or Frequency Based Maintenance (FBM)]
TBM is the traditional maintenance carried out at fixed intervals or frequency on equipment,
sometimes called Frequency Based Maintenance, and often in the past just called Maintenance
These intervals are determined solely by the experience of the utilities, or by the recommendations of
the equipment manufacturer.
Cigr Technical Brochure No.279 [2.2], although predominantly for HV cables and accessories,
describes how TBM can be moved forward to CBM (section 2.2.3), predictive and corrective
maintenance. Kopejtkov, Kopejtko & Spurny [2.3] shows TBM and the use of data in the CEPS
system, together with the various RCM, CBM, RBM and PFM maintenance regimes described below.
2.2.2 RCM Reliability Centred Maintenance
RCM is a structured process that identifies the effects of failures and defines the appropriate
maintenance path for managing their impacts. RCM identifies both the most technically and
economically effective approach to maintenance. RCM Task Selection includes time based condition
assessment, hidden failure finding and corrective maintenance tasks. The RCM approach ensures
that only applicable and cost effective tasks are selected to address the causes of critical equipment
failure modes.
A Paper by Perez, Hurtado & del Rey Lopez de la Torre [2.4] describes RCM processes in which
condition-based activities are key. The Paper by Skog [2.5] contains an overview of all the dominant
maintenance strategies used by utilities today. It covers such strategies as RCM and PFM, CBM, RBM
(referred to below) and explains the genesis and differences of each approach. It provides some
historical background and helps make sense out of these often used and misused acronyms. For
utilities with a defined maintenance strategy, this document is a vehicle for reflection on their current
approach, a potential challenge to their current strategy and provides some thoughts on how they
might further refine their asset management strategy. Reference [2.3] is also applicable to RCM.
23
2.2.3 CBM Condition Based Maintenance
CBM is a structured process that accentuates the value of RCM task selection logic and emphasizes
that more intrusive replacement and overhaul tasks only need to take place when measurable wear or
aging occurs. Condition directed tasks are initiated when deterioration has gone beyond a prescribed
limit.
As an example a Paper by Davey, Pritchard & Ridings [2.6] describes a CBM strategy in Distribution.
The Papers by Binder, Ansoud & Magnani [2.7] describes fault repairs, and by Kobayashi, Kawakita,
Sato, Yokota, Sasamori & Ohno [2.8] other areas where CBM could be invaluable. The Paper by
Kopejtkov, Kopejtko & Spurny [2.9] shows how the CEPS transmission system is progressing from
CBM to RBM and eventually PFM by the use of condition monitoring based on data management with
a centralized IT system architecture. References [2.3] and [2.5] are also applicable to CBM.
Paper [2.10] by Davies shows the System Average Interruption Duration index for a Singapore Utility
for 17 years. The last 10 years improvement is attributed to the use of Condition Based Maintenance.
2.2.4 RBM Risk Based Maintenance
RBM is a more comprehensive CBM maintenance strategy that takes into consideration consequential
losses in a network if preventive action is not performed on time to prevent an equipment major failure
and consequential outage.
References [2.3], [2.5] and [2.9] are also applicable to RBM.
2.2.5 PFM Performance Focused Maintenance
PFM is a further step forward, and is a comprehensive RBM maintenance strategy emphasizing the
task prioritization, technical and economical feedback, use of all relevant data, risk evaluation and
economic performance measurement. PFM recognizes the need for process control and process
measurement.
References [2.3], [2.5] and [2.9] are also applicable to PFM.
2.3 Acronyms and Abbreviations
Many acronyms and abbreviations in common usage are relevant to our subject. However some
abbreviations can cause confusion (e.g. GT can be Generator Transformer, Grid Transformer or Gas
Turbine. GIS can be Gas Insulated Switchgear or Geographic Information System) So that there is no
misunderstanding all those that are used in this TB have been listed and defined in Appendix 1.
It is advisable to scan through Appendix 1 before reading further into the Technical Brochure.
2.4 Summary
The most difficult task of this Technical Brochure is to define the meaning of Value referring to
condition monitoring. It can mean different things to different people, interest groups and utilities, and
in different contexts. This, however, is the whole purpose of the TB. If it was easy to define there
would be no reason for the TB.
24
The difficulty of definition is amply demonstrated by considering Warren Buffets investment dilemma
Price is what you pay; value is what you get and Oscar Wildes observation Nowadays people
know the price of everything and the value of nothing
[2.1] Life management techniques for power transformers Cigr Technical Brochure No.227
[2.2] Maintenance for HV cables and accessories Cigr Technical Brochure No.279
[2.3] Kopejtkov, Kopejtko & Spurny Automatic monitoring of substation asset conditions
Slides used at Substation Forum 05-2008 Prague
[2.4] Perez, Hurtado & del Rey Lopez de la Torre New asset management practices for T&D
utilities within deregulated power markets Cigr Session B3 Paper 105 Paris 2008
[2.5] Skog Making sense out of the alphabet soup of maintenance strategies AMM session,
DOBLE conference, Boston 2008
[2.6] Davey, Pritchard & Ridings Asset management plan for a distribution electricity business
Cigr Session B3 Paper 101 Paris 2008
[2.7] Binder, Ansoud & Magnani The specialized maintenance of substations at RTE Cigr
Session B3 Paper 102 Paris 2008
[2.8] Kobayashi, Kawakita, Sato, Yokota, Sasamori & Ohno Advanced maintenance technology
against deterioration of metal enclosed equipment Cigr Session B3 Paper 106 Paris 2008
[2.9] Kopejtkov, Kopejtko & Spurny HV equipment conditions monitoring summary and
evaluation of various data sources Proceedings from Cigr WG A3-06 Tutorial Reliability of
HV equipment Oct 2008 Seoul
[2.10] Davies Why partial discharge measurement can pay dividends Article in PEI Magazine by
EA Technology International UK, March 2010
25
Chapter 3 Present Utilities Challenges
What are the asset life management problems/goals that utilities are dealing
with and would like to avoid/achieve?
3.1 General present drivers of energy business
Todays energy business is characterized by an aging infrastructure in early industrialized countries

and worldwide as expanding grids meet the demands of extending electrical power markets driven by
increasing power demand, environmental constraints and new market conditions.
The growing demands have created new challenges and goals that can be categorized as follows;
High power system availability
Safe operation
High flexibility of solutions
Environmental friendly service
Competent system-providers instead of product-suppliers
Minimum life cycle cost (incorporating Investment, Operation and Maintenance costs)
To achieve the highest value and to avoid ineffectiveness it is necessary to optimize solutions that
recognize and accommodate these key utility drivers;
a) Business strategy in electricity market
b) Asset infrastructure investment and service strategy
c) Technology- traditional HV and LV technology boundaries are blurring and increasingly
integrated, new technologies and diagnostic/monitoring techniques for secondary systems
are becoming both available and affordable)
Modern asset management strategies and practices are developed to provide the optimal integrated
solution.
3.2 Asset management in general
In [3.1] and previous documents Cigr WG C1.1 the following definition of Asset Management was
provided;
The Asset Management of Transmission and Distribution business operating in an electricity
market involves the centralization of key decision making in the network business to maximize
long term profits, whilst delivering high service levels, with acceptable and manageable risks.
Asset Management is a broad topic and includes a very large variety of subjects (for details see [3.1])
This brochure focuses specifically on those aspects that can be influenced by substation condition
monitoring.
Problems/goals influenced and optimized by condition monitoring are;

Maintenance management
Upgrading and capital investment management
Utility risk management
Environmental friendly service management
26
3.2.1 Maintenance management
Modern maintenance strategies/philosophies include the following principles (detailed definitions of

individual strategies, based on [3.2], given in Chapter 2);
a) Basic maintenance tasks such as routine lubrication or periodic visual inspection activities for
corrosion, leaks, checks of position indicators and recording of operation counters all
triggered by calendar time (TBM = Time Based Maintenance) need to occur.
b) Maintenance needs to be focused on the important equipment functions (RCM = Reliability
Centred Maintenance)
c) Intrusive maintenance needs to be performed only if the service condition of the equipment
(evaluated by performing periodic diagnostics or continuous monitoring) or operating
time/event count indicates the equipment is in a deteriorated state (CBM = Condition Based
Maintenance)
d) Maintenance is to be prioritized on risk which is a function of the probability of a failure and
the consequential cost of the failure (RBM = Risk Based Maintenance)
e) Maintenance is both a business and technical process that must be prioritized, managed and
controlled so that both network functional and performance goals are met (PFM =
Performance Focused Maintenance) as it is shown in Fig. 3.1.
Even if the above mentioned strategies represent an evolution it doesnt mean that they are mutually
exclusive. Each step b) to e) always includes all the previous steps. The utilities main problems/goals
are thus to select an optimal combination of the above mentioned modern maintenance
strategies/philosophies, to achieve high service levels, with acceptable and manageable risks at
minimum cost and to avoid unnecessary and ineffective activities. One of the problems Asset
Managers must solve is the proper adoption and application of equipment condition monitoring, i.e.
identification, selection, collection, treatment, evaluation and interpretation of relevant data about
assets that enables an application of these strategies.
Fig. 3.1 Pillars of Performance Focused Maintenance [3.2]
3.2.2 Upgrading and capital investment management
Upgrading management (i.e. either replacement or refurbishment), asset investment planning and
maintenance strategies (see Chapter 3.1.1) are interconnected vessels. A simplified framework for
asset investment planning is show in Fig. 3.2 taken from [3.1]
27
Fig. 3.2 Framework for asset investment planning [3.1]
The utilities main challenge is achieving the goal of higher service levels, while managing risks and
avoiding unnecessary and ineffective investments. Similar to optimization of maintenance strategies,
the utilities must also optimize their planning of system upgrading. This optimization process includes
the identification, selection, collection, treatment, evaluation and interpretation of relevant data
including asset data and transforming it into asset condition and performance information. These goals
are becoming more and more important due to the increased importance of regulatory influence on the
business environment.
3.2.3 Utility risk management
Present utility asset management practices focus more and more on sophisticated short and long term
risk management techniques. These practices cover, but are not limited to, all asset management
procedures.
Risk management can be defined as;
Finding an optimum solution to set a required system availability and quality level that
allows energy transmission/distribution at lowest cost (direct and indirect) and acceptable
societal influence
or
28
Keeping a balance between two main companies goals, i.e. between ensuring energy
transmission and current balance and ensuring shareholders profit
However there are many more definitions available.
Each risk management analysis usually includes;

Identification of risk processes: from which basic processes the risks come from and their
impact on asset management, service and operation management, strategy management,
finance management and controlling, human recourses, information systems & information
technologies (IS&IT), public relation (PR), international, etc.
List of risks: trade, financial, asset, liability, operation, business, legislative, staff, strategic
decisions, IS&IT, PR
Value of risks: number name owner process category sub-category type cause
event impact (expressed in figures) description of the impact frequency indicator
description of precautions (preventive and impact eliminating or diminishing) reporting
period
Causes of risks: failure of technology, human failure (break of rules, incorrect procedure,
decision failure, illegal use of SW, human error), force majeure (meteorological, social), other
(intentional or unintentional damage, failure import from neighbour grid, loss of generation,
loss of system services supply, inadequate legislation, critical shortage of financial sources)
Consequences of risks: division into: key risks (negatively influencing key company goals, -
more or less independent on the risk event probability), medium risks (cannot jeopardize
directly key goals), other risks
However not all of the corporate risk can be positively influenced by the asset condition monitoring
(see Chapter 4.1.3.)
3.2.4 Environmental friendly service management
The environment protection aspects are becoming more and more important and they are already
included in countries legislation (e.g. Air Protection Acts) and in international treaties (e.g. so called
Kyoto Protocol, i.e. The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change). Many countries
have also contracted different agreements with their governments about reduction of un-friendly
substances released into the environment and reporting about their annual results.
3.3 Utilities goals (Questionnaire responses analysis)
The question What are the problems/goals that utilities are dealing with and would like to
avoid/achieve? was addressed in Questionnaire Question 51 What drives your companys decision
to install CM? There were the following specific goals/drivers specified for the utilities to identify
whether condition monitoring installation can contribute to their solution;
Cost savings (e.g. by deferred maintenance)
Reduction of staff (limited expert knowledge)
Regulatory issues (e.g. Customer minutes Lost)
Environmental pressures
Protection of company image (e.g. preventing blackouts)
Avoided call outs (e.g. especially at night nor weekends)
Extended service life for asset that might otherwise have to be retired because of perceived
excessive risks of continued operation
Others
Regarding the Others category, increased network availability was identified by respondents. The
analysis of the responses is given in Chapter 4.2.1 and shown graphically in Fig. 4.2
29
3.4 Summary
Utilities are continuing to face new challenges and changing business drivers. Modern asset
management strategies and practices are developed to achieve optimal integrated technical and
economic solutions. Condition monitoring can contribute to meeting operational and financial goals
providing a significant value to the management of;
Maintenance
Upgrade and capital investment decisions
Risk management and reduction
Environmental stewardship.
[3.1] Asset management of transmission systems and associated Cigr activities. Cigr
Technical Brochure No.309
[3.2] Making sense out of the alphabet soup of maintenance strategies. AMM session, DOBLE
conference, Boston 2008. Author Skog
30
Chapter 4 Condition Monitoring Contribution to Utilities
Solutions
Can condition monitoring help solve the problems/goals and if yes, how?
4.1 CM contribution to Asset management in general
As stated in a shortened excerpt from Cigr Technical Brochure 309 [4.1];

Interest in diagnostics and monitoring technologies continues at a high level. However these
technologies are logically being applied carefully and typically only when tangible cost savings can
recover the cost. Diagnostics and monitoring have traditionally been applied to gather information for
several possible reasons, including;
To monitor the loading or stresses on equipment in order to manage life expenditure and to
ensure that equipment ratings are not exceeded
To monitor for symptoms of ageing or deterioration for the purpose of warning of impending
failure in the short term or to provide data to support condition assessment and information
useful for the guidance of condition-based maintenance activities or for support of asset
management repair/replace decisions
To detect and locate failures and defects
Concerns about the interpretation of data provided by CM systems, the long-term reliability of
monitoring systems and the timeliness with which the information can be provided for decision makers,
compared with the time to failure, and lastly the volume of data needing analysis could damp the CM
systems applications.
One of the aims of this Technical Brochure is thus to show that negative concerns quoted from [4.1]
above are solvable.
Condition monitoring can provide the following inputs for the asset management tasks mentioned in
Chapter 3.1;
Contribution to a specific asset service condition assessment and assessment of its
remaining life (e.g. disclosure of abnormal behaviour and characteristics, trends in the
specific equipment characteristics, history of life loadings)
Contribution to specific groups (family types) of assets long time behaviour assessment (e.g.
maintenance results, unexpected events, characteristic trends, failure rates)
Warnings and inputs which provide information and alarms for timely made decisions (a help
to select the right time for an action to prevent a major failure)
Gaining knowledge (e.g. failure modes, typical performance to enable trend evaluation,
whats normal and not normal, data for regulatory issues, and keeping staff know-how and
interest)
Contribution to the network analysis (e.g. causes of unavailability, identification of critical
service conditions for equipment, selection of equipment correct parameters and
characteristics)
Contribution to the environmental influence analysis (e.g. identification of critical
environmental influence on equipment, selection of equipment correct parameters and
characteristics)
Contribution to environment protection (e.g. in-time warning about environmentally danger
substance release, help to meet legislation requirements)
Specific considerations are described in the following sections.
31
4.1.1 Maintenance management
Substation condition monitoring systems are the keystones for application of some maintenance
policies, e.g.;
CBM = Condition Based Maintenance
RBM = Risk Based Maintenance principles
PFM = Performance Focused Maintenance
The final aim should be to integrate data about an asset from all possible sources into such an
assessment process that will collect and evaluate the monitored data together with data about
equipment failures and maintenance and diagnostics results. This structured data collection will
enable to get an analysis of the complete and complex equipment history picture. Using the history of
unplanned and planned events, service loads and conditions it will be possible to optimize the AM
decision-making process.
As shown in Fig. 4.1 (inspiration for the figure has been taken from [4.1]) the CM system can be
effectively used to justify decisions on refurbishment/replacement (or vice versa on equipment
extension of expected technical life if there is no problem) or on applying specifically addressed
maintenance actions or changing maintenance intervals. That allows flexible long-term work planning
by applying RCM and CBM strategies.
Fig. 4.1 Condition Monitoring decision logic
4.1.2 Upgrading and capital investment management
As stated in [4.1], the tasks in the lower left of the Fig. 3.2 diagram (Chapter 3.2.2) require strong
technical knowledge of the equipment, how it functions, the stresses imposed by loads and the
environment and most importantly how the equipment ages under the influence of these stresses and
loads.
32
To meet these tasks it is almost impossible without application of at least some aspects of equipment
and/or substation condition monitoring. The knowledge gained with these systems has a major impact
on capital investment mainly by helping to select the optimal scenario for asset management.
4.1.3 Utility risk management
As described above CM can contribute to the minimization of those risks that are directly or indirectly
influenced by the asset performance and by an effective network availability planning. The first one
(asset performance monitoring) avoids unexpected network outages because it detects problems
before they develop to a major failure. The second one (network availability planning) enables in
advance planning and management of planned outages for asset maintenance and refurbishment/
replacement.
The value of CM is in its contribution to optimize the corporate risk caused by not performing one or
more of its duties, i.e. to transmit, transform and deliver (supply) electrical energy. In other words:
substation CM value lies in reducing the probability that the substation or its part will fail to transmit or
transform energy.
Risk is a probability of an unwanted event (Technical Aspect: TA) multiplied by the cost
(Economic Aspect: EA) if the event happens. Optimization is reaching the lowest risk in practice it
usually means reaching the limit value of a risk defined by a utility.
The basic risk formula, difficult to be calculated, can also be simplified and expressed in scoring
calculation as;
Risk = health index of an equipment (TA)

x importance index of the equipment in the network (EA)
Basic aspects to be scored for health index (TA) calculation are as follows:
Equipment (EQ) Age (nonlinear scoring)
EQ cumulative loading (comparison with present operational and environmental
requirements)
Actual conditions of the EQ (maintenance and diagnostics results scoring)
EQ history (mean time between major and minor failures and/or number of past minor and
major failures)
EQ family type history (maintenance and diagnostics results average scoring, mean time
between major and minor failures scoring)
EQ family type maintainability & reparability (e.g. manufacturer and spare parts availability,
service contract existence, past experience with the manufacturer)
The scoring systems differ from company to company. The simplest ones use simple points scorings
for like new healthy deteriorated unhealthy conditions multiplied by weights of the above
mentioned categories. The most sophisticated ones derive scoring directly from individual
measurement results using ageing models.
Basic aspects to be scored for importance index (EA) calculation concern the impact of the equipment
failure (impact of the resulting outage) on;
The utility grid itself (internal consequence, e.g. N-1 loss, high losses, environmental safety)
The external connected grids, customers and generation (external consequence, e.g. non-
delivered, non-transmitted and restricted generation energy)
There are different models (economical based on the precise of the non-delivered energy, descriptive
models with expert weighting, etc.) developed.
Asset condition monitoring positively influences both parts of the formula. Its contribution can
be described as follows:
33
Technical aspects (TA) Substation CM can contribute to reaching higher network reliability by;
Reducing equipment major failure probability
Disclosing extensive life cycle loading and/or temporary overloading of an equipment
Disclosing already deteriorated equipment conditions before they develop into a major failure
and cause unplanned outage
Economic aspects (EA) Substation CM can contribute to lower consequential costs by;
Preventing high cost of major and fatal failures equipment repair (incl. replacement)
Preventing consequential damage of neighbouring equipment
Controlling outages (planned outages)
Lowering insurance fee at Insurance Companies
Note: Insurance companies are recently recognizing proven monitoring systems for giving better
insurance conditions.
In spite of the fact that CM has got a substantial influence on risk management improvement it is also
necessary to mention that:
CM cannot lower consequential losses when major failure occurs
It increases the equipment costs by the initial costs for the monitoring system installation and
for its service (depending on utility organization and strategy)
It can increase as well as decrease equipment planned maintenance costs.
4.1.4 Environmental friendly service management
Environmental friendly service management has got two aspects;

Influence of the equipment service on the environment
Influence on the environment on the EQ service
As mentioned in Chapter 3 asset managers have to follow international and local treaties, legislation
and contracted agreements, such as Kyoto Protocol, EU F-gas regulation, Air Protection Acts, etc. to
reduce the equipment service influence on the environment. Utilities have to meet the restrictions and
goals and they have to report about their performance. This Technical Brochures main task, the main
field of CM application regards the HV equipment insulation escape into environment, i.e. SF 6 gas and
oil leakages. CM can contribute significantly to the required goals by an early recognition of
developing problems by application of insulation leakage supervision monitors. The CM can also
significantly help in gathering data for reporting.
Regarding the environment influence on equipment service the environment conditions monitors
(temperature, humidity, wind, pollution, etc.) and evaluation of long time as well as peak trends can
significantly contribute to identification of critical environmental influence on equipment and thus to
design a proper dimensioning of the equipment installed in specific network places. Such CM can
significantly influence the resulted network reliability.
4.2 Utilities experience (Questionnaire responses analysis)
The question Can condition monitoring help solve the problems/goals and if yes, how? was
addressed in the following Questionnaire questions;
Drivers;
Q51 What drives your companys decision to install condition monitoring?
Value;
Q63 Where does the value come from in using CM systems?
34
Q53 How are CM systems perceived in your company?
Note: There also were other value questions included in the Questionnaire. They concerned
calculation of CM economic benefits (questions Q64 to Q74 their analysis is included in Chapter 5
CM economic justification) and the best way of obtaining the best overall value (Q75 its analysis is
included in Chapter 6 Sources of CM data)
Strategy;
Q35 Does your company have any of the listed policies or strategies relating to condition monitoring
(CM)?
Q52 Would your company install more condition monitoring systems if the CM systems met certain
specified conditions? (see also Chapter 6)
Q54 Does your company conduct research and development into the development of new condition
monitoring methods/techniques?
Q75 What does your company see as a way of obtaining the best overall value from CM devices?
(see also Chapters 6 and 7)
4.2.1 Evaluation of Q51 responses What drives your companys decision to install condition
monitoring?
The question allowed multiple answers and was responded (selected at least one category) by 91% of
respondents (100% is taken as the number of respondents who gave answers capable of analysis).
For distribution of preferences of those who answered the question see Fig. 4.2.
Q 51 [Drivers] : What drives your company's decision to install condition monitoring?
100 A : Cost savings (eg deferred maintenance)

Reduction of staff (limited expert
B:
knowledge)
80 78 Regulatory issues (eg Customer
C:
Minutes Lost)
D : Environmental pressures
Percentage ( % )
60
Protection of company image (eg
E:
preventing Blackouts)
41 Avoided call outs of staff (eg especially
F:
40
34 at night or weekends)
32 Extended service life for asset that
27
might otherwise have to be retired
22 22 G:
17 because of perceived excessive risks of
20
continued operation
Other (namely increased network
H:
reliability - see Figs. 4.3b & 4.3c)
0 Colour SHORT term
A B C D E F G H
Key : MEDIUM term
LONG term
Fig. 4.2 Analysis of respondents answers to Q51
There is a very high interest in CM within utilities. Only 9% of respondents did not indicate any driver
that CM could help them in solving their AM goals and problems. The highest interest addressed cost
savings directly, whereas there are also cost savings associated with most of the other categories as
well. There can be a certain overlapping in different options.
35
27% of respondents filled in the category Other Of those 27% (taken to be 100% Other)
73% identified increased network reliability (expressed in different manners e.g. preventing serious
faults, avoiding unplanned outages, etc.), 9% identified R&D, 9% stated CM installed only in ad hoc
manner and the remaining 9% gave no comment.
There were also comments received in other categories of options. Most of them concerned again the
increased network reliability driver/value of CM. Two comments addressed the cost savings category.
One of them mentioned a fact that it is difficult to calculate the cost savings as the most important
savings are probabilistic because it is based on reduced risk of failure. However some savings can
also be achieved by more effective maintenance planning, e.g. in cases where maintenance needs to
be deferred due to system constraints at a particular time. Two respondents do not see any cost
savings using CM however they presented their opinions namely from the distribution network service
point of view.
4.2.2 Evaluation of Q63 responses Where does the value come from in using CM systems?
The question allowed multiple answers and was responded (selected at least one category) by the
same part of respondents as Q51, i.e. by 91% of respondents (100% is taken as the number of
respondents who gave answers capable of analysis). For distribution of preferences of those who
answered the question see Fig. 4.3
Fig. 4.3a shows the analysis from a slightly different point of view, i.e. from the point of view of the
options distribution, i.e. for the case where total number of selected options (73 marked ticks was
taken as 100%). Comparison of answers on Q 63 with integrated answers of Q51 are shown Fig. 4.3b
(the category other is not included; 101 marked ticks taken as 100%) and Fig. 4.3c (the category
other = increased network reliability is included in non-fault actions (medium term) decision
category; 112 marked ticks taken as 100%)
Responses show (similar to Q51 analysis) a very high interest in CM. Comparing Q63 and Q51 results
it becomes evident that CM can contribute to all three time horizons, whereas the medium time one
slightly prevails overall.
Q63 [Benefits of condition monitoring] : Where does the value come from in using condition monitoring
systems?
80
71 A : VERY SHORT term;
63 e.g. operational decisions
60
Percentage ( % )
44 B : MEDIUM term;
40 e.g. changing maintenace practices
(move to CBM), non-fault actions,
delaying outages, etc.
20
C : LONG term;
e.g. replacement strategies, building up
0 knowledge
A B C
The medium term achievements obtained from CM were commented by respondents mentioning
obtaining trends for a variety of equipment data that can help to predict possible faults in advance as
36
well as to get a wider base for failure analysis after a fault. Both these enable a company to take an
appropriate action.
Value obtained from CM : Value obtained from CM : Value obtained from CM :

% from total answers on Q63 % from total answers on Q51 % from total answers on Q51
( "other" category not included ) ( "other" category included in B )
60 60 60
45
Percentage ( % )
Percentage ( % )
Percentage ( % )
40 40 39
40 36 40 40 36
25 22 20
20 20 20
0 0 0
A B C A B C A B C
A : SHORT term B : MEDIUM term C : LONG term
Fig. 4.3a - Answers on Q63 Fig. 4.3b - Answers on Q51 Fig. 4.3c - Answers on Q51
Figs. 4.3a, 4.3b, 4.3c Showing Fig. 4.3 from different viewpoints
4.2.3 Evaluation of Q53 responses How are CM systems perceived in your company?
The question allowed multiple answers and was responded (selected at least one category) by an
even higher number of respondents than Q51 and Q63, i.e. 98% of respondents. For distribution of
preferences of those who answered the question see Fig. 4.4.
Q53 [Drivers] : How are condition monitoring systems perceived in your company?
60
50
50 A : Like an add-on
40
Percentage ( % )
32 B : As an essential system
30 27
18 C : As an 'insurance' policy
20
10 D : Other
0
A B C D
From the multiple answers given by respondents it is evident that utilities are using CM simultaneously
for different purposes. That is caused by the fact that there are different CM concepts (Equipment
monitoring and Network monitoring for details see Chapter 6). As only 2% of respondents did not
tick anything at all it seems that all utilities are either already using CM or at least seriously thinking
about using CM. The Other option was commented on by all respondents who selected this tick.
Their comments vary from CM rejections (4% respondents expensive and useless) and CM
limitations (4% respondents perceptions not developed because of lack of systems installed or small
37
amount of similar assets) up to expressions of big expectations from CM (6% responses). A further 2%
of Other responses could be considered to be added to add-on systems as it is indicated that CM is
used as a tool only for special operations or conditions.
The high portion of add-on systems applications indicates that the Q51 and Q63 responses show
expectation of future CM contribution to the utilities goals and problems solutions rather than current
situation practice. In the opinion of the WG the Q35 responses prove this suspicion.
4.2.4 Evaluation of Q35 responses Does your company have any of the listed policies or
strategies relating to condition monitoring (CM)?
The question allowed multiple answers and was responded (selected at least one category) by a lower
number of respondents than Q51, Q63 and Q53, i.e. only 76% of respondents. For distribution of
preferences of those who answered the question see Fig. 4.5.
24% of respondents didnt tick any option, 4 of these utilities clearly commented on (3 declaring no
present policy available, and 1 having a policy for installation of gas monitors on 400 kV transformers
and reactors). One respondent indicated that his policy (added to category A) is not to install any
monitoring. Fig. 4.5, representing 76% of respondents, describes the extent of the present state in
utilities policies and strategies relating to CM.
Specific comments received from respondents in category A, B and C concerned;
installation of monitors at key assets on GIS and power transformers (in one case also at
distribution panels)
installation of monitors at a certain voltage level assets (e.g. 275 kV)
installation of specific monitors (e.g. acoustic sensors on 500 kV transformers)
integration of software systems
Most responses foresee a development of monitoring systems as soon as more experience is

available even if sometimes it is difficult to justify it due to high HV equipment reliability.
Q35 [Strategy] : Does your company have any of the following policies or strategies relating to
condition monitoring (CM)?
70 A : A policy on the use of CM (how, when,

62 why etc it should be used today)
60
B : A strategy/vision for the application of CM
50 (moving from today into the future)
50
C : A strategy/vision for integrating
Percentage ( % )
40 information/data from the whole substation

32 including CM devices (moving from today
30 into the future)
20 18 D : A hierarchically structured concept of

12 monitoring
10 E : A strategy for the replacement of CM
systems (ie the life of the monitoring
0 system is probably less than the
A B C D E
equipment being monitored)
38
4.2.5 Evaluation of Q52 responses Would your company install more condition monitoring
systems if the CM systems met certain listed specified conditions?
Q52 [Drivers] : Would your company install more condition monitoring systems if the systems were;
100
A : Cheaper
83
80 B : More reliable
69
64
C : More intelligent
Percentage ( % )
60
48
D : Easier to integrate with other systems
40
29
E : Have similar maintenance intervals to
20 12 primary equipment
F : Other
0
A B C D E F
The question again allowed multiple answers and was responded (selected at least one category) by a
high number of respondents (93%). For distribution of preferences of those who answered the
question see Fig. 4.6.
Higher interest expected in Q35 (strategy) is conditioned by CM low price with high reliability and easy
integration possibilities. That is no surprise. Even those who do not have any strategy are tracking a
present development and are waiting for better conditions for CM integration.
As far as the Other option and comments are concerned the following conditions were indicated;
more complete coverage of equipment failure mode
CM expected life time the same as the monitored equipment
clearer interpretation of monitored data (utilization of data)
4.2.6 Evaluation of Q54 Does your company conduct research and development (R&D) into
development of new condition monitoring methods/techniques?
The question was answered by a simple Yes/No indication. It was answered by 98% of the
respondents. From the 98% of those who responded (taken as the base 100% for the graph in Fig.
4.7) 57% indicated that they conduct (and/or conducted) R&D and 43% that they do not, as shown in
Fig. 4.7.
There were only two respondents who commented on their No answers one saying that this issue
has been researched and settled (it led to a decision not to use CM), the other one saying that on-line
monitoring is not necessary but that it is necessary to invest in sensors. The other respondents did not
comment on their No answers.
The Yes comments can be divided into 3 groups;

1) Initiation of pilot projects or just a start of an investigation (2 comments)
2) Evaluation and use of different options (4 comments)
3) Specification of which field the R&D is made (e.g. PD measurement on bushings, CM on MV
cables, on-line DGA on power transformers and reactors)
39
It seems that some utilities are still waiting to learn more from the experience of others, instead of
conducting their own programs and projects.
Q54 [Research and Development (R&D)] : Does your

company conduct R&D into development of new condition
monitoring methods / techniques?
80
60 57
Percentage ( % )
43
40
20
0
Yes No
4.2.7 Evaluation of Q75 What does your company see as a way of obtaining the best overall
value from CM devices?
the respondents. For distribution of preferences of those who answered the question see Fig. 4.8.
It is evident that respondents dont see the best value of CM in stand-alone CM applications but in
more integrated systems covering the whole substation equipment.
As far as the Other category is concerned there were 4 comments;

1) one extreme was no CM at all
2) the other extreme was integration of all 4 specified options and better use of SCADA data
3) one respondent expressed a worry about the small number of CM devices available bringing
the value into integration with other systems
4) another expressed a worry about CM accuracy if it is already delivered integrated in primary
plant
Other general comments emphasized a need for;

sophisticated IT development
introduction of triggering functions
application of CM if it could substitute diagnostic measurements
application for new plants
and vice versa, no application for new plants as they believed that new primary equipment is
very reliable
Three respondents summarized their approach as a combination of a number of options with a focus
on building an IT system that can manage the data from a range of sources and allow building CM
knowledge without extra investment.
40
Q75 [Value] : What does your company see as a way of obtaining the best overall value from
condition monitoring devices?
50
42 A : Stand alone devices
40
40
B : Included in Protection and Control
Percentage ( % )
30
23 23 C : Integrated condition monitoring system
for the substation
20
D : Integrated condition monitoring system

9
10 with data transfer to control or service
centre
0 E : Other
A B C D E
4.2.8 Questionnaire results summary
Are there clear messages?

Yes and no. A clear message is that utilities are aware of benefits CM can bring them to help with
solving their AM goals and problems, i.e. most of them can see their drivers positively influenced by
getting information from CM. An unclear message is to what extent the CM is to be installed. Utilities
still understand CM as equipment monitoring (like add-on installations) rather than network monitoring
(CM covering all equipment in the network).
What is the portion of utilities that arent interested in CM at all? Where do they come
from (voltage level, position? How do they explain their attitude?
There are utilities that arent interested in CM, but a very small portion. About 90 % of respondents are
aware of CM benefits and 75% have company CM policies or strategies. About 10% of respondents
that havent ticked any option in the questionnaire havent explained in most cases why. Two
respondents clearly declared their doubts about any CM benefits, however namely from the
distribution system problems point of view.
Do the messages describe the present situation or the future/desire?

The responses describe mainly the future desire than their present systematic mature practice or
systematic development. Regarding R&D it seems that almost a half of respondents are still waiting for
learning more from the others experience instead of conducting their own programs and projects.
Respondents can see the best value CM can provide them not in stand-alone CM applications but
rather more in integrated systems covering the whole substation equipments, i.e. in integrated
condition monitoring system for the substation and integrated condition monitoring system with data
transfer to control or service centre. For recommendation how to achieve this see chapters 6 and 7 of
this brochure.
4.3 Summary
Condition monitoring can contribute and provide significant value for the management of;
Maintenance
Upgrading
Capital investment management including regulatory issues
41
Risk management and environmental friendly service
An analysis is provided of these four main areas from the CM contribution point of view, i.e. a
description is provided of different asset management parts and the way the individual CM parts can
help to solve their problems, goals and objectives.
From the Questionnaire responses it is evident that utilities are aware of CM value but they are still
looking for ways and methodologies to introduce CM effectively into their practices.
[4.1] Asset management of transmission systems and associated Cigr activities Cigr Technical
Brochure No.309
42
Chapter 5 Economic Justification of Substation Condition
Monitoring
If monitoring can help, is it economically effective?
5.1 Introduction
Decisions to invest in condition monitoring (CM) can be a new challenge for maintenance engineers
due to the need to justify these decisions to company executives and Regulators. Often, there may
not have been a past history of CM experience in an organisation to enable adequate quantification of
likely benefits in financial terms (for these cases there are recommendations given in 11.2.3).
However, as with most investment decisions, company practices and regulatory scrutiny may require
CM investment decisions based on more than just good engineering judgment. Business case
analysis may be required to decisively show that the direct economic benefits exceed the investment
costs based on consideration of direct and indirect impacts, including assessments of the risks
associated with equipment failure. The approach and the level of rigor one uses to justify CM must
also consider the current business and regulatory environments of the utility. It is important that the
investment in new technologies such as CM can be shown to contribute positively to the business
objectives of the organisation.
This section presents some commonly used quantitative and qualitative techniques used for
determining the suitability of a CM investment. It will illustrate how these techniques can be applied;
case studies provided in subsequent Chapters will provide some practical examples of implemented
solutions. Included in this section are some of the results of the Questionnaire asking utilities to
identify their current practices for justifying investments in CM.
5.2 Historical Background
Monitoring of power equipment, compared to condition monitoring, has a long history in the utility
industry. From the earliest days, the recognition that operating equipment will deteriorate and therefore
require maintenance attention was obvious. Simple monitoring devices such as fluid level monitors,
temperature monitors, pressure monitors, etc. were applied. These devices were simple and
presented a small additional cost compared with the cost of the equipment that they monitored.
Evolution in the field of CM has improved due to the technology available, but the history of these
systems is limited because of the small number of installations. Depending on the functionality and
complexity, in some instances the costs for monitoring devices has increased. Today, available
condition monitoring encompasses a wide range of technologies and applications including;
Online gas-in-oil monitors for transformers

Sophisticated circuit-breaker monitors using expert systems and technologies to diagnose
complex evolving problems from a range of multiple sensors
Comprehensive partial discharge-based monitoring systems for GIS substations
CM systems using network data
Many other examples of devices are summarized in Appendix 2
These systems can range in cost from thousands to hundreds of thousands of Euros. In the distant
past, investment decisions (even very large ones) would be justified on the basis of engineering
judgment. However, financial and regulatory pressures have increased significantly in the past two
decades to the point that engineering judgment is generally no longer an adequate justification for
43
investments. For this reason it has been necessary to produce documents to support the appropriate
financial analysis needed to justify investments in the assets, including specifically those for condition
monitoring technologies.
Utilities and I have been active in this area and several publications are relevant to this brochure.
Sanchis in 1996 [5.1] provided a concise overview of on-line monitoring of circuit breakers in France
that includes an approach for cost benefit justification. Also in 1996 Rajotte et al [5.2] described some
Canadian experience with the benefits of condition monitoring of circuit breakers. Experience with
monitoring systems in the UK was described by McGrail and Lapworth in 1999 [5.3] I Technical
Brochure 167 User Guide for the Application of Monitoring and Diagnostic Techniques for Switching
Devices for Voltage ratings of 72.5 kV and Above [5.4] was published in 2000, and this was followed
up in 2001 by a Transformer (SC12) Colloquium in Dublin that included several relevant presentations
[5.5] [5.6] [5.7]
In 2004, working group A2.20 published a guide [5.8] on the economics of transformer management
that includes a section on the financial justification of monitoring transformers. Relevant work has also
been reported from Australia [5.9] where there was a successfully justified case on economic grounds.
Also, in 2004 Working Group B3.01 (Task Forces 1 and 2) published TB 252 [5.10] entitled Functional
specification and evaluation of substations which includes discussion of the financial evaluation of
substation investments using net present value methods in reference to life cycle costing (IEC 60300)
and life cycle assessment (ISO 14040)
In 2006, working group C1.1 published an overview of asset management for transmission systems
[5.11] that also includes a section on the justification for the investment of monitoring technologies.
More recently, Working Group C1.16 completed TB 422 [5.12] Transmission asset risk management
which provides more quantitative descriptions of risk management methods applied to consideration of
investments in CM. It also includes Tables of useful data, case studies and other information that is
relevant to the justification of CM investments.
These background publications point out differing approaches towards justification of investments
depending on the types of assets in question. However, gaps exist in that some of the potential values
of monitoring systems do not appear to be addressed in the background literature. Additionally, the
levels of detail included in the financial analyses depend on the business and regulatory environments.
Therefore there is an opportunity to extend the work described in [5.4] to cover a range of business
and regulatory environments as well as a broader range of types of power equipment.
5.3 Description of techniques used to justify CM
Numerous methodologies are available for determining if investment in CM is justified and the more
common ones are described in this section. Some methodologies are less rigorous than others but this
does not mean they are less effective or of reduced value. The best methodology for a utility is one
that accurately considers all plausible options, addresses the concerns of key stakeholders and
provides detailed documented information to the decision makers.
In general, the final methodology includes a combination of:

Risk analysis
Economic analysis
Implementation considerations
Structured process review
5.3.1 Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA) Techniques
Cost Benefit Analysis may be described as a quantitative approach to making economic decisions of
any kind. The process involves comparing the total expected on-line monitoring costs against the total
expected benefits of one or more solutions in order to choose the best or most effective option. The
44
formal process is often referred to as either CBA (Cost Benefit Analysis) or BCA (Benefit Cost
Analysis).
Benefits and costs are often expressed in financial terms, and are adjusted for the time value of
money, so that all the flows of benefits and the flows of project costs over the period of analysis (which
tend to occur at different times) are expressed on a common basis in terms of their present value.
Costbenefit analysis is typically used by utilities to evaluate the desirability of a given expenditure of
money. It is an analysis of the cost effectiveness of different alternatives in order to see whether the
benefits outweigh the costs. The aim is to gauge the efficiency/effectiveness of the on-line monitoring
investment and resulting changes in maintenance and operating practices relative to the status quo.
The costs include one-time capital expenditure plus on-going operations and maintenance expenses.
One of the challenges of cost-benefit analysis techniques is the difficulty to quantify in economic
terms, the non-tangible benefits or risks associated with a proposed option. For example how does an
organisation value the loss of community confidence or credibility due to an increase in outages
associated with one option (say the option is Do more intrusive preventative maintenance which
means that there will be an increase in planned outages).
Another challenge is placing value on the risk associated with an option when economically comparing
a number of different project options. Newly formed Working Group C1.25 (Risk management and
information processes for asset management in electricity transmission companies for current and
future power systems) is charged with addressing these concerns and it will report its findings in due
course.
The potential benefits of on-line monitoring were previously discussed and are evaluated in terms of
expected improvements in operations, deferment of monitored asset investments, process efficiencies,
reliability, availability, asset life or new services. Inputs are typically measured in terms of opportunity
costs; outputs are in terms of cost reductions, avoided and/or delayed expenses, improved service, life
extension or risk reduction. The guiding principle for the calculation is to consider all corporate
business values as influenced by an investment in on-line condition monitoring and to place monetary
values of the effect it has on them.
A cost benefit analysis involves the monetary value of the initial capital investment and lifetime costs
vs. expected return. Cost benefit analysis using net present value puts all relevant costs and benefits
on a common temporal (calendar) footing. A discount (interest) rate is used, which calculates all
relevant future costs and benefits in present value (PV) terms. Most commonly, the discount rate used
for present value calculations is the interest rate the utility incurs when borrowing money, the utilitys
allowable rate of return, or a value provided by the financial department.
Cost benefit calculations typically involve using time value of money formulas. This is usually done by
converting the future expected costs and benefits into a present value (PV) amount. Utilities across the
world rely on a basic set of key cost benefit methods, including the following:
NPV (net present value)
A time series of cash flows, both incoming and outgoing, is defined as the sum of the present
values (PVs) of the individual cash flows. In case when all future cash flows are incoming and
the only outflow of cash is the purchase price and installation cost of the CM equipment, the
NPV is simply the PV of future cash flows minus the purchase price.
PVB (present value of benefits)
A term that refers to the discounted sum, or Present Value, of a stream of benefits associated
with a CM project or proposal.
PVC (present value of costs)
A term that refers to the discounted sum, or Present Value, of a stream of costs associated
with a CM project or proposal.
45
Benefit cost ratio ( )
The ratio of the present value of benefits divided by the present value of costs. Generally, the
CM benefits and costs are calculated only for a limited period of time, i.e. 5 to 10 years.
Net Benefit ( )
The difference between the present value of CM benefits and the present value of CM costs.
Generally, the CM benefits and costs are calculated only for a limited period of time, i.e. 5 to
10 years.
IRR (Internal Rate of Return)
A rate of return used in capital budgeting and investment decision making to measure and
compare the profitability of CM investments. The IRR is the interest rate where the NPV of the
costs equals the NPV of the benefits. An investment is considered acceptable if its internal
rate of return is greater than an established minimum acceptable rate of return or cost of
capital.
Payback Period
The period of time required for the return on a CM investment to repay the sum of the
original investment. The time value of money is usually not taken into account.
Net Cash Flow
The (total) net cash flow of a CM project over a period of several years is equal to the change
in cash balance over this period. A positive cash flow exist if the cash balance increases (more
cash becomes available), a negative cash flow exists if the cash balance decreases. The total
net cash flow is the present value (PV) sum of individual cash flows that are classified in three
areas;
1. Investment cash flows: Cash spent on capital expenditure for CM.
2. Financing cash flows: Cash paid out as debt repayments.
3. Operational cash flows: Cash received (benefits) or expended (costs) as a result of

the CM installation.
Revenue Requirements
The amount that must be recovered from customers through electricity rates to cover a utilitys
costs for the CM investment.
5.3.2 Lost Opportunity Value (LOV) Technique
Cost-benefit analysis or one of its derivatives are not the only methods that can be used in justifying a
CM project. In cases where there is not enough data to make an accurate cost-benefit analysis or if
only generalizations are required, Lost Opportunity approaches may be suitable.
Opportunity cost is the cost related to the next-best choice available to someone who has chosen
among several mutually exclusive choices. It is a key concept in economics. It has been described as
expressing the basic relationship between scarcity and choice The notion of opportunity cost plays a
crucial part in ensuring that scarce resources are used efficiently. Thus, opportunity costs are not
restricted to monetary or financial costs: the real cost of output forgone, lost time, pleasure or any
other benefit that provides utility should also be considered opportunity costs.
Lost Opportunity Value (LOV) or Lost Opportunity Costs (LOC) are described by Straka and Ztek
[5.13] and specifically dedicated to the calculation of economic suitability as applied to Condition
Monitoring Systems (CMS) for transformers, however the method is equally applicable to CMS in
46
general. The notion of lost opportunity plays a crucial part in ensuring that scarce resources are used
efficiently. Opportunity costs are not restricted to monetary or financial costs, the real cost of energy
not served, lost time or any other benefit generally available to a utility or its customers are considered
as opportunity costs. It is expected that Regulatory bodies and energy trading will require more of this
analysis in future.
With the LOV methodology, the utility compares multiple different scenarios or investment
opportunities. On one side decreasing maintenance costs due to the installation of CM, on the other
side possible income through investment gained through system improvements obtained from a
similar investment. From these different scenarios, the utility will develop an understanding of the
percentage of an asset replacement cost it is willing to spend on CM. The goal of the analysis is to find
the maximum acceptable price for CM in relation to the replacement price of the asset being
monitored. This ratio gives the utility the maximum acceptable price for monitoring system.
5.3.3 Qualitative Risk Analysis Technique
Qualitative Risk Analysis is a relative measure of risk or asset value. Risks or asset value are
separately ranked descriptive categories such as low, medium, high; not important, important, very
important; or on a scale from 1 to 10. Qualitative risk analysis does not involve numerical probabilities
or predictions of failure. Instead, the qualitative method involves defining the various plausible events,
determining the likely impacts and the consideration of the effectiveness of counter-measures such as
CM in case the event occurs. The aim of such methods is to identify the areas of risk for which
investment may be applied to achieve the greatest gain in terms of risk reduction vs. expenditure (or
greatest bang for buck) This method can be used where capital is constrained and a limited amount
is available to be expended a common scenario. Potential CM projects can be ranked in a list and
the funds applied to the highest risk projects to the limit of available funding.
Basic CM risk methods may be described based on a format as illustrated below in Fig. 5.1,
reproduced from a reference by a major North American utility [5.14]. In this approach, the risk of not
implementing a monitoring system would be estimated and compared with the risks if a monitoring
system is installed. The user would be required to estimate the likelihood of adverse events in both
cases and as well, to anticipate the consequential costs or other impacts of adverse effects. For the
case that a monitoring system is installed, the adverse event would include a failure of the monitoring
system resulting in a failure of the assets being monitored. The selection of the topics for which
impacts are to be estimated is typically directly related to the Key Performance Indicators (KPI) used
by the utility. The magnitudes of these adverse impacts depend on the criticality of device within the
system of the assets being monitored, its replacement cost, location, and other factors.
These factors will differ between utilities, and also between differing voltage levels within the same
utility. However, once these factors are determined, the risk is estimated by simply multiplying the net
impacts times the likelihood of the adverse events happening. The results are then ranked by
comparing with the utilitys risk acceptability and risk response standards. Relative risk is assigned
(low, medium or high) and response/preventing actions determined. From the perspective of valuing
the benefit of monitoring, the risk reduction through the investment in monitoring is the difference
between the two risk results (with and without monitoring).
47
LIKELIHOOD OF OCCURENCE
90% or greater that event will

occur within next year
5 MODERATE MODERATE HIGH EXTREME EXTREME

4 GUARDED MODERATE HIGH EXTREME EXTREME

3 GUARDED MODERATE MODERATE HIGH EXTREME

2 LOW GUARDED MODERATE MODERATE HIGH
<1% or greater that event will

1 LOW LOW GUARDED GUARDED HIGH
IMPACT CRITERIA 1 2 3 4 5
Lost Time injury / temporary

Safety First Aid injury/illness Medical Aid injury / illness
disability
Permanent disability Fatality(ies)
Impact totalling $500,000 -

Financial Impact totalling <$500,000
$1,000,000
Impact totalling $1M - $5M Impact totalling $5M - $10M Impact >$10M
One of: 250,000 to <1M One of: 1M to <3M customers One of: 3M to <7M customers
One of: <250,000 customers One of: 7M or more customers
customers hours lost hours lost hours lost
Reliability hours lost
or 2 to <7GWh of energy not or 7 to <20GWh of energy not or 20 to <50GWh of energy not
hours lost
or <2GWh of energy not delivered or >50GWh of energy not delivered
delivered delivered delivered
Utility customers and rate-payers Government or CEB enquiry Government or CEB impose Failure to delivere required level of
Customers and rate-payers lodge
Market Efficiency complaints to utility
lodge complaints to Government or conducted into utility practices and strategic and operational changes service resulting in loss of licence
the CEB policies upon utility to operate
External opposition resulting in

External opposition affecting
External opposition resulting in increased regulatory legistratibe
External opposition resulting in utility's ability to implement its work- External opposition resulying in loss
increased regulatory oversight, court actions or government
Relationships short-term delays or modifications plans is constrained and/or
shareholders scruting and/or intervention resulting in a loss of
of licence and/or corporate
to work-plans substantive modifications of its restructuring
restricted access to work-sites responsibilities imopacting utility's
work-plans are required
corporate mandate
Ability to achieve corporate goals Unexpected loss of multiple critical
Impacts on efficiency or Portions of organisation
Negligible impact on service is threatened or there is a staff including senior leadership
Organisation and Peope delivery and staff
effectiveness of some services, but experience unexpected attrition or
significant increase in the cost of and the ability to deliver critical
would be dealt with internally reduced attraction factors
service services
Reportable environmental incident Reportable environmental incident Reportable environmental incident Reportable environmental incident
Non-reportable environmental
Enviroment incident
with short-term mitigation (<6 with long-term mitigation (6 months with regulatory fines and mitigation with regulatory prosecution and/or
months) or more) possible to achieve uncertain mitigation
Fig. 5.1 Example of a matrix used by a major North American utility to define business risk in terms of ranges of impact and likelihood [5.14]
48
5.3.4 Quantitative Risk Analysis Technique
Quantitative risk analysis uses measurable, objective data to determine asset value, probability of
failure, and associated risk(s). With quantitative risk analysis, the basic qualitative risk matrix
approach is extended by recognizing that the quantities that are used to estimate the risk are not
always constants or deterministic numbers, rather that they are better described as statistical
distributions. For example the impacts of failure are not always a fixed number; but depending on
circumstances there is a range of costs associated with adverse events. Similarly the likelihood of
failure is also better described by statistical distributions. Utilities are increasingly documenting such
statistics and using them in asset management decision-making. For example such data was
included in Cigr Technical Brochure 176 [5.15] and in documentation related to recent regulatory
processes in the UK [5.16]. This data can be converted into hazard rate functions that are particularly
useful in quantifying the likelihood of equipment failures at various stages in assets service lives.
Hazard rate curves show the likelihood of failure for assets as a function of their service lives.
Therefore data from these curves can be applied in the likelihood column in the risk matrix. In a
similar way, consequential costs for the various consequential classifications can be represented by
statistical distributions, if the data is available, or by deterministic estimates based on historic
experience. In this case the sensitivity of the end result needs to be assessed by carrying out studies
using a range of consequential costs based on optimistic, most likely and worst case estimates
The amount of risk reduction gained by the use of monitoring depends on the criticality of the assets
being monitored. The result improves if the asset supplies an important industrial customer or if it is
in a critical location in the network, for example part of a substation associated with a generating
station/power plant. In these cases the consequential costs are greater than they would be if the
monitored asset supplied a small residential load and therefore the resulting risk levels and risk
reductions would be greater through the application of monitoring.
Whilst risk reductions achieved through the application of CM may be significant, they cannot be
considered equivalent to cost savings. In other words most utilities or investors would not pay an
amount equal or even similar to the amount of the risk reduction in order to obtain that amount of risk
reduction for an event that may never happen. How much a utility might invest depends on the
companys risk aversion/seeking policies, but from the perspective of the asset manager needing to
justify an investment in risk reduction, that is exactly what needs to be quantified. Fortunately this
issue has been the subject of study and application in the insurance industry. It is useful to ask the
question, how much would it cost on an actuarially neutral basis to insure against a calculated risk?
The answer would be the risk amount multiplied by the probability of the event giving a risk premium
(or in other words the actuarial cost for accepting that risk). This assumes that the utilitys risk
aversion/seeking policy is neutral, that is the utility would choose to be neither risk averse nor risk
seeking. The results of these kinds of analyses show the extent to which it makes sense to invest in
monitoring of assets at various stages in their service lives, and depends strongly on the type of
application.
The essence of determining the value of monitoring (or in other words to justify an investment in
monitoring) is a quantitative analysis that provides credible estimates over the current planning period
for the effects of the alternative of having monitoring or not having monitoring on key business
performance indicators. For example, what will happen to operations and maintenance costs or
capital costs over the next twenty years if a policy to monitor certain assets is adopted or not.
Rather than applying the basic risk method at specific levels of service life, business cases can be
developed using this methodology spanning each year in an assets life. For example, asset
managers may be asked to justify the application of monitoring (or any other investment in an asset
that might improve its life expectancy) when an asset first goes into service, or alternatively at a later
stage in its service life.
49
The inflated impact costs in the event of failures for no monitoring can be calculated going forward in
the planning period using conventional inflation formulas while the expected impact costs with no
monitoring are the products of impact costs going forward and the likelihood of failures going forward.
The inflated impact costs with monitoring and the expected impact costs without monitoring are
calculated in a similar way. The actuarially neutral (that is assuming that the company is neither a risk
taker nor a risk seeker) costs with and without monitoring are determined by multiplying the respective
impact costs by the probability of impacts. The annual cost savings is determined by subtracting the
expected cost with monitoring, from the expected cost without monitoring. The present value of the
cost savings is calculated in the normal way, namely, the net present value of the cost savings is the
sum of the present values over the planning period.
Under typical circumstances with normal aging processes the major cost differential between the
monitoring case and the no-monitoring case appear predominantly after many years in service, when
the probability of failure increases. When these savings are brought back to the decision date
through the net present value calculation and added up they may be much reduced.
Another type of analysis is illustrated in the following example related to justification of a monitoring
system to achieve life extension at acceptable risk. Assume that a diagnostics or monitoring system
could be applied to a transformer with a service life of 60 years, which has an effectiveness of 50%.
In other words, the diagnostic system can detect problems, and any such problems detected can be
repaired to prevent failure with an estimated probability of 0.5. Using the well-known expression for
the probability of conditional events, the no-monitoring hazard rate function can be modified to take
into account the effectiveness of the monitoring. This methodology can be used to quantify the
concepts first published by Aubin et al [5.17]
The Effect of Monitoring on the Hazard Rate Function for

Industry Average Transformers (Monitoring 50% successful)
0.5
0.4
Probability of Failure
in each Specific Year
0.3 Hazard - No Diagnostics

0.2 Hazard With Diagnostics
0.1
0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Service Life (Years)
Potential Life Extension if End-of-Life

is defined as the Service Life at
which the Probability of Failure
reaches 0.1 per year
Fig. 5.2 Life extension achieved by monitoring at a constant risk level
The effect of monitoring is shown by the red curve in Fig.5.2. Basically the extent to which monitoring
is likely to be successful (i.e. 50%) lowers (improves) the hazard rate function. If the accepted risk
level is to be maintained at the current level at a service life of 60 years, the lowering of the hazard
rate function results in a life extension potential of more than ten years. This data can be used in a
50
business case analysis similar to that discussed previously to quantify cost savings. The key benefit
is delaying CAPEX by 10 or more years. The NPV of such a delay on transformers of any size may
be significant. At only a 5% cost of capital, the savings is nearly equal to the cost of the replacement
transformer! This is a huge savings!
5.3.5 Avoided Maintenance Technique
Cigr Technical Brochure 167 [5.4] describes what it termed the macroscopic approach for evaluating
investments in monitoring for circuit breakers. This pragmatic approach is also described in the
Supplement to IEEE C37.10-1995 guide for diagnostics and failure investigation of power circuit
breakers. It is based on a comparison of the cost of resources needed for the application of condition
monitoring systems (CM) compared with the cost of resources without CM. Since CM may ease
maintenance and failure resolution, the need for resources such as labour, spare parts, vehicles,
tools, contractor services, clerical support, and so on may be reduced; consequently their
corresponding costs should be reduced in the same proportion.
With such an approach it is no longer necessary to go into the detail of technical events and tasks.
However the evaluation of the impact of a CM on subsequent resources needs should be based on a
preliminary FMECA study (Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis) or on preliminary results
from a pilot implementation of the CM.
This example uses a decision support tool reported by P Jay [5.18] and [5.19] which was developed
(as part of a suite of decision support tools) in a jointly funded project with technical input from a
consortium of major asset management organizations which included National Grid (UK) it was also
supported by European and UK government funding. The tool has its origins in the offshore oil
industry, where the algorithms were initially developed during the 1980s the current version has
been developed and improved over much iteration.
Fig. 5.3 Optimum Maintenance
The real challenge for asset managers is often lack of data or data uncertainty, and for this reason,
such tools need to allow data to be input in a realistic and pragmatic way by guided input of expert
knowledge to supplement known data. The software contains a number of curve matching algorithms.
At the heart of the philosophy is the concept of testing the range of outcomes of uncertain data, by
carrying out rapid behind the scenes calculations to support the engineer and presenting the
information in a useful form (often graphical). Tools of this type are necessary because the nonlinear
mathematics involved in solving the trade-off calculations between cost, risk and performance for
optimizing planned maintenance interventions is complex.
51
At its simplest level, such tools attempt to find the least cost solution between the cost of a
maintenance intervention, and the increasing risk of failure this translates into the optimum
maintenance interval. The optimum point of maintenance (Fig.5.3) is the minimum of the total impact
(including all risk related costs), not the crossover point of the curves.
Example: Applying the Maintenance Planning Tool to Switchgear
Switchgear maintenance represents one of the largest maintenance expense activities for a utility.
However even small investments in CM when applied to large equipment populations can be difficult
to justify.
Switchgear maintenance includes planned activity such as basic maintenance activities to time the
mechanism, inspect, lubricate and adjust contacts at an indicative cost (including access) of (say a
round figure for illustration purposes only) 1,000u (u is a cost unit).
In service failures incur costs (say) 1,500u to repair and 1,000u of additional costs (e.g. lost
production, call-out costs, etc.) One can assume that there is a low rate of failure post maintenance,
but the rate of failure increases with aging/degradation in service. Degradation is dependent on time
and operations. For simplicity, in this example, one can only consider degradation with time and
account for range of operations and duty cycles by considering three cases;
Average case: Start of degradation begins at 3 years, 20% will have a functional
failure by 4.5 years
Best case: Start of degradation begins at 3.5 years, 15% will have a functional
failure by 6 years
Worst case: Start of degradation begins at 2.5 years, 30% will have a functional
failure by 3.5 years.
Fig. 5.4 Example of maintenance planning tool output (indicative costs in units u)
52
For this switchgear example in Fig. 5.4, repair costs and maintenance costs have been assumed to
have the same value (in practice these may have ranges of uncertainty). It can be seen that in this
situation, there is a wide range of potential solutions dependent on actual operation and duty
cycle. A Time bases/interval maintenance strategy would have an optimum maintenance cycle range
of 3 5.5 years. If a planned interval of 4 years is used (average value) and the actual equipment is
following the worst case scenario the, cost per year would be 559u/year instead of the optimum of
356u/year. In this situation a cautious approach might be to opt for a 3 year interval in order to avoid
the higher cost if the worst case turns out to be true.
Let us suppose that there is an option to install low cost condition monitoring that would improve our
confidence of the rate of degradation removing one of the sources of uncertainty and allowing us to
carry out the maintenance at the true optimum interval.
For this example it has been assumed that;
Cost of installation of the monitor is 500u

The cost of worst case scenario is reduced by 100u /year (by extending the maintenance
interval to the true optimum). Note this is a conservative estimate based on the
expectation that the true optimum is somewhere between the average and worst case
The cost of maintaining the monitoring equipment is 20u per year
The discount rate is 5%
The expected life of the monitor is 10 years
Table 5.1 below summarizes the inputs to a cost benefit analysis that results a positive NPV of
approximately 118u CM (i.e. the installation of a low cost monitor in this case is worthwhile and
reduces overall maintenance costs). This method can clearly be easily extended to include
inflationary factors by inflating the appropriate quantities in the spread-sheet summarized above.
Other factors such as variable failure rates might be more difficult to include quantitatively and
estimating the benefits of deferring capital costs for asset replacement would be problematic with this
level of analysis
YEAR 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Cost of installation of
500
condition monitoring (u)
Cost of maintenance of
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
condition monitoring (u)
Benefit (Average saved

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
maintenance costs) (u)
Net Cash Flow (u) 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
NPV (u) (5% rate of return) 118
Table 5.1 Financial Analysis Example for Applying Low Cost CM to Switchgear, (u) being an
assumed cost unit
53
5.3.6 Synthesis Technique
Asset failure consequences/impacts and the resulting efforts needed to repair span a wide range.
Some failures have no critical functional impact while others have significant system effects. Some
failures are easy to repair while others are very costly. Cigr Technical Brochure 167 [5.4] describes
the Synthesis method for analysing financial investments in monitoring systems for repairable assets
such as circuit breakers. The failure and repair parameters (averages) to be considered in this
financial method are tabulated in Table 5.2. Although fully explained in the reference [5.4], for
completeness it is worth repeating here as applicable to general CM systems.
Minor (m) Failure Major (M) Failure Explosive I Failure
Failure Rates
mfr MFR EFR
(fr or FR)
Repair Cost
/Failure mrc MRC ERC
(rc or RC)
Repair Time
Hours/Failure mrt MRT ERT
(rt or RT)
Table 5.2 Terminology and parameters used in formulas below
Additional parameters include;
POC = Planned Outage Cost (Cost/hour)

UOC = Unplanned Outage Cost (Cost/failure)
NEC = New Equipment Cost
Pd = Probability to detect a failure before it occurs thanks to a monitoring device.
Pc = Percentage of the cost to repair that remains when a failure is early detected. We
suppose that this percentage is the same for the cost of spare parts and the cost of
manpower.
The overall Efficiency I of a monitoring device is ( )
In order to facilitate further calculations, minor failures, by definition, are never urgent enough to
impose an unplanned outage. The repairing of a minor failure can be planned. On the contrary, we
assume that Major Failures and Explosive Failures always lead to Unplanned Outages.
The Synthesis Method compares the costs of failures with and without monitoring;
Minor (m) Failures:

The cost of a minor failure with and without CM is expressed by the following formulae;
Without a Condition Monitoring (CM) System: ( )
With CM: ( )
In this case the cost is unchanged because a minor failure has no effect on the fundamental functions
of the equipment, early detection has no effect on the cost to repair.
54
Major (M) Failures:
The cost of a major failure with and without CM is expressed by the following formulae;
Without CM: ( )
With CM: ( )
( ) ( )
When a Major Failure is detected early (probability Pd), Repair Cost and Repair Time are reduced by
a factor Pc. Moreover maintenance can be planned and the outage cost to be taken into account is
POC. When a Major Failure is not detected (probability 1 Pd), the cost is unchanged.
Explosive Failures:
The cost of an explosive failure with CMS and without a CMS is expressed by the following formulae;
Without CM: ( )
With CM: ( )
( ) ( )
When an Explosive Failure is detected before it occurs, cost to repair is only the one of a Major
Failure since explosion has not yet happened. This cost is reduced by a factor Pc and the outage is
planned (same as above). In the case where the failure is not detected (probability 1-Pd), CMS has
no effect on the cost. The resulting benefit B is;
( ) ( )
[( ) ( )]
[( ) ( )]
The Synthesis method can easily be extended using conventional spread-sheet analysis to take into
account inflation and variable failure rates associated with service life and consequential costs
associated with equipment failures.
5.3.7 System Performance Technique (shown as a network monitoring example)
CM may be justified by reducing risk or by improving utility Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). KPIs
are normally a function of complete company performance and may be best improved by applying CM
to the full network and not just targeted equipment items.
Improvement in Substation performance does not always require additional investments into
monitoring devices (sensors and hardware). CM can be implemented by exploiting existing network
monitoring equipment such as microprocessor based relays and fault recorders. Use of network
monitoring data only requires investment in software. All other investments and service costs are
included in existing utility budgets required to provide and maintain the primary function of the network
monitoring devices (relays and their accessories, control systems, dispatch centre, control centre).
The benefits available from performing CM of assets on a network basis (see Chapters 8 and 9) can
be categorized as;
Micro benefits (short term)
Intermediate benefits (tactical)
Macro benefits (strategic)
These benefits can improve system performance and provide value to numerous departments/areas.
55
Micro benefits are realized by the disclosure of a specific equipment defect or non-standard
behaviour (minor failure) before it develops into major failure. Micro benefits are the same as benefits
as those realized from equipment monitoring devices (see Chapter 3) and the same economic
justification models are applicable.
Some Intermediate benefits are more efficiently and cost effectively provided through network
monitoring than current reporting methods. Intermediate benefits include;
reporting of equipment loadings and providing notification when load limits are exceeded
promoting dynamic maintenance planning that is not supported by static maintenance
planning software
evaluation of the maximum permitted load of a transmission chain
transmitted power recording
availability, reliability and KPI calculations
As an example Fig. 5.5 shows the organizational aspects where network asset data is also used for
CM purposes, however this technique is also applicable to all types of monitoring.
Fig. 5.5 Network asset monitoring information scheme (organizational)
Macro-benefits are obtained mainly by reducing future maintenance expenditures and capital
replacement costs. Macro benefits are gained through modelling and by providing the utility with
information for maintenance ranking and risk management systems that can be quantified with a
simple formula;
Priority Ranking index (PR) = ( ) ( )
Where the higher the value of PR, the higher is the action priority
The calculation of economic risk must include consequential losses, i.e. the price for non-delivered
energy and a probability of non-delivery due to an equipment failure. The cost of a failure as well as
the probability of a loss is difficult to determine but they can be estimated. For example one major
56
European utility uses the following formula for determining the price of total non-delivered energy as
the consequence of an equipment failure;
( ) [Money/Year]
Where:
= annual average transmitted power of Overhead Line (OHL) and/or
transformers that are unavailable because the equipment failure (obtained from
network monitoring)
= external importance index of the OHL or transformers that are unavailable due
to the equipment failure consequence of network outage on external customers
(obtained from network monitoring)
= expected failure frequency of an equipment (based on the equipment health

index (H) obtained from network monitoring)
= price for 1 non-delivered MWh average value provided by utilitys economic,

power supply or rates department. In some jurisdictions the value of lost load is set by
regulatory agencies with values as high as 10,000 /MWh
Where D, H and f are calculated as follows;
Importance index (D) determination;
D = Main objects (OHL, Transformer, etc.) importance index

=
( )
where:
16 and 8 refers to the numbers of criteria being considered (say)
Objects (substation parts) are items switched off areas by relays
Time for transmission recovery is part of the consequence

consideration
Each installed Equipment(EQ) is assigned the same weight

(importance index) as the object it is associated with
Health index (H) determination:

with 1 to 4 scoring (SIj) and weights (Wj) in the following

six j groups :
EQ Age
EQ Cumulative loading
EQ Actual conditions
EQ history
Technological type history
Technological Type Maintainability & Reparability
Expected failure frequency (f) determination:
To calculate the failure frequency for each equipment item ( fEQT) for the time horizon
T, the following procedure is used;
57
1. Calculate the current health index hEQ of the specific equipment item being
evaluated
2. Calculate the current average health index Hgroup of a group of equipment of the
same type, rated voltage and age, age interval resp., as the specific equipment
item being evaluated
3. Determine the ageing/failure curve for the equipment group fgroup (failure
frequency as a function service time t)
4. Develop a specific aging model fEQ for the specific equipment item EQ. The plot of
fEQ as a function of time should be of the same shape as the fgroup curve. The
offset distance of fEQ from the fgroup plot is the ratio of the health indexes
(HEQ/Hgroup) value calculated in the point of the specific evaluated equipment
age, age interval resp.
5. Select the time horizon T and determine the value of fEQT from curve fEQ at time T
The above mentioned procedure cannot be precise as it does not consider precise specific costs of
non-delivered energy in each specific place of the transmission network separately, nor can the future
failure rates be precisely known. These figures are usually not known or vary by TSO practices.
However it gives an example of how to proceed and how to estimate and rank future system
improvement/monitoring investments.
Questionnaire: At present, how is Condition Monitoring valued?
A Questionnaire (see Appendix 3) was developed to survey utilities in order to determine and report
the current state-of-application of substation monitoring systems. While the survey covered a broad
range of topics several questions related directly to the methods and the availability of data and
information used to justify investment in CM. This section of the report summarizes the survey
questions in this area.
5.4.1 Evaluation of Q64 responses Does your company have a model for calculating the
value delivered by condition monitoring systems?
Q64 [Value] : Does your company have a

model for calculating the value delivered by
condition monitoring systems?
100
80 76
Percentage ( % )
60
40
20
20
0
Yes No
Fig. 5.6 Analysis of responses to Q64
58
This question, answered by a simple Yes or No indication (Fig. 5.6), was responded to by 96% of
those surveyed. 20% of respondents indicated that they have a model and 76% indicated that they
do not. The remaining 4% did not answer the question. There were 5 comments received from the
respondents to this question all of which made the point that it is difficult to establish a single common
model. Differences in systems, assets to be monitored, business models, regulatory environments
and so on can significantly influence the approach.
5.4.2 Evaluation of Q65 responses If your company has a model, what type of calculation
method is it based on?
It was expected that only the 20% of respondents who replied Yes to Q64 would have replied to
Q65, and that the sum total of responses in Q65 would be the 20% of Q64. However there was a
discrepancy in that more respondents answered Q65, so the sum total was 31% (Fig. 5.7) Comments
were added that although their Company does not have a model, they use NPV in assessing CM
costs.
The survey question allowed multiple responses in order to provide respondents with more freedom to
characterize the models being used. The authors of this document believe that because many
financial models do not rely on a single financial indicator to justify an investment, multiple responses
are appropriate.
Respondents to this question also noted that other non-monetized values are sometimes included in
investment justifications for CM systems. That may be why some of the 76% of respondents to Q64
stated they do not justify CM investments based on an economic model. Even accounting for the
discrepancy it is noted that by far the greater percentage uses NPV.
5.4.3 Evaluation of Q66 responses If your company has a model, what factors do you use in
a calculation of value?
The responses to this question are summarized in Fig. 5.8, note that multiple answers are possible.
It was expected that only the 20% of respondents who replied Yes to Q64 would have replied to
Q66, however considerably more respondents answered this question than the 20% who stated that
they had a model in Q64.
59
Q66 [Value] : If your company has a model, what factors do you use in a calculation of value?
30
A : Avoided costs (consequential, etc.)
B : Cost of replacing failed plant

22
20 C : Impact of time to replace failed
20
18 equipment
Percentage ( % )
16
D : Reduced outage duration & number
13 13 (ie improving reliability)
E : Public perception
10
7 F : Experience based factors
4
G : Reducing outages
0 H : Other
A B C D E F G H
Fig. 5.8 Responses to Question 66 (Note that multiple selections are allowed)
The analysis of these answers therefore also include many who said they did not have a model, so
the only conclusion able to be reached is that these are more a perception of the respondents
reasons for having CM, rather than the actual reasons of the 20% who do have a model.
Respondents comments included those that said that no model was yet developed, however some
utilities appear to be thinking about this subject, hence the perceptions added above.
5.4.4 Evaluation of Q67 (Q68 to Q74) responses Can your company calculate a cost or
benefit for the following activities?
Respondents were asked to categorize the general precision of their calculations as either;
Exact or nearly exact
Approximate
A rough estimation
No / this calculation is not performed
The responses to these six questions and the precision of the calculations are summarized in Fig.5.9.
In general Maintenance costs and CM installation costs were the most precisely known costs, as
expected. A surprisingly high number of respondents said that they could not calculate costs.
Comments received show that it is difficult to obtain probability of failure figures, and associated costs
for potential safety and environmental impacts.
60
60
51
50
47
42
40
40 38
36
33
31
Percentage ( % )
30 29
27 27
22
20
20 18 18
16 16 16
13 13
11
10 9 9
7
4
2 2
0
0
Reducing Reducing Maintenace Installation Data Avoided Other
FORCED PLANNED costs costs for the reviewing/ costs (con- - please
outages outages condtion analysis sequential specify
monitoring costs costs, etc.)
systems
Q68 - Q74 [Value] : Can your company calculate a cost or benefit for these activities?
Exactly or nearly
: : Approximately : Roughly : No
exactly
Fig. 5.9 Respondents ability to establish costs and benefits
5.5 Summary
Risk value matrix and economic evaluation of CM application is introduced. Earlier CIGR
publications are reviewed and point out differing approaches towards valuing and justifying CM
investments depending on the types of assets in question. The approach selected extends previous
work and covers a range of business and regulatory environments as well as a broader range of
power equipment types.
Whilst the survey results include an element of statistical uncertainty, some general trends are
evident. Whereas the installation and service cost for monitoring systems can be calculated nearly
exactly, a commonly agreed estimation of the benefits provided by CM systems are much more
difficult to establish. Estimation of costs avoided through the successful application of CM is likely to
61
provide the strongest justification for applying it. Credible calculation of the reduction of consequential
losses is a complicated probabilistic calculation dependent on good failure data and various
application factors including the;
Specific location in the network
Network configuration when the event happens
Type of load served
Type of assets monitored
These aspects are discussed more completely in subsequent Chapters of this document.
[5.1] Sanchis, G. On-line Monitoring of Circuit-Breakers: EdFs Point of View Doble Client
Conference Paper 1-6, 1996
[5.2] Rajotte C. et al. A Novel Methodology backed by Field experience for Assessing the
Benefits of On-line Monitoring Systems for Substation Equipment CIGR 1996 Paper 23-
202
[5.3] McGrail, T, and John Lapworth. Experience with Transformer Continuous Monitoring
Systems Doble Client Conference Paper 8-3, 1999
[5.4] CIGR Working Group 13.09.User Guide for the Application of Monitoring and Diagnostic
Techniques for Switching Devices for Voltage ratings of 72.5 kV and Above Technical
Brochure 167 August 2000
[5.5] Higgins, Tony. The Difference On-Line Condition Monitoring Could Have Made CIGR
SC 12 Dublin Colloquium, June 2001
[5.6] Breckenridge, T et al. Economic Issues Concerning Loss capitalization and Monitoring
CIGR SC 12 Dublin Colloquium, June 2001. See also CIGR General session 2002
Paper 12-115
[5.7] Krieg T, New Age Asset Management Economic and Reliability Issues for Utilities,
(Dublin Colloquium, Study Committee 12 Transformers, Dublin, Ireland, June 18-21 2001)
[5.8] CIGR Working Group A2.20. Guide on Economics of Transformer Management

Technical Brochure 248, June 2004
[5.9] Krieg T, Successful Economic Justification of On-line Monitoring Systems for Power
rd
System Assets, (AVO New Zealand, 3 International Technical Conference, Methven, New
Zealand, Oct 15-17, 2002)
[5.10] I Working Group B3.1 (Task Forces 1&2) Functional Specification and Evaluation of
Substations TB 252 August 2004
[5.11] CIGR Working Group C1.1. Asset Management of Transmission Systems and
Associated CIGR Activities Technical Brochure 309, December 2006
[5.12] I Working Group C1.16 Transmission Asset Risk Management TB 422 August 2010
[5.13] Straka, Vclav and Ztek, Pavel. Suitability of the monitoring systems based on the general
economical methods Translation from Czech
62
[5.14] British Columbia Transmission Company submission to the British Columbia Utilities
Commission, Transmission System Capital Plan 2009-2018
http://www.bctc.com/NR/rdonlyres/5A11BA19-75F4-4D66-B3CE-6231B32D65D4/0/
CapitalPlanF2009_21Dec2007.pdf
[5.15] CIGR Study Committee 37 Aging of the System. Impact on Planning Technical
Brochure 176, 2000
[5.16] KEMA Review of the Electric Transmission Asset Management Policies and Processes
as adopted by National Grid Electricity Transmission (NGET) within England and Wales,
and Assessment of Implications for CAPEX for 2007/08-2011/12 DRAFT Final Report
PR1078D4_NG_001 Re. 3.0
http://www.ofgem.gov.uk/Networks/Trans/PriceControls/TPCR4/ConsultantsReports/Docu
ments1/15735-KEMA_NGET_AssetMgt_pub.pdf
[5.17] Aubin, J. et al. Profitability assessment of Transformer On-line Monitoring and Periodic
Monitoring EPRI Substation Diagnostics Conference, Feb. 2002
[5.18] Jay, P. Putting a Price on Sustainability Presented at the Institute for Asset Management
2005
[5.19] Jay P, and McCormick, T. Managing Maintenance in the National Grid Company An
overview of Maintenance Management and Practical Applications of MACRO in the
Electricity Supply Industry Maintech Conference Birmingham 1999
63
Chapter 6 Sources of Substation Condition Monitoring
Data
What substation equipment data is readily available and how can it be
effectively utilized to assess equipment condition?
6.1 Equipment Monitoring
Individual equipment monitoring devices are devices aimed at monitoring only a specific piece of
equipment within the substation, see Appendix 2. The systems considered are permanently installed
and can be permanently in service or only partially used on-line (PD systems for GIS for instance).
Features range from simple warnings and alarms to elaborate diagnostics and expert systems that
indicate the source of the problem and the actions to take in order to mitigate the problem.
The acquired data is adapted to the monitored equipment and its characteristics. The monitored
equipment is fitted with additional sensors. The choice of sensor depends on the function, construction
and likely failure mode of the monitored equipment. Furthermore the existing control signals are
recorded for correlation with the specific data associated with the monitoring system.
Most sensors produce analogue or incremental data. In some cases only the digital warnings and
signals of existing control systems are recorded. In any case the aim of equipment monitoring is the
detection of changes and trends in sensor outputs. Therefore it is important that initial readings from
sensors are recorded during factory testing and initial commissioning tests to establish a fingerprint for
that equipment. In most cases, the manufacturer should be able to provide permissible tolerances of
the measured values but sometimes the acceptable parameters may need to be established from
operating experience. The purpose of the monitoring system is to signal values outside of the
established limits and more particularly, any trends or changes from initial values.
The first monitoring devices adopted by the industry were simply data acquisition systems that were
queried on site via a notebook computer or using a modem and telephone connection. With the advent
of cost-effective data connections, servers featuring extensive data memories were introduced; these
servers gathered the data from the devices in a cyclical pattern using optical fibre or copper cable and
providing communications to the offices when queried.
In the absence of standards, communication took place on a manufacturer-specific basis. The

introduction of IEC 61850 is likely to see the arrival of a common protocol. To date, there has been
limited standardised data available for monitoring. Edition 2 of IEC 61850-4 is currently under
consideration. It focuses particular attention on monitoring requirements. For this reason, it is likely
that all new monitoring devices designs will support this interface. Irrespective of this fact, IEC 61850
monitoring devices are already available on the market. They do use standardised communication, but
have to transfer the monitoring data in private data areas.
Monitoring devices are available for most High Voltage equipment, e.g.;
Power Transformers
Monitoring devices are available as add-ons or in combination with tap-charger controls.
Typical systems monitor the function of the tap-charger, transformer differential temperatures
and the quality of insulating materials.
Circuit-Breakers
Add-ons are available with a range of complexity. While some devices only monitor selected
signals (auxiliary contact timing, SF6 density), others offer a greater number of monitored
64
signals (fault current severity (It)), the movement of the main contacts, operating times, trip
coil currents (trip circuit supervision of each trip coil) and motor currents)
Instrument Transformers
Systems provide on-line monitoring of dielectric loss-angle with sensors fitted to each
monitored equipment in a substation. Comparative techniques are used to identify changes
to the dielectric characteristics of individual equipment.
Surge Arresters (Surge Diverters)
Typical systems monitor the characteristics and changes to equipment leakage current
providing an indication of aging and premature failure
Other equipment
There is a range of devices such as RF level monitoring devices and on-line infrared
thermography devices that provide general on-line monitoring for a wide range of substation
equipment. Typical systems have automated scanning to monitor key substation
components providing warning of elevated temperatures or increased temperature
differential between identical equipment such as bushings and insulators.
6. 2 Network monitoring devices
Network monitoring systems such as substation and operator control systems (SCADA) and protection
systems (fault recorders and relays) generate large amounts of data that has been available in
existing systems for some time but has been used mainly for other purposes than for equipment
condition monitoring. These unique data sources that usually cover the whole systems, i.e. all installed
HV equipments, can be also applied effectively for the assessment of equipment actual internal
technical conditions and for the long term equipment loading recording and evaluation to prevent
major failures and/or to trigger a specific maintenance work. Use of operational network data usually
requires different types of analysis and data storage system than used for operational use.
Databases collecting data from control systems provide basically three types of information;
1. Loading characteristics (current, voltage, power) sampled in 1 minute interval or sampled on

delta criterion basis (the interval and/or delta criterions can be changed if required)
2. Change of the equipment state characteristics (e.g. C and O operations of switching
equipment) at the time the operation was performed, S/S bay status Normal/ Revision/
Transfer
3. Alarm signalling at the time the alarm was triggered.
Fault recorders provide basically two types of information;
1. Current and voltage curves (individual phases and neutral/zero sequence component) with
sampling frequency of 1 kHz to 6kHz typically for 0.2 to 0.3 seconds before and 5 seconds
after the fault recorder function was triggered
2. Binary characteristics of different signals, e.g. start and end of protection relays, start and
end of O or C impulses, start of pole discrepancy relay, start of CB interlocking (for auto-
reclosing and for opening operations etc.)
Fault recorders are usually triggered only from relay systems operation or from exceeding a threshold
value of phase current or voltage (usually 120% U n and 150-200% In but can be set as needed), but
there is nothing that prevents their triggering from control systems to record normal service switching
operations, too. Doing that the fault recorders become unique sources of data describing most of
transient events in a substation. Catalogue of transient events includes about 20 different patterns.
They are divided into groups by their origin (atmospheric, normal service switching, short-circuit
switching, resonance and ferroresonance) and evaluated from the point of view of their influence (risk)
on equipment conditions.
65
Relays, observing currents and voltages continuously, provide basically similar types of information as
fault recorders. However their interconnection with the other source of data, e.g. control systems, is
also necessary for collecting the proper data on time.
Communication of the data to a centre can be done using existing communication means, as well as
already existing databases can be used.
To obtain information about assets conditions the data from network monitoring devices has to be
linked with enterprise IT system that includes asset inventory database. The network monitoring
architecture principle is shown in scheme in Fig. 6.1.
Fig. 6.1 Simplified scheme of network monitoring
6.3 Common aspects of equipment and network monitoring devices
In Chapter 6.1 there was described what devices are available in the field of equipment condition
monitoring and in Chapter 6.2 what is available in network monitoring. Comparing information in these
two chapters it is evident that there is an overlap i.e. that there are common aspects solved by both
systems. In other words that there exist the same or very similar information (data) provided by both
systems. To analyse the common aspects (data) it is necessary first to make an overview what
monitored parameters and their purpose are available within these individual specific monitor sources.
Appendix 4 Table 1 gives a detail of this analysis in a structure;

SOURCE of data
PARAMETER that is monitored
EQUIPMENT that is monitored
PURPOSE the parameter serves.
The utilitys task is thus to answer, and make the appropriate strategies, for the following questions;
What system, if any, (equipment or network monitoring or combination) the utility would like
to use?
What data (information) from the systems or its combination the utility would like to use?
If the combination is selected how to optimize the amount of data, i.e. which information will
be taken form equipment monitoring and which information will be taken from network
monitoring?
66
To answer these questions further analysis of the benefits of various monitoring sources (synthesis of
Appendix 4 Table 1 data) is described in Chapter 7.4.
6.4 Condition Monitoring System reliability
When evaluating new Condition Monitoring Systems, the following reliability aspects may require
consideration;
The Condition Monitoring device itself, its data accuracy and expected life
The requirements for communication between monitoring system and the monitored
equipment
The data interpretation and presentation system (e.g. validation of data, assessment,
evaluation, expert software)
Furthermore the condition monitoring system is influenced by different lifecycles of its individual parts.
Therefore the following aspects have to be considered;
Availability of different components (different lifecycles of monitoring devices and monitored
equipment)
Maintainability of different components
One of the key considerations for any new Condition Monitoring systems is its reliability and expected
life in relation to the monitored equipment.
There are different requirements on data accuracy for different monitoring tasks, e.g. for the following
tasks;
Standards for accuracy
Manufacturer recommendations, technical needs (SF 6 loss)
No specific requirements
6.4.1 Accuracy of condition monitoring
There does not appear to be recognized general standards of accuracy, and some equipment can be
quite inaccurate as compared to normal protection and control (P&C) equipment. The manufacturers
generally state that this is not as important as it seems, since most condition monitoring devices look
at trends and the rate of change of parameters. The base line varies from transformer to another, so
the science is not exact, variations from that base line however can be easily seen in a deteriorating
scenario even though the accuracy is relatively low. In some cases absolute accuracy of a CM
measurement is not extremely critical as long as the measurement is repeatable.
An example of quoted accuracy is for transformer dissolved-gas-in-oil devices. For a low cost device,
typically monitoring only 3 gases and moisture the equipment may only be 10% and for a high-end
device monitoring 10 gases and moisture the equipment may still be only 5%.
6.4.2 Monitoring devices reliability and compatibility
For an expected functionality of equipment monitoring it is necessary that the monitoring system
devices reliability (sensors and electronics) is ideally an order better that the reliability of the
monitored equipment itself, or at least that both systems reliabilities shall be the same. Practice
unfortunately shows an opposite ratio.
Another problem is caused by differing system life expectancies. The foreseen technical life of
electronic technology is normally calculated in units of years (5 to 10 years) while the equipment being
monitored may have an expected life of tens of years (30 to 50 years). Some examples of lifetime are
given in Fig.6.2
67
Because P&C devices as well as monitoring devices are based on electronics the life cycle is
generally much shorter than that of high voltage product. For both there is a specific time where the
device is in the catalogue, then it is replaced by a new design, but for an extent of time spare parts are
available so that the old devices can be maintained and repaired. The innovation cycle in electronics is
about half the time of high-voltage products. Therefore monitoring devices must be replaced once or
more during the lifetime of a monitored high voltage equipment. When the monitoring device is
exchanged, it is important to transfer the acquired data from the old into the new system, without
information being lost.
Fig. 6.2 Examples of equipment lifetimes
Along with considering the reliability of the monitoring devices and the quality of data produced, one
must also consider the reliability of the communications links. These links exist between the monitoring
devices and the asset being monitored, as well as between the monitoring devices and centralised
asset management sites.
It seems that there is a certain shortage in accuracy requirements specifications. There are standards
for laboratory testing. The equipment CM manufactures are applying in a certain extent these
standards and they shall specify the required accuracy of different data for different analysis
(purposes) when designing their CM.
Accuracy requirements can vary. For example, high accuracy is required for the measurement of SF 6
density and trend analysis, whereas the measurement of the current for It does not need such high
accuracy
6.4.3 Network monitoring reliability
As discussed in the introduction of chapter 6.4. the reliability has to be considered from several points
of view.
The first one includes the CM device itself and its data (including accuracy), data links and data
interpretation. As the monitoring devices have primarily another traditional function in the network
which has got a KEY role in any grid operation and service their reliability has to be and really is very
high (higher than the monitored equipment itself). From this point of view the network monitoring
devices control systems and relays (fault recorders) are the most reliable sources of loadings and
conditions information.
On the other hand special attention should be paid to a reliability of a correct and reliable data linking
between the data source and monitored equipment. To obtain a reliable link it is necessary to monitor
actual network configuration, to consider different single line diagram schemes, relays and fault
68
recorders layouts, to assure that all sources and the network are described by the same structure of
symbols and to assure that any changes in equipment are recorded in equipment inventory databases
correctly and on time. The linking thus represents a certain bottleneck that requires special attention.
As the data interpretation is concerned the network monitoring requires quite sophisticated system
that is able to make analysis and synthesis of different data from different sources and an expert
system to evaluate shapes and values of current and voltage curves.
The second one includes different lifecycles and maintainability aspects. Even if the lifecycles and
maintainability of the HV equipment and the data sources are different this difference does not
represent any problem. There is no direct physical interconnection between the monitored equipment
and the source of the monitored data. There are no special sensors and no special wirings for the
monitoring. Both parts can thus live their own life cycles without any significant influence on the
monitoring function.
The third one includes data accuracy for different monitoring tasks (standards, manufacturer
recommendation, technical needs, etc.). As these aspects are concerned there is no significant
difference between special and network monitors data accuracy in the fields in which their data
overlaps. There are no data accuracy constraints except current and voltage measurement accuracy
beyond VTs and CTs saturation knees and transient phenomenon with higher frequencies than 1 kHz.
6.5.1 Application of condition monitoring
It is not possible to clearly interpret the evaluation of the relationship between the implementation of
monitoring and voltage. It seems primarily to represent the number of devices used. The highest
values occur at standard voltages of 145, 245 and 420 kV. It should be taken into account that not all
respondents work with all voltage levels. The full analysis of Q6 is shown in Fig. 6.3.
Q6 [Application of condition monitoring(CM)] : On equipment at what voltage levels is CM

installed? Tick all boxes that apply
80
67
A : 400kV and above
58
60
B : 300 to 400kV
Percentage ( % )
44
38
40
29 C : 200 to 300kV
20 D : 100 to 200kV
E : less than 100kV

0
A B C D E
69
Q8 - Q18 [Application of condition monitoring (CM)] : Does your company install CM systems on NEW
equipment in any of the following categories;
: Always : Sometimes : Occasionally : Never
Fig.6.4 Respondents application of CM to NEW equipment
70
Q20 - Q30 [Application of condition monitoring (CM)] : Does your company install CM systems on EXISTING
equipment in any of the following categories;
Before end of life After faults on

After repeated
A : to avoid faults, or B : the unit, or C : D : Other
alarms
gain knowledge similar units
Fig.6.5 Respondents application of CM to EXISTING equipment
71
Answers to the question, on to which new equipment are monitoring systems installed, clearly show
that monitoring measures are more likely to be implemented on expensive equipment than on simpler
equipment. Transformers are at the top of the list of equipment equipped with a monitoring function.
GIS and circuit-breakers also form an appreciable proportion of equipment with monitoring
functionality. They are all critical, expensive and complicated equipment and have been fitted with CM
devices before non-critical, lower cost or simpler equipment are considered. The spectrum of auxiliary
equipment is very broad (batteries, compressors, etc.) which would explain why respondents probably
thought of different application areas for monitoring. The function of the auxiliary equipment is,
however, of major importance in regard to the function of the entire switchgear, it is also less reliable
than the primary equipment. The full Questionnaire analysis for applying CM to new equipment is
shown in Fig. 6.4.
Increased equipment life-time is an important reason for implementing monitoring measures, more
often than not monitoring devices are subsequently installed towards the end of the life-time, which is
retrofitted on existing equipment. Here too, monitoring devices are installed most frequently on
expensive transformers. Monitoring devices are also used on circuit-breakers, GIS and bushings to
increase the life-time of the equipment. The number of suppliers is lower, who implement monitoring
measures if they experienced problems with equipment or equipment types or if there is an increased
incidence of devices issuing alarm signals. Here too, monitoring devices are installed more frequently
on expensive equipment. The full Questionnaire analysis for retrofitting CM to existing equipment is
shown in Fig. 6.5.
6.5.2 Data handling
Evaluation of the responses to the Questionnaire Q55 (see Fig. 6.6) and Q56 (see Fig. 6.7) indicates
that the majority of data is currently only stored on the monitored device or in the substation. Only a
small number of utilities merge monitoring data with other data obtained from the substation.
Comments indicate that the trend is towards centralised data storage. Some operators have
programmed their own database systems to collate the various data in one central location.
Q55 [Data handling] : Where and how is data from monitoring equipment on primary and secondary
equipment treated in relation to other data from the equipment itself?
50 A : At the site on the condition monitoring

device
40 38 B : All monitoring data collected and

stored at a substation level
31 31
Percentage ( % )
30 C : All data from the site, including from

monitoring equipment, integrated and
24
collected together at a substation level
20
16 16
D : In a central database for all condition
monitoring data
10
E : Centrally but separate software /
databases for each monitoring system
0
A B C D E F F : Other
72
Q56 [Data handling] : How is data transmitted from the condition monitoring system to where it is
stored?
50
A : Only stored locally
40
40 B : Modem wireless
31
Percentage ( % )
30 27 C : Modem landline
20
20 D : LAN
13
11
10
E : SCADA
F : Other
0
A B C D E F
Only a small group of respondents claim to capture data in one central database. The balance is in
favour of systems that merge all monitoring data, but it is currently also very common to have separate
databases for different monitoring systems. One thing that is clear from the comments is that not all
operators currently process data systematically. In some cases, data is only inspected sporadically by
different departments.
The probable cause for this division is the development of monitoring systems that were initially only
designed as an add-on for individual devices. Systems have become increasingly integrated due to
the development of network and storage technology. This assumption is confirmed by the question
regarding data transfer. 30% of data is only available on a local basis. 40% claim to transfer
information via modem or Ethernet technology. To date, only 20% of respondents have carried out
SCADA system integration. This question alone makes it clear that consistent answers do not always
offer conclusive proof. With regard to data transfer, significantly more answers were received than
would have been expected considering the installed systems named previously. It is possible that the
processors were considering data transfer in a more general light or were thinking of systems that are
familiar to them.
6.6 Summary
Descriptions of main CM data sources that assess asset service condition including specialized
equipment monitors (e.g. power transformers monitors) and network monitoring devices (e.g. control
systems, fault recorders and protection relays) are provided in this section. Also included is a
description of the equipment and network monitoring devices and their reliability.
There are several devices available to monitor specific high-voltage equipment. They offer profound
information about the equipments state. In the absence of standards all of them are propriety stand-
alone solutions. Some utilities and manufacturers have developed tools for collecting information from
diverse sources and presenting it in a single application.
73
The idea of network monitoring is to use information that already exists in the network. A special
expert system collects information from fault recorders, protection and control devices and the ERP
(Enterprise Resource Planning) system. This approach requires the collaboration of many
departments of the organization. If it is possible to bring all this information together the need for
additional hardware can be reduced to a minimum.
Because of the long lifetime and high reliability of high-voltage equipment the reliability of monitoring
devices needs special attention. Monitoring devices will probably need replacement before the
monitored equipment has reached its end-of-life. During replacement the continuity of the acquired
data must be guaranteed so that the CM history is not lost.
74
Chapter 7 Management of Substation Monitoring Data and
Evaluation Schemes
How do you choose and manage available on-line data and how is value
obtained?
7.1 Introduction
There is a wide range of approaches to substation monitoring management, i.e. for data collection and
evaluation schemes. In the past most devices only monitored individual high voltage equipment. The
first ones worked standalone. For reading the results it was necessary to connect them to a portable
computer. They couldnt be thus called as real on-line monitoring systems. Present monitoring
systems requires on-line communication between primary data collection and the end user.
All such systems require a communication infrastructure and means to store and transport the used
data. This Chapter shows practical approaches and responses from the Questionnaire.
Newer strategies connect all monitoring devices via data channels (wireless, fibre or copper) and store
the data centralized. When this data pool is integrated in the network the information can be displayed
on every authenticated computer.
The next step must be to bring all the information of the different products together. Nowadays every
manufacturer uses its own database and software tools
Depending on the importance in the network, condition monitoring is mainly applied to power
transformers and circuit breakers, but depending on experiences in the past there are many more
equipments that can be monitored, especially if the network monitoring approach is applied.
7.2 Selection of monitored data Equipment monitoring
Although all systems consist of some kind of microprocessor-based central unit connected to sensors,
main categories can be organized as follows;
Systems that monitor only one aspect of equipment (i.e. SF 6 leaks, electrical wear, gas in oil
content). They address a specific customer need, and since they are tailored for this
application, are cost optimized.
Systems that monitor a wide range and different aspects of primary equipment, and combine
alarms to provide the user with global diagnostics. These systems are usually more complex,
more expensive, but they are also generally modular (i.e. only a subset of sensors,
monitoring specific points (cheaper) can be installed)
Systems that are centralized in the control cubicle of primary equipment (i.e. sensors and
processing unit located fairly closely)
Systems which processing unit is remotely located from sensors (i.e. sensors connected to
intelligent field bus terminals, and field bus connected to a centralized PC). Depending on
the substation topology, and equipment prices, both solutions show advantages.
Systems that may be integrated directly with the control command, for instance with GIS
applications, where a bay computer with high computing capacity is located very close to
control cubicle. It is tempting to save cost by integrating the monitoring function within the
75
bay computer, all the more because control equipment is generally sourced from the same
manufacturer as the primary equipment.
Systems that are strictly stand-alone, i.e. in the case of AIS, where distances and choice of
suppliers makes it impossible to merge functions and IEDs. In this case, integration of
monitoring functions into the customer information system may require more efforts than the
former solution.
Systems that offer only warnings and alarms, based on breaker condition. These outputs can
be wired to control system or to signalization tools only. It is then up to the user, with or
without the help of the manufacturer, to seek out in details the reasons of alarms.
Systems that offers diagnostics and trending, to help the customer speed up its decision and
maintenance processes.
Communication: in the former years proprietary protocols used to be employed, but now with
the introduction of IEC 61850, it is hoped that standardization will quickly follow. Some
attempts at wireless communication have been seen, but so far optical fibre or copper wires
remain the norm.
7.3 Selection of monitored data Network monitoring
There is an increasing availability of information available from SCADA and fault recorder system
vendors specifically for condition monitoring purposes. Previously these types of systems were not
available, limiting ability to analyse long-term data sources. Traditionally SCADA systems have been
aimed at operational and real-time events.
Some examples of information obtained from network monitoring systems can be categorized in the
following way:
Information about loadings

Loading curves standard as well as non-standard ageing characteristics per all substation bay
equipment, substation bus-bars and transformers;
SCADA:
Average, maximum and minimum: current, voltage, active and reactive power, regulation (U,
I, t)
Time duration of exceeding limit value of load current
Time duration of exceeding limit value of load voltage
Fault recorder data;

Resonance and ferroresonance in a S/S bay (number, overvoltage value, duration and
resonant frequency)
Short circuit loads (number, value and duration)
Temporary (50/60 Hz) overvoltage (number, value and duration)
Ageing characteristics
Per individual equipment:
SCADA;
Number of circuit breakers, disconnectors and earthing switches close or open operations
Disconnectors operation timing (closing and opening time)
Fault recorders data;

Cumulative transformer loading by inrush currents (number and value)
Cumulative transformer loading by short circuit currents (number, value and duration)
Cumulative circuit breakers short circuit current at switch-off
Cumulative circuit breakers no-load Open operations (number of O)
76
Cumulative circuit breakers load switching (number of CO)
Cumulative surge arresters temporary (50/60 Hz) overvoltage exposition (number, value and
duration)
Identification of incorrect behaviour and warning

Per individual equipment;
SCADA;

st
1 alarm of SF6 leakage

nd
2 alarm of SF6 leakage
Circuit breaker failed function
Alarm of transformer cooling failure
Alarm of dangerous transformer oil temperature
Fault recorders;
Circuit Breaker re-strikes and re-ignitions at O (namely no-load) and pre-arcing at C
operations
Delay among CB poles operation timing at three-phase CO operations (delay in signal
transfer and/or pole discrepancy included)
Circuit breaker locking for O, C or auto-reclosing operation
Voltage instrument transformer problem (namely at capacitive VT)
Indication of network configuration:
SCADA;
Change of CB, DS, ES position (C O) this information is necessary for correct transfer of
data from installation place to equipment loading records for e.g. service via transfer bus-bar
Fault recorders;
Transfer of the switching impulse to a specific CB coil this information is necessary for
correct transfer of some transient records to the specific CB that showed non-standard
behaviour (attention shall be paid to voltage records got from capacitive VT due to strong
curve distortion caused by CVT internal anti-resonant circuits)
7.4 Common benefits of equipment and network monitoring
As discussed in Chapter 6.3 the utilitys task is to select its equipment monitoring strategy;
No monitoring
Only equipment monitoring
Only network monitoring
A combination of equipment and network monitoring and based on the selected strategy to
optimize the amount and origin of the data.
Appendix 4 Tables 2 and 3 can help to solve the strategy adopted.

Using data filtering features in Appendix 4 Table 1 we will get;
Appendix 4 Table 2;
SOURCE of data
PURPOSE the parameter serves
Appendix 4 Table 3;
77
SOURCE of data
Both tables contain the same message given already in Appendix 4 Table 1 and in Chapter 6.3. They
provide the same information however in different arrangements, i.e. from different point of views.
In Appendix 4 Table 1 the main focus is the SOURCE of monitored parameters, this main focus can
be changed such that in;
Appendix 4 Table 2 focuses on PARAMETERS that are to be monitored, then their sources,
purposes and kinds of monitored equipment This Table thus clearly shows all
redundancies in monitored parameters sources.
Appendix 4 Table 3 focuses on EQUIPMENT to be monitored, then the parameters that can
be monitored, their sources and purposes This Table thus clearly shows which equipment
characteristics can be monitored and what systems can be their sources. Appendix 4 Table
3 thus enables the data mining optimization.
In general it is recommended to use only one, the most reliable source (see Chapter 6.4.1 and 6.4.2
for data accuracy and reliability) for one parameter. If more than one source is used for the same
parameter it is very important to validate which one will be the master one and which one will be used
only for ad hoc (more or less manual) checking. The absolute values of both data will never be the
same, neither will their time tags. Introduction of automatic checking functions is very complicated and
may bring more confusion than benefits.
7.5 Management of data and evaluation schemes
7.5.1 Equipment monitoring architecture
As further explained in Chapter 10, it is expected that in the future all types of data will come together
in a centralized expert system. Therefore it will be necessary to combine the information acquired by
different manufacturers. While some proprietary systems are capable of accepting data from a range
of different types of equipment and manufacturers there are likely to be integration issues. One
approach is the emerging standard, IEC 61850. The next edition of this standard will have more
information for condition monitoring. It is based on TCP/IP and offers a standardized communication
protocol. It is available freely for different topologies and provides capability as follows;
Intelligent sensors communicate directly with the central data server using the IEC standard.
A data-collecting device is placed close to monitored equipment. It collects the data from the
different sensors using analogue or digital signals. This monitoring device is connected to
the central data server via IEC 61850.
The third approach is similar to the second one, but the monitoring device uses a proprietary
protocol for the communication with the data server. This server offers IEC standard for the
communication with a centralized database.
The evaluation of the data (e.g. comparison with permissible tolerances, trend analysis) can be done
in every step of this chain. Examples of possible architecture of the systems are shown in Figs. 7.1
and 7.2
78
Fig. 7.1 Application designs for IEC61850 in circuit breaker monitoring
Fig. 7.2 Typical IEC61850 architectural overview within a substation
7.5.2 Network monitoring architecture
As written in Chapter 6.2, to obtain any information about asset conditions from network monitoring
devices data it is necessary that the network monitoring data are linked with enterprise IT system data
that includes asset inventory database. The network monitoring architecture principle was shown in
scheme in Fig. 6.1. A detailed example of such architecture is given in Fig.7.3
79
Fig. 7.3 Example of network monitoring architecture
7.5.3 Evaluation accuracy
As for the accuracy of data, the evaluation accuracy depends on the superposition of several factors;
Knowledge about the ageing mechanisms and accuracy of related models
Insecurity in setting of equipment specific parameters
Accuracy of algorithm and failure accumulation when integrating several events
Safety margins for the determination of warning levels
For example monitoring the arcing contact wear means:

Models can only be as good as the existing knowledge they are representing. As the switching
currents in circuit breakers may be considered over covering several decades, the exponent x as well
as tarc in i x dt are dependent on the magnitude of the switching current i . The respective
tarc
technology and design of a circuit breaker also influence these two parameters, i.e. no universal
settings are available, todays values are based on testing and service experience.
When using the simplified approach with average arcing times, because the determination of a more
precise arcing time is not easy, there is a certain deviation or error for each single arcing event. These
deviations are integrated over time with each consecutive arcing event.
All inaccuracies above have to be considered when determining the setting for warning levels, which
leads to a further decrease in precision compared to the theoretical limit.
The example of monitoring the arcing contact wear illustrates the influencing factors that should be
considered when discussing accuracy and precision. It also shows that monitoring can be challenging
and sometimes cannot be an exact science. Nevertheless, even having only a relative rough
supervision is better than having nothing at all. The key indicator for diagnosis is often the relative
change in the quantity being measured and not the absolute value that is often influenced by factors
similar to those illustrated for circuit breaker arcing time.
80
7.6 Organizational considerations
A variety of different data sources must be merged to facilitate network monitoring; these data sources
are often already available in the network and available in existing systems. Experience has shown
that organisational restrictions must first be overcome. The data accumulates in the primary
equipment, secondary equipment and grid operation areas. Linking with commercial systems presents
the option of reviewing the cost-effectiveness of required measures. The need to adjust thinking in
regard to organization considerations increases with the size of the utility company.
Various systems (SCADA, protection, control technology) are normally used. Common interfaces for
data transfer must be developed for this. It is advantageous if existing standards, e.g. Comtrade, can
be implemented in the process.
There is no standard solution, as yet, for necessary software that collects data from individual sources
and allocates it to a central database. Individual utility companies create their own solutions that are
tailored specifically to local requirements. The alternative would be a standard software application
that could adapt to various data environments via intelligent interfaces.
7.7.1 Benefits of condition monitoring
Information as to whether monitoring has already prevented faults can be divided according to the use
of monitoring devices. In areas, where monitoring devices are more frequently used (transformers,
enclosed switchgears, circuit-breakers), a larger number of respondents reported that faults were
prevented by monitoring. If one takes into account that a large number of respondents stated that they
did not implement monitoring measures, we are left with a high percentage of respondents who have
prevented faults by implementing monitoring measures. Transformers account for almost half of the
avoided failures.
The full analysis of responses to Questionnaire Questions Q37 to Q47 is shown in Fig. 7.4.
81
Q37 - Q47 [Benefits of condition monitoring] : Has your company avoided failures through the
use of condition monitoring for the following equipment?
: Yes : No reponse : No
Fig. 7.4 Analysis of responses to Q37 to Q47
82
7.7.2 Data handling
Analysis of the responses to Q58 (see Currently / at present columns in Fig. 7.5) show that at the
moment, monitoring results are primarily (73%) evaluated by the operators own internal substation
specialists. 29% claim to employ their own monitoring specialists, 11% of respondents rely on
automatic evaluation, and 18% use external experts. 9% do not use the CM data to give them
advance warning of a fault developing, and only refers to monitoring data following a fault.
Q58 & Q59 [Data handling] Who CURRENTLY (at present) looks at the data generated by
the condition monitoring systems at your company (Q58)
.....and how do you think this will change IN THE FUTURE (e.g. in 5 years time) (Q59)?
In the future e.g. in 5

: Currently / at present :
years time
Fig. 7.5 Analysis of responses to Q58 & Q59
Expectations for the future can be clearly identified by the analysis of the responses to Q59 (see In
the future e.g. in 5 years time columns in Fig. 7.5) Respondents anticipate that systems will come to
contain significantly more expert system knowledge (almost 4 times more) within the next five years.
However, rather than eliminating the need for substation specialists, it appears that the expertise is
expected to be transferred from general substation equipment experts (both internal and external) to
increase in specific CM experts. Overall this fractionally increases the importance of experts whose
skills are focused entirely on condition monitoring activities. Operators believe that monitoring systems
should reduce the need for external experts. These developments can, of course, be combined
through higher-level corporate strategies. One comment stated that the operator is developing its own
expert system.
83
The Questionnaire allowed multiple choices for both Q58 and Q59, and several respondents ticked
more than one selection.
7.8 Summary
As shown in Chapter 6 and Appendix 4 the sources for monitoring data are very different. Equipment
monitoring devices present data customized for specific equipment such as transformers, circuit-
breakers, GIS, etc. Many of these systems have their own database that collects data and use
proprietary software for data presentation and evaluation.
Further information is available from fault recorders, protective relays and control devices. For the
asset manager it is important to compress all this information into a clear overview and to connect it to
ERP systems. Today there are data connections to nearly every substation. For permanent
supervision all data must be analysed in its context. Some service providers and some distribution
companies developed software tools that collect information from different sources and combine the
information in a logical structure. These tools need interfaces to the various data sources.
Standardization of the data exchange would save much constantly repeated work. Use of the
Standards IEC 61850, and Common Information Model Standards IEC 61968 and IEC 61970, is one
approach to be recommended. Although there are many examples for the usage of IEC 61850 in
protection and control, the deployment for monitoring is still rare in practice. For the future you can
expect integration of the data collecting and presenting software into either the ERP system or the
process visualization software (SCADA). In either case in the future data will be available enterprise-
wide for everybody who needs the information for their specialised job function (control engineer,
asset manager, finance manager, or technicians)
84
Chapter 8 Substation Condition Monitoring Results
Management
How do you organize and translate the data resulting from condition
monitoring into input for decision making?
8.1 Introduction to Results Management
The value in CM results will be realised when data from condition monitoring is translated into
information that is intuitively understood regardless of technology and process. This information
should be provided when using standard applications such as Windows, Google (for example in terms
of Case Study 5 in Chapter 9, section 9.3.5), virtual earth mapping, etc.
An example may be data from partial discharge monitoring which is complex and understood by a
limited audience. If this data is presented as information on a display with representation in colour,
e.g. green=low, yellow=concern or red=high alert, then the end users can be from a wider audience.
Such information systems can be integrated onto business systems using data from SCADA and other
systems. They can also be external to business systems and use enterprise systems via the Web.
Data from CM equipment should be in a form that is compatible with data from other systems and
structured in such a way that the data source can be identified. Each of these ways of utilising data will
be discussed further in this Chapter.
Translating data into information provides additional value to all levels of staff who wish to access CM
systems according to the needs of their role in an organisation. To the most advanced asset
management levels, CM can provide asset health data to support investment planning and regulatory
controls. To maintenance personnel, CM can provide data to support entry into risk managed hazard
zones or for resource response to emerging problems on the network. When CM information is
available on equipment requiring access by operational personnel this can help support outage
planning and contingency planning in the event of a loss on the system.
Having CM information available to a wide range of users does however result in difficulties with
having structured levels of responsibility in terms of responding to equipment faults identified by the
CM systems and does require the business to have robust measures in place to avoid
misunderstanding or incorrect responses being made.
CM systems that have the data from the results stored in propriety software or requiring download
through specialist software may still offer value but will require specialist expertise in accessing this
data and possible software upgrades over time. Ultimately this will require more advanced training to
use these types of systems. Access to this information may also be restricted due to user rights to the
business systems. Restricted access may be of value to the business as this solution does provide a
degree of control so that process can be more structured. Using restrictions to CM data in this way
may also avoid incorrect response or misunderstanding as the users may be experts in the relevant
field.
Either way CM data and the information resulting from this data will still require expertise at some
stage to analyse and to make a decision based on what is being recorded by the CM equipment.
There is nothing to preclude the user of such systems having direct interaction with the equipment
such that equipment is automatically taken out on the command of the CM system in response to an
alert. Using CM systems in this way will bypass the need for an expert to be required but this will
require a level of comfort with the reliability of CM systems. Responses from the Questionnaire show
85
that users are not using CM systems in this way yet but this may change as CM systems become
more reliable and confidence grows.
When the results from CM systems are manipulated into various forms of information the end users
are then able to use these results to drive asset management decisions. Some of the various types of
information that can be derived are;
Non-standard condition of one piece of equipment
Equipment cumulative loading
Different types of trends
Failure rate of type of equipment in the fleet
Reports (SF6 leakage, oil)
Remaining life
Risk index
Health index
Real-time loading limits
These various types of information that are encountered by the end user need to be input into some
form of management system. The examples given in this chapter show that these management
systems can use different forms of communication and be in different forms such as;
Centralised
De-centralised
Combination
Once the information has been manipulated by the management system then this information has to
be presented to the end user. The various type of presentation can be;
Alarm
Text
Email
Graphical
Typically the results will provide information to a number of end users such as;
Maintenance Manager
Operations Manager
Investment Manager
Equipment Specialist
Research & Development
External Partner
8.2 Examples of Results Management
8.2.1 External web-based system operated by National Grid.
National Grid (UK) carried out a review of their CM systems currently installed and the communication
methods being adopted to bring CM information into their decision processes. They found that security
levels on their IT systems made it virtually impossible to communicate with external CM devices
outside of those connected to SCADA.
A research project was undertaken to find another way of using CM systems other than SCADA and a
web-based solution was chosen. Development of this solution has led to SAM (NGs Smart Asset
Management system) which can take any data from any type of CM system and present this data as
information via the web.
86
Fig. 8.1 Screen shot of front end page detailing available options for the end user to
select to find CM information relevant to the equipment interest [8.1]
In Fig. 8.1 the end user is provided with the option to tailor the system to the individual business need
whilst maintaining a standardized user interface.
Fig. 8.2 Screen shot of transformer CM data output on external web based example [8.1]
87
Fig. 8.2 is an example of data represented by gauges in a user friendly way which would be
recognized by all users. In this example alarm thresholds can be set on the gauges to help the asset
manager respond to a high gas level and act accordingly. This example also allows the asset manager
to have the data represented in a graphical form instead of gauges (see Fig. 8.3) so the end user can
see a trend over time to see if this has been a rising gas level or possible failure mode of the CM
equipment.
Fig. 8.3 Results represented in graphical form [8.1]
8.2.2 Integrated Data Management System operated by CEPS
CEPS, the Czech TSO company, looked at ways of utilizing existing information from Network
Monitoring Devices, such as fault recorders, where information from these devices was stored on
their SCADA system. They found that fault recorders presented information that could be used as CM
on their CBs.
Initially CEPS were concerned about one family type of CB but found that the information that could be
obtained from the fault recorders could be used to determine the condition of other CB families. Once
CEPS had established that information on the SCADA system could be used in such a way they were
able to extend the usage to other plant and equipment and by using other Network Monitoring
Devices in similar ways could further extend their CM capability on SCADA.
CEPS took these initial findings and developed the ACM (Automatic Centralized Monitoring) system.
The architecture of this system can be seen in Fig. 8.4 and is further explained in CEPS Case Study 8
in Chapter 9, section 9.3.8.
The system basically provides the following three major types of information;
Micro tasks (short term) Disclosing of a specific equipment non-standard behaviour
(minor failure) before it develops into major failure
Intermediate tasks (tactical) e.g. equipment loadings and exceeding load limits,
maintenance planning that is not promoted by static SW like SAP (CB maintenance planning
2
based on so called I t, and cumulative number of CO cycles), evaluation of maximum
permitted load of a transmission chain, transmitted power recording, availability, reliability
and KPI calculations
88
Macro tasks (strategic) provision of data to risk management system and modelling of
future maintenance expenditures
Fig. 8.4 illustrates the architecture of the network asset monitoring data management and Fig. 8.5
illustrates the principle of the data transfer within the information scheme.
Fig. 8.4 Network asset monitoring data architecture scheme
Fig. 8.5 Network asset monitoring information scheme (principle)
89
Fig. 8.6 illustrates the principles for the transfer of information into an organization, i.e. how the
network asset monitoring data can be used in investment, maintenance, secondary systems, dispatch
center and some specialized departments in a utility.
Fig. 8.6 Network asset monitoring information scheme (organizational)
Figs. 8.7a to 8.7i show some information screens as in the CEPS system. The screens are in the
Czech language, however these are reproduced to show that the system is user friendly and provides
different users with their dedicated view of the data. The overviews are divided into MACRO
(Specialised Views) and MICRO levels (e.g. CB restrikes and CVT broken capacitor)
Fig. 8.7a Micro task Recognition of CB Fig. 8.7b Specialized task Calculation of KPI
having had re-strikes that serves for transmission objects unavailability that serves
maintenance planning for controlling department
90
Fig. 8.7c Specialized task Calculation of Fig. 8.7d Micro task Recognition of
maximum permitted transmission objects current capacitive VT having had incorrect measurement
loading that serves for dispatch centre operation in one phase that serves for maintenance
of the network planning
Fig. 8.7e Specialized task Calculation of Fig. 8.7f Macro task calculation of average
days the transformed power to DSO exceeded transmitted power that serves for risk
contracted value that serves for accounting and management evaluation of outages, investment
next contracting planning and maintenance prioritization
Fig. 8.7g Macro task calculation of Fig. 8.7h Macro task calculation of
transmission objects importance index that transmission equipments health index that
serves for risk management evaluation of serves for risk management evaluation of
outages, investment planning and outages, investment planning and
maintenance prioritization maintenance optimization
91
Fig. 8.7i Macro task calculation of
transmission equipments health index that
serves for risk management evaluation of
outages, investment and maintenance planning
Figs. 8.7a to 8.7i Examples of network asset monitoring system screens (9 screen-shots) [8.2]
8.2.3 Web-based system (MIDA) used by Hydro Quebec based on Generators.
The reason for explaining this system (MIDA is applicable to Generation) in detail is that it is also
being adapted for use on the Transmission network, initially for transformer monitoring. This is
discussed later in this Chapter.
Hydro-Qubec is a technology-driven company made of three main divisions (Production,

Transportation (Transnergie) and Distribution). They work in synergy to deliver the kilowatt hours
(kW/h) that customers need. To remain at the leading edge of technology in all its lines of business
and to improve its performance, Hydro-Quebec invests $100 million annually in the activities of its
research institute, IREQ. IREQ develops sustainable technological solutions in collaboration with
industry, universities and other research centres.
One of these solutions is MIDA (references [8.3] [8.4] & [8.5]) a web-based application for diagnosing
hydroelectric generators which produce up to 95% of Hydro-Qubecs electrical power. This novel
integrated diagnostic system has been developed over the last eight years. The goal of this project
was to build an integrated methodology for generator diagnostics using the results from on-site
measurement tools, which would help the utility to make the transition from time-based maintenance
to condition-based maintenance.
The system makes use of information technology (Internet) to provide a new, modern and efficient
way to produce a continuous classification of the condition of all generators of a fleet along with
individual diagnostics for any unit at any time.
Implementing a cost-effective general maintenance program for generators is of utmost importance for
Hydro-Qubec. It allows Hydro-Qubec maintenance personnel and managers alike to better establish
maintenance priorities based on analysis and trending of data coming from several diagnostic
instruments. The architecture is shown in Figure 8.8.
The application calculates simple condition indexes from each on-line/off-line diagnostic tools (around
six) and from visual inspections, and aggregates the results into a comprehensive global diagnostic for
the selected generator. The level of confidence of this diagnostic (represented by the grey line in
Figure 8.9) will increase with the number of tools used. In addition, specialists can access and display
the complete data for every measurement series.
92
Fig. 8.8 MIDAs architecture
Fig.8.9 Classification example of the entire fleet or one power plant
One of the most difficult aspects of MIDA was to introduce visual inspection in the calculation of
indexes with confidence in the same way as any other tool, keeping in mind that all calculations should
be transparent for users. It was possible to convert the readings into a numerical index of 1 to 5 for
any observation made, regardless of the components observed or the person performing this task.
The approach used was to associate the observations with pictures in a known state of degradation.
For example, Figure 8.10 shows three pictures illustrating contamination in the end arms of stator
windings with three different degrees of severity. In addition to the severity, the user also needs to
indicate the spread of contamination over the generator (generalized to the entire machine, observed
only on some of the end arms, or located only in limited areas)
There is a logging interface for each sign of degradation for every component and sub-component of
the generator. Each interface uses characteristic pictures showing different severities and distributions
in the generator.
93
Fig.8.10 Window example for the quantification of contamination.
Fig.8.11 Trending function example for each or all the diagnostic tools
94
In addition to the display of simplified and detailed results, the MIDA system offers three user-friendly
trending options (Figure 8.11) to trend the evolution of the global index for the entire fleet, a plant or a
generator over time, and of individual indexes for each tool.
By means of this new diagnostic system, technical and management staff can now work together with
common information and in real time to optimize maintenance intervention on generators showing
degradation.
With the success of MIDA for Generation, Hydro-Qubec Transnergie is now adapting MIDA to be
used within the substation environment for diagnosing their substations equipment. For the
Transmission applications, Hydro-Qubec Transnergie launched a project called IMAGINE
(references [8.6] & [8.7]) which is focusing on the use of automated maintenance and remote
monitoring data management. Remote-maintenance technologies such as remote monitoring,
telemetering and remote diagnostics help optimize the maintenance strategy by obtaining a better
knowledge of the condition and performance of the equipment. By making it easier to evaluate
equipment condition and performance, these technologies allow the company to move from scheduled
maintenance to condition-based maintenance in the Transmission network as well as Generation.
8.2.4 Circuit Breaker & Disconnector Monitoring System
VA Tech Siemens in Brazil have developed a monitoring system for circuit breakers and disconnectors
which has been installed in a number of substations [8.8]. The system is a web based server
environment on an easy navigation system where the user can access information by clicking on the
equipment via a single line diagram (Figure 8.12). Once the user has selected the equipment a status
screen (Figures 8.13 and 8.14) allows the user to view the current status and any alarms.
Fig. 8.12 Single Line Diagram Screen
The status screen presents the alarms in a colour format, red being that the equipment is out of
specification and requires a diagnostic, yellow highlights a potential issue with the sensors, clear blue
warns that there is a communication error in the software and finally dark blue that a warning has been
acknowledged (Fig 8.14).
95
Fig. 8.13 Status Screen Fig. 8.14 Status Screen
RULES FOR DIAGNOSTIC (Knowledge Management)
Theoretical Base for Rule Development.
Rule development was based on the FMEA (Failure Model and Effect Analysis) performed between
the VA TECH equipment engineering team and the costumer (FURNAS CENTRAIS ELTRICAS
DEL.T) technical engineering team. The works were based on [IEEE Std. C37.10.1 2000 document:
c.] for the circuit breaker monitoring and on [B.C. Hydro, On-line Condition Monitoring of Substation
Power Equipment 485 T 1049. Utility Needs. Canadian Electricity Association. December 1996].
For the Circuit Breakers, the dimensions were divided into subsystems:
SF6 Gas, Hydraulic, Operating Time, Electric Command Circuit, Useful Life and Maintenance.
Examples of Rules and their Listed measures are given below.
For the SF6 Gas subsystem, there are four rules, with the following diagnostics:
a) Gas Leak
b) Gas Leak Low pressure actuation first stage
c) Gas Leak Low pressure actuation second stage
d) Gas Leak Low pressure actuation third stage
For analysis we will explore Gas Leak and this rule will be triggered when the SF6 pressure reaches a
minimum parameter value considering a given dead zone. The results are as follows;
Diagnostic:
- SF6 Leak
Adoption action:
- Carefully monitor the SF6 gas leak
- Optional supply of SF6 gas
- Investigate and repair the probable cause of the SF6 gas leak
Prognosis:
- Loss of SF6 gas pressure: Estimate time of [X] days to reach the first stage, where X is the
number of days that will vary based on the slope coefficient of the line representing the SF6
leak. This leak will reach the second and third stages, leading to the blockage of the circuit
breaker
96
There are also diagnostic rules with correlations between different measurements. For example, in the
hydraulic subsystem there are the following measures and triggering conditions:
a) Time that the motor pump has been turned on
b) Time that the motor pump has been turned off
c) Variation in oil temperature within the last 12 hours. Or in other words, the AND logic should
be obeyed in order for this rule to be triggered
Note:
1) The diagnostic rules were individually tested under different conditions and environments: In
lab, factory and substation
2) Another important task was to demystify the subject, i.e. discuss the change of the paradigm
imposed by the conditional preventative maintenance
3) Client-Supplier Cooperation
The cooperation occurred in two aspects. The first aspect is related to the development of diagnostic
rules, already mentioned. These people are located at the company headquarters and are responsible
for system definitions and technical specifications. The second aspect was the direct relation with the
personnel that actually use the system. They are involved in the everyday routine of the substation.
The user can also pre-determine parameters of the monitoring system via a set point screen (see
Figure 8.15). Other screen areas are available on the monitoring system to allow further diagnostics,
adoption action and prognosis (see Figure 8.16) and to view history logs. The system can also be
adapted to monitor other types of equipment such as transformers and capacitor banks which can be
achieved through the installation of a new driver and knowledge module.
The system allows for multi-user interface and has a number of configurable safety levels which can
assign certain privilege levels to users.
Fig. 8.15 Set Point Screen
97
Fig. 8.16 Diagnostic, Adoption action & Prognosis screen
8.2.5 Integrated Substation Condition Monitoring system
In Siemens condition monitoring systems were available long before the ISCM-initiative (Integrated
Substation Condition Monitoring) was started but activities in this area were focused on specific
projects where customers had specified their view for a condition monitoring function in a certain area.
The customer requests were different regarding number and kind of primary equipment to be
monitored, scope of monitoring functionality and the kind of presentation of the results. This
development resulted in;
Several customer specific solutions for one and the same primary device
Different hardware and/or software solutions depending on the starting year of development,
sub-suppliers selected and the various programmers with their liking for hardware and
software platforms
Different views of how to present the results, and how to structure and summarize them
Figure 8.17 shows the structure of ISCM and how CM data is integrated into a results management
system. Further explanation of the Siemens ISCM is described in Chapter 9 case study 9, section
9.3.9
98
Fig. 8.17 Trending function example for each or all the ISCM diagnostic tools [8.9]
Siemens ISCM is focusing on the integration of specific condition monitoring applications into one CM
system in regards to hardware, software and data-storage to improve easy handling of CM in the
existing and future digital infrastructure of utilities;
- Common look and feel of the operator interface

- Well defined interface-points for easy access
- Common maintenance, repair and migration concepts with hardware and software of digital
control systems
- Modular concept for easy adaptation of the required ISCM-functionality
8.3 Utilities experiences (Questionnaire responses and analysis)
The question How to organize and translate the data resulting from condition monitoring into input for
decision making? was addressed in the following three Questionnaire questions;
Q60 Does your company make decisions based only on data from condition monitoring systems or
is it used in combination with;
Protection and control data

Historical data
Maintenance records
Off-line tests
Other?
Q61 Is the output of the condition monitoring systems transmitted to the Control Room /
Operations Centre?
Q62 If the output of the condition monitoring systems are transmitted to Control Room / Operation
Centre, will the staff act (i.e. switch off a transformer) based solely on the output of the
condition monitoring system?
99
8.3.1 Evaluation of Q60 responses
respondents. For distribution of preferences of those who answered the question see Figure 8.18.
Q60 [Data handling] : Does your company make decisions based only on data from condition monitoring
systems or is it used in combination with;
100
87 A : Only condition monitoring system data
82
80
B : Protection and Control data
67
Percentage ( % )
60 53 C : Historical data
40 D : Maintenance records
20 E : Off line tests
4 2
F : Other
0
A B C D E F
From the respondents replies the Working Group notes that company decisions do not solely rely on
the data from CM systems but combine their decisions on a range of other methods available to them.
8.3.2 Evaluation of Q61 and Q62 responses
These two questions allowed for a Yes and No answer, however some respondents did not answer
the question so the overall counts in Figures 8.19 and 8.20 are less than 100%. The response to these
two questions back up the response to Q60 and suggest that there is a lack of confidence in relying
solely on data from CM systems at the present time.
Q62 [Data handling] : If the outputs of the

Q61 [Data handling] : Is the output of the condition condition monitoring systems are transmitted to
monitoring systems transmitted to the Control Control Room / Operation Centre, will the staff
Room / Operations Centre? act (ie switch off a transformer) based solely on
the output of the condition monitoring system?
80 80
60
60 60
Percentage ( % )
49
Percentage ( % )
47
40 40
20 16
20
0 0
Yes No Yes No
Fig.8.19 Analysis of Q61 Fig.8.20 Analysis of Q62
100
8.4 Summary
The examples given show that the results from CM systems can be treated as either micro or macro.
Micro when associated for example with transformer monitoring, as these type of results give specific
information for individual pieces of equipment and are short term such as an overheating joint in a
transformer. The results can also be macro which are strategic and give provision of data such as a
family issue with one type of equipment or specific application of equipments.
Security of communication of data now becomes an important issue for users of fully integrated CM
systems. The examples given in this chapter show that there are ways of managing the
communication issues whilst still maintaining the required level of data security.
CEPS have demonstrated that they have been able to fully integrate their CM systems whilst
maintaining the required level of security, for example, by using the TeKTerminal (PC located in the
substation connected to a central server via WAN and LAN). This type of application is not always
possible for all utilities where access onto control systems such as an IEMS (e.g. National Grid) is
prohibited and therefore requires other methods as demonstrated in this Chapter.
Having CM as an integrated function in the digital platform for protection, control and communication
will bring the following advantages;
- Common solutions for data security
- Similar operator interfaces for all digital applications
- Reduced training efforts
- Common maintenance, repair and migration strategies
- Possibility to use the same communication infrastructure for all systems
- Common data archiving medias and strategies
[8.1] Screen-shots have been taken directly from the National Grid (UK) live working system as
illustrations
[8.2] Screen-shots are taken directly from the CEPS live working system as illustrations
[8.3] Hudon, Blec and Nguyen Innovative Web System for Condition-Based Maintenance of
Generators, Electrical Insulation conference Montreal, May 31- June 3 2009
[8.4] Vouligny, Hudon and Nguyen Design of MIDA, a web-based diagnostic application for
rd
hydroelectric generators 33 Annual IEEE international computer software and applications
conference, Seattle, USA, Jul 20 24 2009
[8.5] Vouligny, Hudon and Nguyen Design of MIDA, a web-based diagnostic application for
hydroelectric generators Fourth international multi-conference on computing in the global
information technology, Cannes/La Bocca, France, Aug 23 29 2009
[8.6] http://hydroforthefuture.com/capsules/54/technological-innovations gives a summary of

IMAGINE
[8.7] Rajotte, Cere, Girard, Guay, Landreville and Picher Hydro-Quebec Transnergie IMAGINE
Project Application to Transformer Monitoring CIGR Canada Conference on Power
Systems: Power System Solutions for a Cleaner, Greener World, Vancouver, Oct 17 19,
2010
101
[8.8] Fred Paes and Hernn Gimenez Software tool for diagnostic, the adoption of action and
prognosis with remote access aid for engineering in the predictive maintenance of electric
power substation equipment CMD Conference, Changwon, Korea, April 2006
[8.9] Screen-shots are typical of the system being supplied by Siemens
102
Chapter 9 Present Practice
What experiences, good and bad, can be shared today?
9.1 Introduction
Around the world, electric utilities are generally characterized as stable and mature entities
responsible for a large number of highly reliable assets. The reliability of these assets is the result of
more than one hundred years of continuous design and maintenance improvement. As the reliability of
electric energy delivery has increased so has the expectations of electricity consumers. Over the
decades the electric power industry has met the reliability demands of its customers through
improvements in network and equipment design, superior materials, and better maintenance
practices. While there is still room for continued improvement, there is more than ever a need to
increasingly know the operating health of our critical assets.
One way to understand the health of an asset is to continuously monitor critical functions and
constantly assess their condition. While this appears to be an obvious and straight forward approach
to improving reliability, it is indeed almost just the opposite. Making the decision to forge ahead with a
new maintenance strategy, investing in advanced technologies and devoting both analytical and
human resources to support these technologies must be the result of thoughtful technical, financial,
operational and political energy.
This chapter provides the following;
A description of present worldwide practice based on the analysis of the results of the
questionnaire carried out. These include questions about quantity of condition monitoring
and its performance.
Case Studies, to help the reader understand some of the complexity in this decision process,
the risks involved and both the potential and realized value. All case studies have the same
structure, and answer the same questions.
The question Is there already any good or bad specific experience to be shared? was
addressed in the following Questionnaire questions;
Quantity;
Q31 Approximately what percentage of NEWLY INSTALLED equipment is fitted with condition
monitoring systems?
Q32 Approximately what percentage of substation equipment is RETRO-FITTED with condition
monitoring systems?
Q33 Approximately what percentage of NEWLY INSTALLED equipment does your company expect
to be fitted with condition monitoring systems in 5 YEARS TIME?
Q34 Approximately what percentage of substation equipment does your company expect to be
RETRO-FITTED with condition monitoring systems in 5 YEARS TIME?
103
Performance;
Q48 How do you perceive the reliability of the condition monitoring systems that your company has
installed?
Q49 Under what circumstances has your company encountered problems with condition monitoring
equipment?
Q50 Do you believe that the increasing reliability of primary plant is a reason NOT to install condition
monitoring?
9.2.1 Quantity.
Evaluation of the responses to Q31 Approximately what percentage of NEWLY INSTALLED

equipment is fitted with condition monitoring systems? and Evaluation of the responses to Q33
Approximately what percentage of NEWLY INSTALLED equipment does your company expect to be
fitted with condition monitoring systems in 5 YEARS TIME? are summarised in the cumulative Graphs
of Q31 & Q33 in Fig. 9.1.
For Condition Monitoring devices fitted to NEWLY INSTALLED equipment

- Expected increase in the next 5 years
80
64
60 56
Percentage ( % )
40
20
20 16
9
7 7 7
4
2
0
below 20% 20% to 39% 40% to 59% 60% to 79% above 80%
Q31 & Q33 [Quantity of condition monitoring (CM)] : Approximately what percentage of NEWLY INSTALLED
equipment is currently fitted with CM systems (Q31)?
.and how do you think this will change IN THE FUTURE e.g. in 5 years time (Q33)?
: Currently / at present : In the future e.g. in 5 years time
Comment from Q31: At first glance, the responses appear contradictory with a large concentration of
responders indicating that only 20% or less of their new and future equipment is fitted with CM and a
second large group indicating that 80% or more of their new and future equipment is fitted with CM.
Further reflection on this reveals that most newly installed equipment is installed without CM at
present, although it is expected to increase slowly over time. However there is a group fitting CM to
104
over 80% of equipment even at the present time. Assessment of the substations that were in this
group shows these to be transmission utilities at the high voltage levels, and substations associated
with power plants. Comments received being;
100% on Transformers >115kV
100% on Transformers >220kV
100% on Transformers >100MVA
Our Power Plant is only 10 years old, and all equipment has monitoring systems
It has to be considered that new assets are usually bought according to technical specifications that
focus on standardization. If one CM system is standardized in the technical specification all the new
equipment designed and ordered according to that will include the CM system.
Comment from Q33: Comparing Q31 and Q33 in Fig. 9.1, overall they do not expect major changes
within the next 5 years, more of a generally increasing pattern.
Condition Monitoring devices RETRO-FITTED to existing equipment

- Expected increase in the next 5 years
100
82
80
69
Percentage ( % )
60
40
20
9 9
7 7
4 4
2 2
0
below 20% 20% to 39% 40% to 59% 60% to 79% above 80%
Q32 & Q34 [Quantity of condition monitoring (CM)] : Approximately what percentage of substation equipment is
currently RETRO-FITTED with CM systems (Q32)?
.and how do you think this will change IN THE FUTURE e.g. in 5 years time (Q34)?
: Currently / at present : In the future e.g. in 5 years time
Evaluation of the responses to Q32 Approximately what percentage of substation equipment is

RETROFITTED with condition monitoring systems? and evaluation of the responses to Q34
Approximately what percentage of substation equipment does your company expect to be
RETROFITTED with condition monitoring systems in 5 YEARS TIME? are summarised in the
cumulative Graphs of Q32 & Q34 in Fig. 9.2.
105
Comment from Q32: The differences in these cumulative graphs with respect to those of Q31 & Q33
bore out the skewing of the previous responses by the transmission utilities at the high voltage levels,
and substations associated with power plants. With these utilities fitting more CM to new equipment,
there would be less need to fit it retrospectively.
Comment from Q34: Comparing Q32 and Q34 in Fig. 9.2, there was a similar pattern to the previous
Q31 & Q33 in that overall they do not expect major changes within the next 5 years, more of a
generally increasing pattern. No reasons were given by the respondents.
9.2.2 Performance.
Evaluation of the responses to Q48 How do you perceive the reliability of the condition monitoring
systems that your company has installed? and evaluation of the responses to Q49 Under what
circumstances has your company encountered problems with condition monitoring equipment? are
summarised in the Graphs of Q48 (Fig. 9.3) and Q49 (Fig. 9.4)
Comment from Q48: The question asked about the respondents perception of reliability. Members
of the WG had received many comments regarding reports of the unreliability of CM equipment,
however the responses overall did not support that as a general conclusion.
As it was the users perception that was being considered, not documented reliability in specific terms,
the answers depended on the expectation of the user. This is difficult to analyse, there are some
unreliability problems, however the perception is more good than bad. The WGs opinion is that people
are uncertain as what to expect, there is room for improvement.
Q48 [Performance of condition monitoring (CM) systems] : How do you percieve the reliability of
the CM systems that your company has installed?
50
40 38 A : Very good
B : Good
Percentage ( % )
29
30
C : Medium
20
D : Low
9
10 7
2 E : Very low
0
A B C D E
The CM systems reliability is perceived mainly medium or good. Although not asking why this was,
and receiving no comments by respondents, in the opinion of the WG this could be supported by the
fact that these equipments are not very old, mainly because they are basically installed in new
equipments and also because the systems are quite new designs.
Comment from Q49: Very Good to Medium accounted for 87% of the score of Q48, so there is quite
a considerable amount of satisfaction despite the problem issues identified here in Q49 (Fig. 9.4).
Software and hardware issues are identified as the highest concerns.
106
The WG would expect Manufactures of CM equipment to improve the reliability, maintainability and
usability of their equipment. The CM industry as a whole needs to mature in order to meet utility
expectations of reliability similar to protection and control equipment.
Q49 [Performance of condition monitoring (CM) systems] : Under what circumstances has your company
encountered problems with CM equipment?
50
A : No problems encountered
40 B : Due to changes in software

40
C : Due to changes in hardware
31
Percentage ( % )
30 D : Due to incompatibilities with

24 existing equipment
22
20 20 E : Inadequate reliability for purpose
20
F : Inadequate time to respond to

system output
10
G : System failed to detect failure
mode
0 0
0 H : Other
A B C D E F G H
Q50 [Performance of condition monitoring (CM)

systems] : Do you believe that the increasing
reliability of primary plant is a
reason NOT to install CM?
100
80 73
Percentage ( % )
60
40
27
20
0
Yes No
Comment from Q50: Evaluation of the responses to Q50 Do you believe that the increasing reliability
of primary plant is a reason NOT to install condition monitoring? are summarised in Graph Q50 in Fig.
9.5.
107
Most of the respondents do not see any direct relation between the reliability of the primary equipment
and their decision to install condition monitoring. CM equipment and its ability to identify problems at
an early stage before they lead to a functional failure is one of the more likely ways to take equipment
reliability to the next level.
9.2.3 Summary from Questionnaire
Responses to the Questionnaire provided several clear insights into the installation of CM equipment.
Contrary to what many WG members were expecting to hear, CM devices reliability is perceived to be
in line with expectations. CM devices reliability is generally lower than that of utility power equipment;
however the users of CM have reported acceptable reliability, and expect and/or plan to increase its
adoption rate, albeit slowly over the next 5 years.
Utility power equipment is clearly extremely reliable, however additional future reliability improvements
in the power equipment are not expected to reduce the demand on CM equipment. Most respondents
believe that there should not be any reason to decrease the use of CM because of this increasing
reliability of primary plant.
9.3 Case Studies
A common question asked is what other utilities do in the way of condition monitoring. There are some
references available, for instance a selection of individual case studies for transformers is given by
Flynns reference [9.1]
An American utility is in the process of installing monitoring on transformers at 100 substations

endeavouring to roll-out Condition Based Maintenance [9.2]. In most cases, the data is transmitted
from the transformers to the control house over existing cables using power line carrier technology.
This approach eliminates the need to pull new cables or dig trenches in the substation. The monitors
collect approximately 200 points of information from each transformer.
Various Case Studies taken from the experience of the WG Members have been considered worthy of
inclusion in this Technical Brochure to give the reader overall information regarding some specific
aspects of what utilities consider to be the value from condition monitoring. These include the
experiences obtained, and catalogues a general mix of power equipment, condition monitoring
devices and CM methods.
These Case Studies have been selected to give the readers an indication of what is available, and
answer the following questions for each of the Case Studies in a similar manner;
What was the situation before?

What were the problems that necessitated the actions of the Study?
How were they overcome by Condition Monitoring what /why /how /where?
Were costs involved?
How were the costs justified?
What were the Values obtained?
Are there any on-going additions /modifications /installations?
What is proposed to be done differently for the future?
Experience good /bad /could be better?
Overall Conclusion
The nine Case Studies selected to give an overview of what is available now are summarised below;
108
9.3.1 On-line DGA of power transformers and shunt reactors a case where the initial
project gave a situation where the CM devices were initially unreliable.
9.3.2 Simple case of Transformer where Condition Monitoring found a developing fault
in a European Transmission Utility a fault developed whilst the transformer was in
warranty.
9.3.3 Electranet, South Australia CM applied to an individual gassing transformer enabling

the transformer to be managed in service.
9.3.4 Project and System: Economic Assessment of On-line Monitoring of Dissolved Gas
Content of Large Power Transformers Investor Owned Utility, California, USA
advantages of changing from time based diagnostics.
9.3.5 National Grid UK 400/132kV Autotransformer Successful application of on-line

monitoring identification of a failing transformer using proprietary software.
9.3.6 Canadian Transmission Utilities needs general study about condition monitoring of
substation equipment.
9.3.7 On-Line Monitoring of Circuit Breakers Edenor, Argentina a typical study of many
utilities first applying condition monitoring because of a particular need.
9.3.8 Project and System ACM (Automatic Centralized Monitoring) of HV equipment

CEPS, Czech Republic an integrated intelligent HV equipment monitoring system that
covers all network assets.
9.3.9 Development process integrating Condition Monitoring into the future overall
substation system.
Acknowledgment
The WG acknowledges and thanks all those Companies who were willing to share their experiences
and supplied us with these Case Studies. In most cases the Companies were also willing to be
identified, and in those instances we have done so.
109
9.3.1 Red Elctrica de Espaa On-line Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) of
power transformers and shunt reactors
9.3.1.1 What was the situation before?
Red Elctrica de Espaa (REE) is the Spanish Transport and System Operator (TSO). Due to that,
REE has a wide fleet of transmission power transformers. These units have special design
requirements that make them different from distribution, industrial or step-up transformers.
REE transmission power transformers have a high level of standardization. They are designed for high
voltages and power, but usually they work with moderated loads far away from the rated values. Every
so often, and at unexpected times, usually while contingency situations are happening, some
transformers are needed to work overloaded, and at that moment it is very important that their
reliability is assured.
These transformers failure rate is relatively low, but when a catastrophic incident happens, that means
a very big expenditure due to the high cost of these transformers and the shipment difficulties.
9.3.1.2 What were the problems that necessitated the actions of the Study?
Among the REE transformer population, two power transformers showed an abnormal gas generation.
Also a family of seven shunt reactor made with the same design by the same manufacturer, had a
high gas-generating rate. The pattern of those gases was compatible with high temperature hot spots.
This failure model is quite common on shell transformers and shunt reactors, and it is not worthwhile
to repair it, because the cost of the repair may be very high and the probability of the failure is very
low.
On the other hand, it was necessary to watch the hot spot development. In this way, it was decided to
increase the number of oil samples to carry out more Dissolved Gas Analyses (DGA) and see if there
is any evolution of the pattern and keep an eye on the gas tendency.
9.3.1.3 How were they overcome by Condition Monitoring?
DGA monitoring is a useful tool to know the real state, and even more important, to know the evolution
of latent internal defects. According to the I brochure Recommendations for Condition Monitoring and
Condition Assessment Facilities for Transformers: Measuring dissolved gas-in-oil is a well-established
way of detecting faults in the transformer. The devices available fall into two categories: (multiple gas
analysers and) single output systems that provide a single output signal that in some way proportional
to one or several of the gasses present. These systems are useful for detecting problems and
correlating gas production with particular operating conditions, giving clues as to the origin of the fault
So, it was decided to install four single output on-line DGA monitoring in the two problematic power
transformer and in two of the seven shunt reactors. The monitoring systems were communicated with
REE headquarters through the existing data communication network. The results were supervised
weekly by REE technical staff.
9.3.1.4 How were the costs justified?
The cost was justified by maintenance deferred. It was decided to increase the frequency of DGA in
the problematic transformer and reactors. Through the installation of the condition monitoring systems
and after checking that they were working properly, the overall number of routine DGA samples would
be reduced drastically. It is important to say that, in the cost deferred was not only the analysis
expense but also the cost of the sampling, quite high due to traveling expenses.
110
9.3.1.5 What were the Values obtained?
The obtained value was expected to be additional and quantifiable life until the systems began to fail.
Before the failures, besides fulfilling the requirement of checking the evolution of the hot spots, the
REE technical staff acquired knowledge about the transformers and reactors performance related with
the DGA patterns depending on load and ambient and oil temperatures.
9.3.1.6 Experience good /bad /could be better?
The experience has not been good enough due to the low reliability of the systems developed. Three
of the four systems implemented suffered failures in the on-line DGA equipment itself. Two problems
were related with the membrane of the sensor, and the other was due to a problem in the display.
Also problems in communications happened due to the protocol used to communicate was not
prepared for that kind of application.
9.3.1.7 Are there any on-going additions /modifications /installations?
Due to the low reliability of established system, the complete model was rejected.
9.3.1.8 What is proposed to be done differently for the future?
Lessons were learnt from the initial trial, and a new transformer monitoring system has been designed
to be more reliable and useful. Through a modular system more parameters are measured so more
useful information is available. Also, it has been decided to use another on-line DGA system, stronger
and supposed to be more reliable.
To reduce the problems in the data transmission process, a new communication system using TCP/IP
protocols have been designed.
111
9.3.2 European Transmission Utility Simple case of transformer where
condition monitoring found a developing fault
The transformer was a 220/110kV double wound 250MVA unit with a 10kV unloaded tertiary winding.
The transformer was about one year old and in warranty at the time of the incident.
It had been provided at the time of installation with a simple single condition monitoring device that
monitored gas and moisture in oil. These types of devices are widely used in Transmission and
Generation transformers, and any oil-filled electrical equipment. The device reads a composite value
of gases, in parts per million (ppm) generated by faults and provides output capability for
communications. It also contains a moisture level sensor for the evaluation of dangerous conditions
such as bubbling temperature and asset management information such as rate of aging of the
insulation.
The utility had previously decided that the cost of fitting these simple single gas-in-oil condition
monitoring devices at the time of installation was a small additional cost associated with the purchase
and installation of a complete transmission transformer. To introduce these devices at a later stage
would be more costly, it was thought more cost effective to install it at the beginning of the life of a
transformer. Hence this device was included in the specification for all such new transmission
transformers in the utility.
9.3.2.2 What were the problems that necessitated the actions of the Study? How were they
The reading from the condition monitoring device was noticed increasing from around 29ppm to
69ppm within the period of one month. The utility was advised to conduct Dissolved Gas Analysis
(DGA) tests if the gas concentration indicated by the monitoring equipment continued to rise. Within a
further three weeks the reading had reached 189ppm, over six times its quiescent state that existed
for almost a year.
The first thing checked was whether this was as a result of a mal-function of the condition monitoring
equipment itself, or the genuine detection of a developing fault within the transformer. These ppm
figures were subsequently confirmed by traditional DGA means within a day of sampling. The
monitoring equipment was proved to be functioning correctly, and was indicating an actual fault within
the transformer. The transformer was immediately switched out of service for investigation.
DGA results were consistent with high temperature not involving paper insulation. As this was a sister
unit of a transformer that had previously failed due to steel problems, the principal suspect initially was
a similar problem developing. The utility carried out insulation tests on the transformer core, however
found nothing to indicate reduced insulation strength.
The transformer manufacturer was called to site, and had similar suspicions. They discussed dropping
the oil in the transformer and sending a man inside to investigate the cause of gassing. They were
tentatively proposing to remove the transformer from site and return it to the manufacturers repair
facility. The utility thought that this might become necessary, however they requested that first they
carry out winding resistance tests.
Winding resistance tests were carried out within three days of taking it out of service, and it was found
that one of the LV phases had a resistance 2.6 times higher than the other two phases (0.08ohms
versus 0.03ohms) Given the design of the LV bushings, the principal suspect now became the
connection of the winding lead to the bottom of the bushing. The manufacturer agreed that this was a
probable diagnosis. It was examined by one of their technicians shortly afterwards. Firstly the oil had
to be dropped sufficiently to examine the bushing. The bushing connection was confirmed to be the
112
problem, and no significant damage had occurred. The repair was carried out, the transformer refilled
with oil, and de-gassed over two days. It was allowed to settle and tested in the next two days, and the
transformer returned back to service within two weeks of the diagnosis of a fault developing.
The transformer was returned back to service within two weeks of the diagnosis of a fault developing,
and hence was unavailable for operation for that length of time. The fault was fully repaired, and there
would be no expectation of any further occurrence. The condition monitoring device had flagged up
the development of the fault, and allowed a full repair without any damage to the transformer.
Assuming there had not been any such device fitted from the transformer installation, this developing
fault would not have shown up until the bushing connection had burned further to produce a
catastrophic insulation failure and complete oil contamination. In this instance, although the
transformer was still under warranty from the manufacturer and the cost of the repair would not fall on
the utility, the transformer would have been out of service for maybe longer than six months.
9.3.2.4 Were costs involved? How were the costs justified?
In this instance, the value to both the manufacturer and the utility, although not actually costed out in
monetary terms, was probably a hundred plus times greater than the cost of the condition monitoring
device itself.
The bath-tub failure curve has high rates of failure at the beginning and end of the transformer life, and
fitting the condition monitoring equipment at the installation phase ensures supervision throughout
both these high failure periods.
9.3.2.5 Conclusion Experience good /bad /could be better? What is proposed to be done
Having once proved its worth in such a scenario, these types of devices can be seen as an insurance
policy for other transformers installed in the future. The decision to include it in the specification had
been ratified, probably much sooner than expected. A gas-in-oil monitoring device will certainly remain
part of the specified equipment for future installations with this utility. As an added comment from the
utility, it was stated that there is also some pressure nowadays from insurers to have these devices
fitted as standard.
113
9.3.3 Electranet, South Australia Dealing with a gassing transformer at Para
Substation
Electranet is a Transmission company and services provider in South Australia. One of the important
characteristics of Electranet is a business structure that includes fully outsourced maintenance
services. The organisation comprises mainly 275kV and 132kV transmission lines and substations.
In the late 1990s Electranet began the adoption of a range of on-line monitoring systems and this
continued for a number of years. The overall program was initially adopted with the strategic objective
to reduce risk associated with premature equipment failure and as an adjunct to a comprehensive
periodic equipment diagnostic testing program. As the program developed, cost analysis and
justification techniques were developed to justify the expenditure required to fund installation and
purchase of monitoring devices. These business techniques included the analysis of the cost of risk
for a utility balanced against the cost of purchase of monitoring devices and systems.
The application and installation of on-line monitoring systems on various circuit components within the
Electranet transmission network was prioritised using risk analysis. This meant that the program was
initially applied to equipment with the greatest risk to the overall network on the basis of criteria that
included network criticality, age and condition of equipment. In 1993, the program had just
commenced and only a few transformers had been fitted with on-line monitoring devices.
This case study involves a 275kV to 66kV 120MVA transformer at an outer suburban substation called
Para Substation. The case study was originally published in 2000 at the PowerCon conference held in
Western Australia [9.3] and a further update given in a Paper in 2010 [9.4] which also linked to the
work of WG B3-12 and this Technical Brochure. As part of the overall works program for installation of
on-line monitoring, the transformer had been identified as high risk and was scheduled to have on-
line monitoring equipment installed at some time.
As is general practice for transmission assets in Electranet, each transmission transformer is generally
loaded to a maximum of 50% of rating to ensure adequate redundancy. In this case, the transformer
was often loaded beyond 50% for short periods during peak demand periods due to delays in network
augmentation. This location and the substation was critical to the supply of a large section of inner
suburban load. The lack of transformer redundancy was a known issue to network planners and
operations staff and network augmentation was identified as a future requirement. The transformer
had been rated as high risk in the risk ranking undertaken for the implementation of on-line condition
monitoring equipment but as the program was only just beginning, the transformer had not yet been
fitted with the necessary instrumentation.
In January 1999, Adelaide was suffering the common occurrence of a summer heat wave. South
Australian domestic energy consumption is dominated by air-conditioning load and peak load occurs
in summer. Temperatures over 40C for several days are not unusual during January and February.
The total load on the 2 transformers at Para reached 140MVA. A routine periodic oil sample taken
from the critical transformer (transformers of this size are tested annually) was tested in January and
alarmingly identified a fault with the Para substation transformer. An analysis of gas concentrations
using Roger and IEC ratios (References [9.5] and [9.6] give information regarding both these ratios)
indicated a possible internal thermal fault in excess of 700C. A repeat test confirmed that the
transformer was indeed gassing and the rate of gassing was noted to be increasing rapidly. The
diagram below (Fig. 9.6) indicates the historical values of gas concentrations noted in the Para
transformer.
114
1200
Dissolved Gas (ppm) 1000
800
600
400
200
0
Mar-91 Aug-92 Jan-94 Jun-95 Nov-96 Apr-98 Date
Ethylene Methane Ethane
Fig. 9.6 Historical Key Gas levels from Periodic Measurements Para Transformer 2
Fig. 9.7 Screen from On-Line Diagnostic System on Gassing Para Transformer
As there was no spare transformer and given the high on-going loading, it was agreed that the
transformer would be immediately fitted with one of the new on-line monitoring systems that had been
ready for installation on another transformer. The technology to be used was such that remote
communications could be easily established using the mobile phone network.
115
A relatively simple system was installed that allowed continuous reading of gas in oil concentrations as
well as a number of temperature, current and other quantities. The readings confirmed the laboratory
results. In this case, laboratory testing was continued to provide correlation and as an additional
check to the new on-line monitoring system.
The images in Fig. 9.7 and Fig. 9.8 show screen shots from the on-line monitoring system. Various
quantities were used to attempt to correlate with the rising gas levels. The screen in Fig. 9.7 illustrates
how rules can be built as a basic expert system to simply analyse on-line data, and provide simple and
easy to interpret alarm signals. The screen in Fig. 9.8 shows a comparison of phase current (V phase)
with gas level, and shows no discernible correlation.
Fig. 9.8 Screen from On-Line Diagnostic System on Gassing Para Transformer
The on-line system allowed asset management staff in Electranet to analyse and diagnose the
transformer gassing problem from the office. Over the next few hours, the results were analysed and
a number of tests were conducted to determine if the fault was load related, or associated with
particular taps. The transformer loading was varied as was tap position. A correlation between the
gas production and load was eliminated but the data showed a relationship between the actual tap
position and the rate of gas production. It was further found that the fault was related to a small range
of taps. As a consequence, the transformer tap position was locked at one tap the rate of gas
production reduced and the gas concentration was observed to begin to fall.
Fig. 9.9 shows the action (tap position locked) and the reaction (gas levels falling). The triangles
indicate the results of continued laboratory oil tests to show a comparison with the results from the on-
line sensor. It is interesting to note that the on-line gas in oil sensor used was a relatively simple
device measuring low molecular weight gases only. This sensor was adequate to make the diagnosis
when used in conjunction with laboratory testing. A more comprehensive gas-in-oil sensor measuring
a full range of gasses was not necessary or justified in this instance.
116
Dissolved Gas (ppm)
750
600
450
300 OLTC AUTO OPERATION

DISABLED
150
Jan-99 Jul-99 Jan-00 Jul-00 Date
Fig. 9.9 Gas Levels with OLTC Disabled
Automatic tap changing was disabled on the Para transformer and over the next few days the gas
level was observed to fall. Disabling of automatic voltage control on this transformer did produce some
network voltage problems but other transformers easily addressed these. The network problems
introduced by lack of voltage control were far less than would have been evident if the transformer
was removed from the network for extensive repairs.
The installation of simple on-line monitoring on the gassing Para transformer allowed the transformer
to remain in service. Given the lack of redundancy in this part of the network and the on-going hot
weather, the only other option at the time was to remove the transformer from service and begin to
investigate the cause of the gassing by internal inspection. This action would undoubtedly have
resulted in load restrictions and possible customer outages.
The incident was important for the following reasons;
1) On-line monitoring enabled real time monitoring of gas production, allowing operational
decision making.
2) Validation of the risk ranking for the transformer.
3) The correlation between field based on-line monitoring and more comprehensive laboratory
testing demonstrated.
The installation of a simple on-line system enabled the critical transformer to be nursed through a
critical network event, deferring the repair when the load was lower and the transformer could be
removed from the network with no customer interruptions.
It is not feasible to consider this incident from a cost perspective. As mentioned above, Electranet had
begun the implementation of a program of works to install on-line condition monitoring equipment to
key network components. The overall program was justified and approved on the basis of a rigorous
assessment of cost vs. benefit. The cost of the on-line system installed was at that time less than
AUD$20,000 but the savings in deferring removal of the critical transformer were significantly higher.
There is no doubt that removing the transformer from the network would have resulted in outages for
residential and industrial customers with loss of revenue, regulatory performance penalties, community
outrage and political concerns.
117
The experience with the gassing transformer at Para was a demonstration of the value of on-line
devices enabling real time assessments of problems. The Electranet on-line installation program
continued for some years after this time and at this date, more than 50% of all transformers on the
network are fitted with on-line condition monitoring that is remotely monitored at a central control
station.
In an ideal world, the transformer at Para should have had adequate redundancy such that the other
transformers should have been able to manage the additional load. Also, as the transformer had been
identified as at risk, the on-line monitoring system should have already been installed prior to the
investigation, however due to project delays it had not been added.
Overall the conclusion should be that on-line monitoring provides a significant advantage over
traditional diagnostic methods based on periodic measurement of quantities. The industry has come to
rely on periodic measurement to provide risk reduction and detection of imminent or developing faults
but periodic testing should be supplemented with continuous measurement of key quantities where
feasible to maximise the ability of the utility to detect problems and take remedial action.
118
9.3.4 Project and System: Economic assessment of on-line monitoring of
dissolved gas content of large power transformers Investor Owned
Utility, California, USA
Power Transformers are among the most expensive single asset found in a substation. Most US
utilities purchase these devices with an expectation of high reliability and design their High Voltage
grid to withstand a single failure yielding no observable impact to the customer. To achieve this level
of reliability, traditional off-line maintenance and periodic on- and off-line condition monitoring
practices have performed well, identifying most incipient failures before they have evolved into a
catastrophic failure. While these practices have been quite successful, they have not eliminated all
failure events.
Worldwide, Transformer Dissolved Gas-in-oil Analysis (DGA) has been one of the most productive
condition assessment tools used by electric utilities. DGA has routinely identified insulation and other
internal problems at an early stage allowing ample time for condition directed corrective tasks to be
scheduled and implemented. The testing and analysis process has been used for decades, and is well
documented and understood by maintenance practitioners worldwide. While being an extremely
effective diagnostic and condition assessment tool, it is only effective if the failure develops at a rate
slow enough to be detected by periodic oil sampling and DGA.
The population of bulk transmission transformers at a specific California Utility represented a

significant financial and functional investment. While the utilitys system is designed to handle a single
failure with little or no customer or system impact, multiple failures, as experienced recently at a
Substation did represent an operational threat. With the average age of the bulk transmission fleet
approaching 40 years (Fig. 9.10) there is a realistic possibility that multiple or cascading transformer
failure events will take place again (Reference [9.7])
Beyond the risk of failure, there was also a need to consider pre-emptive replacement of older units
but unfortunately there was not a clearly identifiable age at which transformer retirement should take
place. While it is expected that the retirement of older units would improve overall fleet reliability and
reduce risk, it comes with a significant capital cost and affects the recovery of the original financial
investment. A means to better predict transformer end-of-life, other than age, needed to be developed.
DGA has proven to be an important element in assessing current transformer condition. Historical
DGA trending and real-time monitoring is one of a series of measures used in calculating the overall
Condition Index of the transformer.
Rigorous on-line monitoring represents a major change in maintenance philosophy for most utilities
today. On-line monitoring greatly increasing the reliance on data and its interpretation while at the
same time reducing the opportunity to have trained eyes perform important, yet difficult qualitative
assessment of the power transformer.
119
Fig. 9.10 Transmission / sub-transmission transformer Fleet Age Distribution (years)
While fundamentally, a power transformer is a relatively simple device it does have numerous hidden
components that may not be effectively assessed by any single monitoring device. To ensure that on-
line DGA monitoring of transformers was technically prudent and could substantially reduce the
probability of failure, the history of transformer problems and failures was analysed and the dominant
causes of failure and trouble determined (see Fig. 9.11 and Fig. 9.12) (References [9.8], [9.9], [9.10]
and [9.11])
Problem Occurrence Distribution
Failure Distribution by Impacted System
High PF
Can't do 2%
Maintenance
2%
Leaks
NLTC
19%
Dielectric (38% to 7%
Unknown (45%) None
45%)
9%
Accessories
12% Inert Gas
18%
Mechanical (0%-
4%)
Containment (3%- Cooling
6%) Current Carying
13% Bushings
(7%)
18%
Fig. 9.11 Transformer Failure Distribution Fig. 9.12 Transformer Trouble Distribution
The result of the historical analysis provided the utility with four critical findings;
1. Dielectric failures were the dominant, but not the sole, source of transformer failures.
2. Continuous DGA analysis had the potential of further reducing dielectric failure beyond the
already low level afforded by a periodic DGA sampling program.
3. Gas evolution rates were one of several end-of-life indicators
4. There were still a large percentage of failures where the root-cause was not determined and
thus the effectiveness of on-line DGA to identify these failures modes is unknown.
120
The value of transformer on-line gas in oil monitoring is the incremental transformer reliability and
availability improvement realized through;
1. Knowing the actual condition of the transformer dielectric, magnetic and conduction systems
on a continuous basis compared to only periodic snapshots.
2. Being able to look at trends and correctly adjust for changes caused by loading and
temperature.
3. Triggering emergency investigations when gas generation occurs at an exceptionally high
rate.
4. Eliminate the decision input latency associated with oil sampling and laboratory analysis.
This assumption that historical trends of gas concentrations can be used to accurately predict future
gas evolution trends is only accurate if the rate of gas evolution is low. Experience has shown that
while most the time the condition of the transformers changes very slowly, changes in the condition of
these systems can and do occur quickly. Early detection of these measurable changes provides value
in the form of;
Reduced outages and associated customer impacts
Reduced failure repair costs
Life extension
Reduction in risk profile
One of the key drivers for investing in on-line DGA was the reduction in risk exposure associated with
the small percentage of faults that evolve in a timeframe that would be missed by periodic oil sampling
and laboratory analysis. The value of early incipient failure detection was estimated by modelling the
probability of an incipient fault evolving into a full functional failure over time and calculating the
avoided failure and repair costs (References [9.12]) Anecdotal data suggested that the time between
fault inception and functional failure followed a Normal Distribution. This analysis also considered
alternative maintenance and diagnostic approaches including performing periodic DGA sampling more
frequently than the existing DGA program.
The resulting model (see Fig. 9.13), revealed that while the current power transformer maintenance
program would benefit from more frequent oil sampling and DGA testing, there is a small finite
probability that the failure evolution would be faster than the utilitys response capability (Reference
[9.13])
Incipient Failure Pre-cursor Model

63% Probability of
Probability of Failure __
Detection
100.0% 8.0%
7.0% Incremental
80.0% Mean Time for an 6.0% Probaility of Failure
incipient fault = 14 mos. 5.0%
60.0%
4.0% Cumulative
40.0% 12 Month DGA 3.0% Probability of Failure
Sampling Cycle 2.0%
20.0%
1.0% Probability of
0.0% 0.0% Successful
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 Detection
Months
Fig. 9.13 Probability Distribution of Detecting an Incipient Fault for Various Sampling
Intervals
121
While detecting incipient faults in transformers distant from their expected retirement age is of great
value, being able to confidently allow a transformer to operate reliability up to and beyond its nominal
expected life is of extreme value. Deferring the replacement on an expensive power transformer has
an immediate and substantial financial benefit. Installation of on-line DGA monitors on aged power
transformers allows the utility to confidently operate the transformers beyond their nominal retirement
age, realizing a longer return on its investment while at the same time reducing the overall risk of
failure.
On-line Gas-in-oil monitoring of power transformers represents a relative large up-front investment in a
proven technology aimed at improving transformer reliability and availability (Reference [9.14]) To
ensure that the investment was prudent, a detailed understanding of the dominant modes and causes
of transformer failures was required along with a realistic estimate of;
1. The utility impacts resulting from each failure mode.

2. Customer impacts associated with any resulting loss of service.
3. The probability of each failure cause as a function of transformer age.
4. The probability of successful detection through on-line gas-in-oil monitoring.
5. The cost of operating and maintaining the on-line gas-in-oil monitor
6. The estimated cost of repairing the incipient failure.
These estimates along with a failure model for each dominant failure, a financial model and a
detection success model described above allowed the California utility to determine if the monitoring
investment was prudent. It also allowed executives to see how the risk profile of the transformer fleet
can be greatly reduced with on-line
Totalgas-in-oil
Annualanalysis (see Failure
"A Bank" Fig. 9.14)Risk
Millions
$12 Electro-Magnetic
$10
$8 LTC
$6
Bushing
$4
$2
Transformer Main Insulation
$- System
No Maintenance Current PM Current PM w ith
Program On-Line DGA
Fig. 9.14 Transformer Fleet Failure Risk Associated with various Periodic Maintenance (PM)
Approaches
The analysis resulted in a greatly improved understanding of the dominant failure mechanisms of
power transformer and an acceptance that while traditional periodic maintenance and condition
assessment activities greatly enhance the transformers reliability and availability, they do have
success limits. To realize that next tier of increased reliability and availability, periodic assessment
tasks must be replaced by ones that are automated and continuous. But the migration towards
continuous on-line condition monitoring can come with a significant price tag; a price that might not be
justified for all families of equipment. In those cases where the investment could not be financially
justified, reductions in traditional periodic condition assessments were warranted.
122
As the large, US Investor Owned Utility moves towards relying on more continuous assessment
devices, it realizes it must understand the limits of the technology and make sure the technology fully
addresses the dominant causes of failure or those that represent a true risk to the utility. Preventing a
rare or low risk failure from occurring, while technically interesting may be of little benefit to the utility
and the customer, hence a full commercial assessment is undertaken.
123
9.3.5 UK National Grid 400/132kV Autotransformer Successful application of
on-line monitoring
Diagnostic dissolved gas analysis (DGA) showed a history of rising ethylene in the main tank of the
transformer. The family type of this transformer on the National Grid network were believed to suffer
from core to frame circulating currents which have a tendency to produce ethylene. In order to
manage this type of fault two applications were used. Firstly a resistor was fitted in the circuit between
the core and frame to limit the current and secondly an on-line gas monitor was installed to provide
continuous monitoring of the gas levels to see if the resistor was working or to diagnose any other
problems.
The fitting of the on-line gas monitor was in accordance with a new strategy being adopted by National
Grid which utilizes the Web to host condition monitoring (CM) data through a third party provider,
known as the SAM (Smart Asset Management) strategy. The SAM process takes data from different
CM devices and turns this into information presented in an intuitive manner that is accessible by all
National Grid staff through a secure gateway.
National Grid uses a frequency based oil sampling process to help diagnose developing transformer
faults. These frequencies change depending on the interpretation of the oil samples which, if
considered to be a possible fault developing, can be increased. The transformer in this particular case
study was on a three month enhanced DGA program due to the presence of Ethylene which according
to the last sample taken had levelled out and had been at a continuous level since the fitting of the
resistor in the core to frame circuit.
A number of National Grid transformers are/were in a similar condition and as such a better way of
monitoring these assets was required, not only to give a better diagnostic but to also manage the
safety aspect of having staff sampling equipment that could be in a dangerous condition as indicated
by the DGA results.
In order to provide this process SAM was developed to assist in providing useful information from CM
equipment on the National Grid network and also to provide a future strategy that not only could be
used for on-line DGA but also for other CM devices such as more advanced DGA equipment, and
cable oil pressure and SF6 gas monitors.
CM systems produce data that requires turning into information for the asset manager to interpret and
drive strategies and decisions. An initial trial using a DGA monitor was used by National Grid to prove
the SAM concept. The results of this trial were very successful and the SAM methodology was
introduced onto other CM devices including the on-line gas monitors being fitted to a number of
National Grid transformers.
The CM device on this case study transformer was showing flat levels of Ethylene in line with the
routine oil samples for DGA. The routine oil samples were being taken every three months and the on-
line monitor was taking continuous oil samples.
A week or so after the routine oil sample was taken, showing no increase in ethylene, the on-line
monitor began to show a steep rise in ethylene gas to a point where an alert situation had arisen on
the SAM process (see Fig. 9.15). This alert gave the asset managers up-to-date information with
regards to the trends and current situation that drove them to switch out the transformer.
124
Off line electrical testing of this transformer indicated that there was a possible bad joint in the
common winding of the autotransformer. Some internal inspections of the transformer were carried out
but the fault was believed to be deep in the winding and not accessible without dismantling the core
and windings. The decision was taken to scrap the transformer although the feasibility for a repair
option was looked at and on this occasion not taken due to high operational costs that would result
due to transport of the transformer overseas.
Fig. 9.15 Output from On-line gas monitor via SAM
In order to facilitate the SAM concept there is a requirement to set up a communication gateway on
the site that is able to transmit the data from the CM equipment and systems. Once this is established
any number of CM devices can be utilized. National Grid uses a third party to host the data and to
present this as information on the Web. The initial set up costs of SAM were incorporated as part of a
research and development scheme. The on-going costs are relatively cheap as it is only a few
thousand Pounds Sterling (GBP) to set up the communication channels and the use of the remote
server. The on-line gas monitors are around 25-30 GBP.
These costs can be justified using risk as a driver. Taking an oil sample presents a level of risk to the
operator, as the transformer is likely to be on an enhanced oil sample regime due to a developing
fault. Having staff in the close proximity of transformers at risk from failure requires a different control
measure. National Grid has recognized that fitting on-line monitors does away with this level of risk
and provides some risk mitigation.
When this transformer was stripped down a fault was located in the common winding both confirming
the results of the on-line monitor and of the electrical tests carried out. Although the repair option was
not taken due to commercial reasons the windings would have been in a position to repair, as the CM
device had identified the potential failure and SAM had given the correct information in order that the
transformer could be removed from service before major plant failure.
125
On-line gas monitors like the one utilized in this case study provide very useful data that has to be
turned into information in order for the asset manager to take appropriate decisions. This data can be
analysed and presented in a number of different ways. The National Grid SAM process has
demonstrated that if data is presented in an intuitive way that is also user friendly and accessible by
any number of end uses, decisions can be made in a timely fashion thus avoiding plant failures which
ultimately keeps staff and third parties safe.
126
9.3.6 Canadian Transmission Utilities needs
This case study is a summary of the CEA Report No. 485 T 1049, On-line Condition Monitoring of
Substation Power Equipment Utility Needs [9.15] The Report presents the results of a project
undertaken jointly by three major Canadian electrical utilities with co-funding by the Canadian
Electricity Association. More than 100 references are used, equipment failure and outage statistics of
16 equipment types and auxiliary equipments are given, on-line condition monitoring technical
application details are addressed for 12 substation equipments, etc. Items in quotes refer to the
wording in the Report.
The development of on-line condition monitoring (OCM) for substation power equipment to date has
tended to be driven by the equipment manufacturers and utility suppliers with limited participation by
utilities. The result has tended to be sporadic and independent due to the lack of an overall plan.
The need for on-line condition monitoring is driven principally by a re-direction of interval-based
preventive maintenance to predictive (or condition-driven) maintenance, but also is related to
achieving improved functionality, greater utilization and life management of the equipment.
This project was therefore conceived on the basis of the importance for utilities to identify the need for
equipment on-line condition monitoring in itself and then adopt within the overall scheme of the
substation management network the development of on-line condition monitoring.
Defining these needs was not a simple matter because they are dependent on a number of variables:
safety, consequences of failure, focus (predicting/preventing malfunction or failure), diagnostic,
usage, degree of importance to the system, technically and economically justified added values.
The approach taken in the analysis part of the work was to list failure or malfunction modes, then for
each mode list the possible causes and finally for each cause list the possible symptoms of each
cause. The symptoms were then considered as candidates for on-line condition monitoring.
This initial approach evolved into a listing of equipment attributes that could be monitored with a view
to further refinement or identification of attributes that should be monitored. Off-line testing was also
considered with a view to displacement by an on-line condition monitored feature. Emphasis was
based on simplicity and the following ;
1. Existing signals/information to be significantly used as much as possible
2. Signals/information to be used for multiple purpose
3. Sensors to be non-intrusive
4. OCM system to be independent as much as possible of the equipment monitored
5. OCM system to be significantly more reliable than the equipment monitored
6. Duplication of intelligence to be avoided
7. Utility to control the evolution of signal processing
The application of substation equipment on-line condition monitoring from a utility perspective has
been studied. Equipment failure and outage statistics were examined. Equipment attributes that
could be monitored and the derived values have been listed. The practical application of equipment
on-line condition monitoring has been discussed both technically and economically to enable utilities
to make their own relevant decisions in this regard.
127
The project revealed that On-line condition monitoring needed to be viewed in a much broader
context of equipment design, operation and maintenance, i.e. in terms of equipment utilization,
functionality and life management, as well as achieving predictive maintenance. It also revealed that
a fundamental relationship exists between substation power equipment, on-line condition monitoring
devices, protection and control systems and data communication systems. Equipment on-line
condition monitoring is thus only one element of an overall substation management network.
Examination of Canadian outage statistics in particular revealed a significant equipment outage rate
due to associated auxiliary or protection and control equipment failure or malfunction. A broad
approach, such as a Reliability-Centred Maintenance (RCM), is therefore appropriate.
Another finding was that While the goal of equipment on-line monitoring is to achieve predictive
maintenance and improved utilization, functionality and life management, there are certain inherent
factors that will influence the degree to which added monitoring is necessary;
Safety: safety features based on monitoring of some capability limit is a fundamental

requirement of all equipments. Any condition monitoring that contributes to confirm the
operating capability or functionality of the equipment is enhancing its safety of operation.
Operation: Operational readiness is a principal concern addressed by OCM. Parameters to
monitor differ by equipment type. As an example;
For circuit-breaker: position indication, stored energy availability, interrupting and
dielectric medium integrity, secondary circuit status, etc.
For transformer: loading, winding and oil temperatures, tap position, tap changer
operation, etc.
Application: Constraints associated with the what, where and how the application will
impact on the degree of OCM.
Degree of importance and consequences of failure: RCM (reliability centred
maintenance) addresses it by considering the criticality of each piece of equipment regarding
social impact of unavailability, business impact, value of equipment, generation or substation
equipment, risk to operating personnel, etc.
Experience: past experience with particular circuit breaker types, as an example, helps
defining retrofitting OCM requirements to achieve predictive maintenance and desired life of
the equipment. It will also influence the OCM of future equipment of the same type or design.
Technology: OCM requirements is influenced by the equipment technology. For example,
these are reduced when using a less complex circuit breaker or an advance transformer
(SF6 for example). The fast evolving sensor and monitoring technologies will influence the
available schemes as well as the economics of OCM.
Environmental: environmental regulations and responsibility may dictate some degree of
OCM
Equipment on-line condition monitoring will provide economic or strategic benefit when applied in a
structured and pragmatic manner. This is considered in terms of the cost benefits of equipment
predictive maintenance, failure prevention, utilization, functionality, life management and failure
mode analysis. Justification for on-line condition monitoring will be based on the combined cost
benefits that each of these elements offer.
For the predictive maintenance element, no attempt is made in this report to quantify actual hard
cost savings that can be achieved by the adoption of predictive maintenance because such savings
will vary from utility to utility dependent on individual practices, types of equipment, etc. However,
three tables were given to show how to calculate with qualified judgement if the adoption of predictive
maintenance will decrease the maintenance cost taking into consideration direct maintenance
component costs, indirect maintenance component costs, and system and Utility related costs. Also, a
specific method of cost saving analysis was described;
List each maintenance activity and its frequency
Calculate the cost of each maintenance activity over the expected life of the equipment
128
For each maintenance activity, determine if it can be displaced or its frequency reduced by
the adoption of on-line condition monitoring
Calculate all the application cost of on-line condition monitoring
Compare the costs
Dealing with the large volume of equipments presents a challenge. Some equipment may be
obvious targets for on-line condition monitoring. [...] For other equipment [...], it may be appropriate to
apply on-line condition monitoring on a statistical basis and apply the results to the population in
general. This population would of course, comprise similar equipment with similar duties.
The retrofitting of OCM was also discussed and some practical considerations were given regarding
the upside and the downside. In the given examples, the upside definitively outweighs the downside
because much of the downside can be addressed through innovative use of non-intrusive sensors
and the capabilities of todays microprocessor based relays. The upside and downside of future OCM
application on new equipments was also evaluated; as discussed for the retroactive application use,
the upside outweighs the downside.
For the failure prevention element, On-line condition monitoring will contribute to preventing
equipment failure or malfunction only if failure (or malfunction) cause is identifiable by monitoring
technology applied. [] To determine the value of on-line condition monitoring in this regard,
consideration should be given to the risk of failure, the cost of failure, the cost of outage, the
consequences of failure, and the cost of monitoring.
The basic conclusion of the report is that equipment on-line condition monitoring can provide needed
and justifiable value if applied in the broad context of achieving predictive maintenance and improved
equipment utilization, functionality and life management.
More specifically, here are some of the general conclusions that the Project Team came to;
On-line condition monitoring is an emerging technology
No overall strategy appears to exist within utilities for the application of OCM
Utilities require timely information for maintenance work planning, but no more data for
analysis
Monitoring sensors for some applications are either non-existent or are not effective
Significant economic and technical benefits will be accrued from developing industry
standards or at least following industrial practices
There is a need for collecting data on equipment maintenance and outages and associated
costs
OCM applied on a population sample basis may enable decisions on whole population of a
particular model of equipment
Etc.
The Project Team made also the following recommendations;

OCM implementation in the context of adopting RCM is the recommended approach
It is important for utilities to define long term desired outcomes in the implementation of
OCM. This would place each phase of implementation within a broader context and
contribute to measures of effectiveness
An on-line condition monitoring sensor and system catalogue on the WEB should be
provided and kept up-to-date
129
To optimize costs, a step-by-step approach to OCM implementation and data integration at
the substation is recommended.
Continuous improvement is required for the development of the economical, reliable and
effective sensors for OCM applications
Research work should continue to help define equipment failure mechanisms and the
associated time to failure process.
Etc.
On-line condition monitoring of substation power equipment will be an essential feature of the utility
electrical systems of the future.
130
9.3.7 Edenor, Argentina On-line monitoring of circuit breakers
This Case Study is typical of many utilities first applying condition monitoring, and shows how the
system develops over a number of years. What is particularly interesting here is the overriding need
because of the wide spread of substations in a large country. Other utilities may have a range of
different unique needs, and can learn from this.
Edenor distributes electricity exclusively to the north-western zone of the greater Buenos Aires
metropolitan area and the northern part of the city of Buenos. It is the largest electricity distribution
company in Argentina in terms of number of customers and electricity sold.
Following the privatization of the company in 1992, specified quality standards have been set to the
company with respect to the quality of the product (electricity) and the delivery of the product (i.e. in
terms of supply interruptions and planned outages)
The common practice was to perform time-based maintenance following manufacturers

recommendations, without any monitoring installed. In the case of Edenor that meant conventional
works for maintenance purposes with restricted personnel resources that led to organizational and
planning difficulties.
There were two main motivations for installing on-line monitoring systems on circuit breakers (CB);
Some failures occurred because maintenance works had not been done in due time because
of lack of resources. So the company had a clear need to focus the work of his maintenance
teams on circuit breakers that needed the most urgent attention.
Economically, Edenor had to reduce costs. Substations are controlled by remote systems
without any personal at site. Thus there was no way to include maintenance operations in
the daily schedule of substation teams, as maintenance staff had to travel to each site.
Conventional maintenance activities that systematically involve inspection on site were
therefore a potential source of savings.
Monitoring was perceived as the most efficient way to reduce maintenance time at site. As the
monitoring system keeps a record of CB operational life (last breaker operation characteristics
recorded, operation time values, and the number of operations that can be allowed until maintenance)
It was then possible to pinpoint circuit breakers in need of maintenance, and postpone the
maintenance works where they were not yet necessary. The saved time was used to make
maintenance on other more needy equipment, or for other works. Thus the activity of maintenance
teams was optimized.
Additionally Edenor has now started a monitoring strategy for all equipment (disconnectors, surge
arresters, power transformers, and more widely on circuit breakers) so as to correlate diverse sources
of information and decrease the marginal cost of data processing for all equipment .
This project will also advance in parallel with the set-up of a single Information System, based on IEC
61850 protocol.
The target population of circuit breakers represents approximately 600 units, the vast majority of them
being 145kV CB, located up to 300 km from the nearest control centre.
First implementations so far were performed with existing monitoring systems (using proprietary
communication links) Communication with control systems is done via Ethernet, using additional
131
gateways that transform serial protocol into TCP/IP data flow. Thus access to data is transparent for
customers using web-based tools.
Once the next version of monitoring device, with native IEC 61850 capability, is available Edenor is
forecasting a retrofit of older circuit breakers.
A complete monitoring of circuit breakers was installed;

SF6 density, pressure, and temperature
Mechanical travel, operation time, spring recharging time, and operations counter for F1 CB
Contact monitoring (It)
Up until now, the system has only been used for visualization of data, since the circuit breakers
installed in 2003 were brand new and there have not been any failures, nor any developing conditions.
Benefits are expected to show up as the installed base grows old.
The expected benefits from the company include;
Possible extension of useful life

Better understanding of failure mechanisms
Avoiding major failures
Costs were involved for the purchase of monitoring equipment and its installation, but also for the set-
up of communication links between substations and the control centre.
Detailed estimation of costs and benefits expected are not available, however the company is
convinced that in the end there will be cost benefits.
Conclusion is that the experience is good so far. Some problems occurred during set-up because
adjustment of travel sensor for extended diagnostics required fine-tuning. Once the people were
thoroughly trained, the following commissioning went smoothly.
The next step is the setting up of an active communication system that should be able to give access
to data through Internet with different profiles for different users, and the implementation of
communication facilities that would send automatically e-mail and/or SMS in case of failures.
132
9.3.8 CEPS, a.s. Project and system ACM (Automatic Centralized Monitoring)
of HV equipment.
CEPS a.s. (the Czech Transmission System Operator) has many very detailed Maintenance rules
based on RCM analysis. These rules include 131 so called Address Enclosures that are specific for
each technological type of HV equipment installed in CEPS network. The enclosures are based on
manufacturers recommendations and CEPS own experience. Most of the maintenance work was
however time based, diagnostic measurement included. The CBM triggering was thus dependent on
time based performed diagnostic tests. The only exception was power transformers with their own
monitoring equipment installed. CEPS desired to introduce more CBM principles into various HV
equipment maintenance strategies without the necessity of installing expensive monitors on every unit
of equipment.
In 2006, CEPS discovered several circuit breakers of the same technological type having a
nonstandard behaviour. After opening the interrupter units, traces of restrikes were found. To check
the other breakers of the same family it was necessary to perform special tests that required outages.
The other problem was how often these special tests were to be performed. To solve the issue CEPS
experts together with EGU HV Laboratory a.s. looked for another source of data to disclose circuit
breaker restrikes. The investigation found records from fault recorders that were triggered not only by
protection but also by control systems. This discovered data moreover covered all circuit breakers in
the network and not only the suspected ones.
Thus the ACM project was born. It has developed very quickly from a one-purpose system (CB
restrikes recognition) to a quite complex and sophisticated system. Its aim is to collect and evaluate
automatically all data describing equipment conditions that already exist in the network (namely fault
recorders and control systems data). This approach is described in the I brochure as Network
Monitoring Devices
Overview of the projects schedule ;

II/2006 2007 : Development and service of modular tailor made centralized IT system to
collect and evaluate automatically monitored data about asset loading and characteristics
(AROPO and eSADA)
2008 2010 : Development and service of interconnection with other data sources,
development of asset conditions evaluation expert modules, health index and risk assessment
calculation (project partly financed by Czech Ministry of Industry project No. 2A-2TP1/051).
I/2011 : finish of the project
The system architecture is shown in Fig. 9.16.
Abbreviations used in Fig. 9.16 : REGOL, SAP, e-SADA, AROPO, IND-Ex names of softwares (SW),
databases (DB) resp., IP = Installation Place (network single line diagram), EQ = equipment (type and
serial number)
133
Fig. 9.16 ACM system architecture scheme
The values obtained contribute to a wide range of asset manager decision tasks, i.e. micro, macro and
intermediate tasks. They include;
a) Micro tasks (short term)

Disclosing of a specific equipment non-standard behaviour (minor failure) before it develops into major
failure The non-standard behaviour is namely visible in the fault recorders voltage and current
records. Sampling frequency of 1 kHz is able to catch some transient phenomena. This task is met by
AROPO SW (see Fig. 9.16) in its modules named: PRUR (recognition of circuit breaker restrikes
during opening), PETAN (recognition of changed accuracy of a voltage transformer unit and thus
recognition of possible broken capacitors inside capacitive voltage transformers), QMCAS (recognition
of time delay discrepancy among circuit breaker poles and thus recognition of possible operating
mechanism, transfer chain or interrupters problems), SATUR (recognition of CT core saturation and
thus recognition of possible CT problem or problem for correct relay function)
Examples : Fig. 9.17 CB restrike recognition and warning, Fig. 9.18 Capacitive VT broken capacitors
recognition
134
Fig. 9.17 Example of AROPO module PRUR findings
Fig. 9.18 Capacitive VT broken capacitors recognition
b) Intermediate tasks (tactical) examples

Records of an equipment loadings and exceeding load limits (see Fig. 9.19 as an example)
The loadings are basically current, voltage and mechanical loadings. The current loadings
are recognized and evaluated by AROPO SW modules VPROUD (calculation of a switched-
off currents by circuit breakers), ZKRAT (loadings of different equipments by short circuits)
and NARAZ (transformers loadings by inrush currents) and by SW e-SADA that evaluates
current data (1 minute cross section or delta values) from dispatch centre data storage DB
IND-Ex. The voltage loadings are recognized by AROPO SW modules PREP (loadings of
surge arresters and transformers by temporary overvoltages) and FEROR (loadings by
ferroresonance) and by SW e-SADA that evaluates voltage data (1 minute cross section or
delta values) from dispatch centre data storage DB IND-Ex. Mechanical loadings concern
namely a number of switching operations the data of which is included in dispatch centre DB
IND-Ex.
Maintenance planning that is not promoted by static SW like SAP, i.e. circuit breakers
2
maintenance planning based on cumulative switched-off energy, so called I t, and
135
cumulative number of CO cycles. As far as CO cycles are concerned the system
distinguishes between and calculates separately the number of fault switching, service load
switching, service no-load switching and test switching (a big number of CO cycles happens
during protection system tests).
Evaluation of maximum permitted load of a transmission chain consisting of an overhead line
plus both substations end bays. The system looks for equipment with minimum permitted
load (usually current transformer based on its actual ratio connection) and inform dispatch
centre.
Evaluation of number of days (during a year) in which the transmitted power exceeded the
contracted (between TSO and DSO) value (transmitted power taken in 1 minute cross
section from dispatch centre DB IND-EX).
Generation of different overviews, e.g. specific overhead lines, transformers and specific
substation bays availability evaluation during a year, showing all equipment at which any
limit has been exceeded, etc.
Fig. 9.19 Record of CT current loading exceeding the secondary winding ampacity limit
c) Macro tasks (strategic)

ACM performs the following two strategic tasks: Provision of data to CEPS risk management
system ACM system calculates for each equipment, the annual average transmission
power (from dispatch centre DB IND-Ex), equipment importance index (separate e-SADA
module) and equipment health index. The importance index generation is based on expert
evaluation of the equipment failure influence on outages. Different lines and power
transformers have got different consequences in the network. In the health index are
evaluated the following categories: equipment (EQ) age, EQ cumulative loading, EQ actual
service conditions, EQ behaviour history, technological type history and technological type
maintainability and reparability. ACM system ranks equipments in dependence on their
importance times health indexes results and thus contributes to a decision how to proceed
with them (replace, refurbish, maintain or do nothing).
Modelling of future maintenance expenditures and calculation of NPVs for major
maintenance versus replacement decisions
d) Side effects
As the system has to work with and combine data from different external databases it is able
to disclose mistakes there. This feature is very valuable namely for SAP, the electronic
network diary and the dispatch centre and the source control systems data.
The total values obtained can be thus described as shown in simplified Fig. 9.20 .
136
Fig. 9.20 Simplified scheme of values obtained
Fig. 9.21 Example of decision module
Lessons learned
When evaluating fault recorders data, it is necessary to simultaneously evaluate also their
binary operating records. Different combinations of binary data enable to correctly identify
the type of switching operation normal service or fault tripping) as well as the short circuit
location.
137
The fault recorder data has to be evaluated from the point of view of the actual status of
equipment at the time the record was made, i.e. whether the specific bay was in service, was
switched-off or was insulated. Many very strange records come from relay testing and
these must be neglected. The information about the equipment status is based on logical
equations containing combinations of actual circuit breakers and disconnectors state (close
or open) taken from the dispatch centre DB. It is also possible to integrate information about
forced and planned outages from the electronic network diary. However, as this diary is filled
manually this source is not very reliable.
The system has to have a manual decision module to which questionable information is
sent (see Fig. 9.21). Typical examples are e.g. manual fixing of the precise location of a
short circuit or manual fixing of problematic CB (fault recorders on both sides record the
transient event)
The expenditures include only SW. Hardware as well as data storage DB already existed before the
project started (fault recorders, control and dispatch centre systems, central IT SAP). The ACM
system covers all equipment in the network.
After two years of the ACM system service, and it is necessary to remember that the ACM project is
under development and is scheduled to be finished in 2011, there were already achieved the following
benefits (specific examples) ;
Savings easy to be expressed in money:

Automatic monitoring of XX type CB switching-off behaviour (96 units): In 2005 special
overvoltage measurement tests discovered re-strikes at 3 CBs ACM enables continues
monitoring of all CB in service (no outages, no extra costs for tests)
Decision to postpone type S1-245 CBs major maintenance: The manufacturers
recommendation was after 20 years (14 days outage, about 1 mil K or CZK [Czech
Koruna]). That would have concerned 54 CBs in 2008 and 2009 (impossible to perform).
Results of two most loaded CBs overhaul and continuous ACM monitoring led to a decision
to perform only op. mechanism overhaul and rely on ACM and 5 years diagnostic
measurement period results
Prolongation (because of ACM) of CB type ELF SL 4-2 expected life by 5 years in
comparison to figures given in Grid Code
Discovering of one substation in which number of days with higher transmitted power than
contracted exceeded a limit (30 days per year) change of the contract with DSO
Table 9.1 Rentability calculation (costs expressed in thousands of K / CZK)
138
The first 3 examples were achieved and evaluated already in the first year of the project, i.e. in 2007
and resulted immediately into 50.4% of the project rentability (see Table 9.1)
Other benefits (examples);

Replacement of type 20VSV420.1 CBs ACM discovered repeated re-strikes. This fact and
the past maintenance experience led to a decision to replace all in two years
Replacement of three capacitive VTs after ACM disclosed a problem (broken capacitors
were later proven by internal inspection).
Automatic triggering of (CO and It) CB based maintenance SAP showed not to be
suitable
Simple and user friendly view on SAP data
Checking of SAP and dispatch control data validity and correctness
Generation of load limits for dispatch centre grid loading
Contribution to risk management investment calculations in CEPS
Many tasks covered by the ACM (namely those intermediate) would have had to be solved and a
specialized SW bought.
Whereas the Equipment monitoring devices represent specialized hardware and/or software
designed for and installed on each individual equipment the Network monitoring devices are already
installed in the network, guard all equipment and for equipment conditions assessments need only a
specialized software. The ACM system approach thus represents an example of interactive and
interdisciplinary use of data in which both network system and network asset people utilize in different
ways the same data obtained from a common hardware.
The experience is very good as it is shown in Chapter 4 describing specific achievements already
gained within two years of the ACM system service. In Chapter 3 there are mentioned basic problems
CEPS didnt foreseen and has to tackle with now. The basic issue is the same as in many other
business fields. The people responsible for input databases (namely SAP) filling by data, for
programming fault recorders (binary info setting in lines) and for network status recording (electronic
network diary) have to be careful, precise and have to fill all requested data correctly and on time.
139
9.3.9 Development process integrating Condition Monitoring into the future
overall substation system
This Case Study illustrates a typical approach now being considered as a result of SMART-GRID and
the total integration concept. As in previous Case Studies the same series of questions are used.
Condition monitoring systems were available long before the total integration initiatives were started
but activities in this area were focused on specific projects where customers had specified their view
for a condition monitoring function in a certain area. The customer requests were different regarding
number and kind of primary equipment to be monitored, scope of monitoring functionality and the kind
of presentation of the results. This development resulted in;
Several customer specific solutions for one and the same primary device.
Different hardware and/or software solutions depending on the starting year of development,
sub-suppliers selected and the various programmers with their liking for hardware and
software platforms.
Different views of how to present the results, how to structure them and how to summarize.
With more than one condition monitoring system in a substation, or more generally with differing
hardware and software structures in a digital control, monitoring and communication system the
handling for start-up, operation, adaptation or maintenance became extremely complex and difficult.
In discussions regarding SMART-GRID a pre-condition for SMART-operation of the grid was

knowledge of the actual status including the results from condition monitoring. Therefore the results
from condition monitoring should become not only a service specialist view but also be presented as
an integral part of the information for operation and asset management.
Around 2006 initiatives were started that brought the activities regarding condition monitoring, digital
control systems and asset management solutions together. Integrating Condition Monitoring is
focused on integration of the existing condition monitoring systems into the digital data and
communication platform for control, monitoring and protection from bay level via substation level up to
engineering and dispatch centres. Fig. 9.22 shows a typical general system overview.
Various proposals are being considered for existing condition monitoring solutions of individual P&C
manufacturers, and various other specialist condition monitoring systems (e.g. HV-power cable or
OHL-monitoring) to be integrated in the data communication system with the targets;
Availability of the information as needed in the whole data system from bay level up to
engineering and dispatch centres.
Bringing together the view from all involved control, protection and monitoring devices at the
time of an event.
Combining the information from control, protection and condition monitoring for the different
views and information levels needed by operators, service staff or asset management.
Same data handling and communication system for condition monitoring as for the digital
control to allow the customer to decide either for an all integrated solution or an integrated
condition monitoring solution separated from control. In both cases, having the same solution
platform, will reduce complexity and handling efforts.
Showing correlation and overlaying of views with other data sources e.g. geographical data,
actual lightning strike locations.
140
Event handling
Fig. 9.22 Typical general system overview
Beside the internal advantages to the manufacturers by cutting parallel activities in product life cycle
management the integrated CM approach provides advantages in the projects and for the customers;
Combine the best parts of the condition monitoring solutions from P&C manufacturers and
other specialist suppliers in one system.
Easy and familiar handling based on the same portfolio as for the digital control and
protection.
Fits easily into the existing substation and control centre communication structures.
Reduces independent stand-alone solutions without remote access.
Reduces needs for additional monitoring hardware from bay up to control centre level.
Opens the way for connection to a remote data and diagnostic centre with expertise by device
specialist.
Fig. 9.23 shows a simplified overview of connections onto a common substation LAN. This can be a
dedicated CM LAN; however it would ideally be the existing substation LAN.
The one-off costs for adaptation or integration of an existing condition monitoring solution (hardware
and software) are paid back by less training and easy handling cost in every project.
Further, providing the integration of the condition monitoring into the whole control and monitoring
system, there is the possibility of sharing parameters and avoiding parallel installation of sensors for
the same parameter.
With the actual strategy to push the integrated CM system forward step by step with specific project
requests or with product maintenance activities in the product life cycle management a dedicated
development budget for a stand-alone CM system is not needed.
141
Fig. 9.23 Typical simplified integration of some condition monitoring connections
With the growing demands in digital solutions in the power transmission and distribution business
there is no other way to harmonise and standardise, to limit the complexity, and to ensure product
maintenance for the digital systems over the life-time of a substation with reasonable cost and efforts.
The harmonisation process, starting with this type of integrated CM system, cannot yet replace an
international standard but is a step in the right direction and it will be easier to adapt this system to a
future standard instead of a bunch of individual stand-alone solutions.
Further development of new condition monitoring functions in hardware, software and communication
platforms is aimed to be kept in line with the developing standards for digital SMART-GRID and Future
Grid systems for power transmission and distribution applications.
[9.1] B Flynn Case studies regarding the integration of monitoring & diagnostic equipment on
aging transformers with communications for SCADA and maintenance DistribuTECH
Conference, Tampa, 2008
[9.2] Neal Bartek, Equipment condition dictates maintenance Article in Transmission &
Distribution World, Sep 2010 edition
[9.3] T W Krieg, M Napolitano, Techniques and Experience in On-Line Transformer Condition

Monitoring and Fault Diagnosis in ElectraNet SA, (Proceedings of PowerCon 2000, Perth,
WA, December, 2000)
[9.4] T Krieg and P Burnell Optimising value from condition monitoring Transmission &
Distribution magazine, Iss.3, Jun-Jul 2010
142
[9.5] D Vogler, Use and Application of Oil Dissolved Gas Analysis for the Management of
Electrical Transformers and other Plant in Ergon Energy (Ergon Energy practice)
[9.6] K Spurgeon, W H Tang, Q H Wu, Z J Richardson, G Moss, Evidential reasoning in

Dissolved Gas analysis for Power Transformers (Article in The International Journal of
Innovations in Energy Systems and Power, 2004)
[9.7] John E. Skog P.E., Anthony Johnson P.E., Business Case for Transformer On-line
Monitoring EPRI Diagnostic Conference July 2006
[9.8] M.A. Franchek and D.J. Woodcock, Life Cycle Considerations of Loading Transformers
Above Nameplate Rating, Proceedings of the Sixty-Fifth Annual International Conference of
Doble Clients, 1998, Sec 8-10.1
[9.9] W.H. Bartley, Analysis of Transformer Failures, Proceedings of the Sixty-Ninth Annual
International Conference of Doble Clients, April 2000
[9.10] William H. Bartley, P.E. Keeping the Lights On: An Action Plan for Americas Aging Utility
Transformers The Locomotive-Hartford Stema and Boiler 2005
[9.11] M. Perkins, L. Pettersson, N.L. Fantana, T.V. Oommen, S. Jordan, Transformer Life
Assessment Tools with Special Application to Nuclear Power Station Generator
Transformers IEEE Transformer Committee Meeting, November 1999, Monterrey, Mexico
th
[9.12] Dr. Robert B. Abernethy, The New Weibull Handbook 5 edition is: Reliability & Statistical
Analysis for Predicting Life, Safety, Survivability, Risk, Cost and Warranty Claims. ISBN 0-
9653062-3-2 Nov. 1, 2006
[9.13] P. A. Tobias & D. Tindale, Applied Reliability, Van Norstrand Reinhold Co., New York, NY,
1986
[9.14] Serveron White Paper: On-line DGA Monitoring. http://www.bplglobal.net/eng/knowledge-

center/download.aspx?id=217
[9.15] CEA Report No. 485 T 1049, On-line Condition Monitoring of Substation Power Equipment
Utility Needs, December 1996 (Available from CEATI International Inc.)
143
Chapter 10 Future Development
Are there developments progressing, or required in the future, that increase

the value of on-line condition monitoring?
10.1 Introduction
The future development of control and monitoring systems must serve the needs of transmission and
distribution businesses to become more commercial with a more profit orientation and with economic
aspects of decision making gaining momentum. A focus on profit orientation alone may be counter-
productive and balance is needed between operational and economical aspects to ensure that there is
sufficient emphasis on the quality and the reliability of power supply. Figure 10.1 illustrates a simplified
balance of the Economic and Operational aspects.
Economic Aspects Operational Aspects
Generate operating profit Regulatory Compliance

Maximum Reliability
Maximize asset lifetime Maximum Security
Minimize Investments
Minimize operating costs
Fig.10.1 Finding the balance for economic and operational aspects
Utilities will need modern tools to serve their needs for;

More detailed, real-time condition status information
Information to support decisions for reducing OPEX and CAPEX
Pre-processing and pre-selection of increasing levels of asset information
Optimization of the grid by use of new technologies
On-line condition monitoring will become one of the most essential of these tools.
10.1.1 Asset management
With an increasing portion of the transmission and distribution system exceeding the expected
minimum design life, aging equipment will require a challenging balance between extended life with
postponed investment in new infrastructure and increasing risk of un-expected breakdown. Close
144
monitoring of early indicators of failure is a recognised method of risk management demonstrated by
the increasing interest in the retrofit of on-line condition monitoring systems to network equipment.
Installation of equipment monitoring devices is especially relevant for high value items with aging
characteristics such as power transformers, or by utilization of data from existing network monitoring
devices from a range of HV equipment in the network.
10.1.2 Load flow decision support
Increasing electrical energy demand together with transmission of renewable energy will lead to
unusual system load flow and distributed generation location, far away from traditional load centres.
Without new rights of way and public acceptance for additional T&D infrastructure this will become an
increasing challenge for the T&D industry. Online condition monitoring systems using data from
network monitoring devices will become more important for determining actual remaining overload
capacity of network plant and equipment.
10.1.3 Knowledge management (Expertise)
Past privatization and restructuring of the industry in some countries, together with a period of low
investment in the electrical power transmission and distribution industry resulted in staff downsizing
and less new jobs over years. The cutback of training of youngsters in the field of electrical power
technologies together with the still on-going retirement of industry experts will lead to a growing deficit
of future required expertise. On-line condition monitoring will allow a more effective utilization of
internal expertise and will become essential for the effective use of external experts and service
centres.
10.1.4 Statutory, Regulatory and Contractual proof of obligations
Industrial and private consumers are bound to accept increasing prices and conditions of electrical
power supply that was previously regulated for decades as more consumers are exposed in the
worldwide trend of deregulation of the electrical energy supply. The main target for privatization and
deregulation of T&D companies was the opening of the electrical power supply industry to market
competition. In the first run, competition focused on pricing only. After some initial negative
experiences with supply shortages and even outages in some regions, network regulators started to
establish rules for power supply quality, in addition consumers are starting to negotiate for higher
levels of quality of their power supply.
In the future on-line condition monitoring with its databases and reporting functions will become
essential for T&D businesses to demonstrate performance and for diagnostic investigations in case of
complaints, avoiding fines from network regulators or even legal cases.
10.1.5 Environmental control
Some of the insulation materials still needed and used in T&D systems are of high environmental risk
or global warming index. Permission for the on-going use and social acceptance of new T&D
infrastructure in the future will depend highly on a strict supervision and reporting of environmental
critical elements to prove the careful and responsible handling of such items (limited use, proper
storage, no losses and safe disposal). For environmental critical elements like SF6 gas or oil, an on-
line condition monitoring system for early detection of irregularities and periodical status reporting may
become mandatory in the future.
10.1.6 Future drivers
In addition to the above shown drivers new drivers may arise, increasing the value for implementation
of condition monitoring functionality into transmission and distribution systems.
145
10.2 Standardization for Condition Monitoring
A key factor for any successful future development in the field of on-line Condition Monitoring (CM) will
be a common language and understanding in the discussion of CM, requiring;
CM function terminology, naming and clarity of scope
Technical specification for parameters of primary devices monitored
Rules for comparable interpretation as well as presentation of the outcome
Only with increased opportunity to exchange experience and knowledge among the users and
between users and providers of CM systems will increased momentum in learning cycles in this field.
Therefore intensive work in international committees like CIGRE and IEC is needed to establish the
base for an information exchange platform beyond the present exchange of information on unusual
events between small numbers of users or manufacturers.
A good example of applying a standard to output for CM purposes would be in the case of dissolved
gas analysis results from on-line oil sampling devices and also from oil laboratories where this
information is input into CM applications. The analysis from either of these applications is often
presented in different orders in datasets e.g. Hydrogen, Moisture, Ethylene or Moisture, Hydrogen,
Ethylene. For the purpose of standardisation it would be of value to specify a standard order of result
data from such analysis the same and as a result simplifying the ability for a wider range CM data
analysis for interpretation and for decision making.
10.3 General technical requirements for future CM systems
10.3.1 CM hardware
Equipment Monitoring
One of the biggest concerns regarding condition monitoring is the mismatch in the lifetime of CM
devices compared to that of the primary equipment monitored. The life of CM equipment generally
available in industry does not typically compare with the expected lifetime of transformers, circuit
breakers or other primary equipment being monitored.
Up to now the specifications for CM devices are not standardised and PCs and other programmable
devices from other industries are used for CM application. When CM becomes more accepted in the
industry, similar to protection systems, it will become possible for manufacturers to provide a hardware
solution with the same quality as a protection relay. Just as substation engineers refer to numbers 86,
51, etc. it will be normal to refer to CM devices in the same manner.
Missing communication to HV devices and difficulties in sending certain sensor data over long
distance leads to the installation of computation capability adjacent to the primary HV device in the
field. For such installations the reference it is not generally feasible to achieve similar levels of Mean
Time Between Failure (MTBF) as is evident for the associated primary equipment. With improved
communication, especially in new or retrofitted substations, installation of the CM devices at the same
level as the other Control and Protection (C&P) hardware becomes possible bringing the CM devices
into a surrounding where the MTBF is on a level which can be achieved.
There are other numerical systems installed in substations similar to protection relays, meters or bay
controllers, all now well accepted, and achieving reliability of the same order as C&P devices. As
confirmed by the results of the Questionnaire CM hardware has reached the expected levels of
availability and reliability in the meantime and CM products based on substation-hardened electronic
modules change the impression given by the first attempts to collect experience in condition
monitoring.
146
With more and more CM functions running on the same electronic modules as those for control and
protection users will become accustomed to see condition monitoring as an additional sub-function in
the control and protection hardware on bay and substation level as shown in figure 10.2.
With all similarities to the other C&P devices we should not overlook one defining difference of CM
equipment and address it correctly right from the start. For CM the long-term availability of the
condition finger-print established at the time of commissioning together with access to historical data
is vital information needed when it comes near the end of life of the primary device monitored. Long-
term data management and data archive functionality is needed in an open standard to provide the
historical data for new CM devices as soon as upgrade, migration or replacement of hard and software
is needed.
Network monitoring
Most of the concerns mentioned for equipment monitoring above are already solved for network
monitoring devices. The hardware (i.e. digital relays and their accessories, digital substation and
dispatch centre control systems, LAN and WAN) used for network asset monitoring is independent
from HV equipment itself and its life time is already professionally managed. The key issue thus does
not represent the hardware itself but consistently standardised designation of data collected from all
different network places and the data linking to the company asset inventory data base. The software
modules of the network monitoring can run at the station as well as at network levels (refer to Figure
10.2) however the central network level will give an overview of all assets conditions and enable their
common ranking.
10.3.2 Continuity of CM data
Many of the CM products available in the market are proprietary solutions specially designed to suit a
particular utility or manufacturer. Often such solutions disappear from the market after a few years and
new solutions take their place. This is contrary to the needs of CM where long-term and medium-term
tendencies of parameters in relation to the first value collected for the new device monitored is
essential information when evaluating the aging process of the primary device. For future CM solution
therefore continuity over the whole lifetime of primary devices (30 50, [or even 60 and above]
years) is needed at least for the kind of parameters collected and how the users will process them for
further evaluation.
Network monitoring
In contrast to the hardware issues of traditional equipment monitoring, continuity of CM data in

network asset monitoring systems does not represent such a problem. Similar to the issues in the
Chapters above, the key issue is a consistently standardised designation of data collected from all
different network places, and the data linking to the company asset inventory data base in companys
enterprise system. If any database changes the old data has to be transferred into the new system.
10.3.3 CM as an integral part of digital control and protection systems
Most existing users have decided to implement CM as a stand-alone system to avoid any unwanted
side effects to the proven control and protection systems including communication and SCADA. Cost
reasons will force development of increased CM functionality as an integral function of digital control,
protection and SCADA systems (refer to Figure 10.2). Therefore the needs for CM systems should be
integrated into the specifications of future control and protection systems, future communication
standards and engineering tools. Conversely any development in the sensors and measuring devices
driven by protection will in future also influence CM systems.
147
Network condition monitoring already uses the digital control and protection systems for provision of
information about the asset. In the network condition monitoring the raw data is processed together
with information from other sources as far as available into the asset condition information.
Communication of data for network asset monitoring systems will use the already existing LAN and
WAN-structures and their protocols. Data processing will be based on data regular transfer from input
databases either directly or for example via txt table and standard SCADA communication.
Control Centre
Station Control
NETWORK
C&P panels
STATION
BAY
EQUIPMENT
SWITCH CB CT / VT ..other
CABLE TRANS- OHL

FORMER
Fig. 10.2 Basic system structure (CM can be part of each level)
10.3.4 Description of detailed functionality
Key words in use in projects today such as CB monitoring or Transformer monitoring do not
adequately define the range of functionality covered by the CM system installed exactly. Based on
such imprecise catchwords alone it will not be possible to carry out an arguable evaluation of 2
systems. In future it should become possible to describe the functionality of CM systems by detailed
listing of standard functions. A CM function offered under a certain name (refer to Figure 10.3) should
always use the same parameters and deliver comparable results independently whoever is the
manufacturer and wherever the function is running (within the equipment monitored or on an IED at
field level or even in a control centre).
148
Fig. 10.3 Definition of functions
Network Monitoring
Fig. 10.4 Network asset monitoring data collection scheme
149
Fig.10.5 Network asset monitoring functionalities scheme
The treatment of data and its conversion into information in network monitoring systems may be made
in one central server (refer to Figure 10.4). The data shall have the same validity. The functionalities
are thus the same for all assets covered by the system and provide always comparable results.
Moreover these systems are able to offer much more functionalities than only information about one
specific equipment service status. Their view is much wider and will enable ranking and risk
management of all assets of a specific kind, determination of limit loads in the network and many more
specialized tasks (refer to Figure 10.5)
10.3.5 User guide for CM-functions
There is a wide range of operating conditions in the substation monitored and different parties in the
CM users organization are interested in the CM results in different ways. Examples for CM tasks with
different features are;
Access to temporary overload capacity of primary systems to overcome short-term
disturbances in the transmission and distribution network without trip
Better use of investments by operation of even over-aged equipment for a certain time with
limited risk by close monitoring
Optimization of maintenance strategy from time based to condition based with reduced
maintenance efforts. Further any avoided opening of sealed primary equipment will help in
availability and life-time
Future CM systems will become more technically complex or more specialized. For both cases,
guidance for users will be needed as well as centralized uniform display of the results.
150
10.3.6 Significance of results of CM-functions
Extensive collection of device and system parameters will result in a glut of data difficult to analyse
and certainly significant information may be missed. Pre-processing and pre-selection functions are
needed to show each user (e.g. via pre-selection by user groups) only those pieces of information
needed in a way easy to catch. Detailed analysing and further fact-finding should be available by dial-
in functions. Nevertheless raw-data should be kept as far as possible to allow processing and
analysing of stored data in case an update of knowledge SW-modules will become available with
improved possibilities of fault finding.
10.4 Summary / Vision for future on-line Condition Monitoring
CM is already utilised as a matter of course in wide areas of the power industry and rapidly growing in
the areas of transmission and distribution networks. CM will become natural for future grids in the
same way as control and protection is today (refer to Figure 10.6)
Fig. 10.6 Picture showing Condition Monitoring as an integral part of a Future Grid approach
CM functions will become incorporated as options in control and protection systems sharing the raw
data collected by IEDs like protection relays, bay controllers or power quality recorders with condition
assessment applications. They will also provide reports and informative support to operators and the
maintenance staff at the station control centres or at central locations like load dispatch centres.
As IEDs become more sophisticated and increase in number, installation, interfacing and processing
of data from discrete sensors will become limited to selected parameters and primary devices only for
CM functions which have proven their added value.
An essential future topic will be the integration of environmental information such as weather data,
earthquakes, volcanoes and manually collected data from inspections, diagnostics and maintenance.
CM provides the lessons-learned platform for development of asset aging models (input to asset
management) for primary devices and systems.
151
Present efforts in CM installations and use show that the value and the potential to increase the
benefit from CM exist;
Future developments are expected in the areas of;
Hardware
Software and data analysis
Communication
Integration on a broader scale
Functionality
An increased use of CM solutions in the challenging and dynamic environment of future
smart networks is required and expected
Rapid CM development and improvement only when users freely share and exchange their
experiences, successes and failures
The future development of intelligent and integrated control and monitoring systems should increase
the use and importance of CM. As CM becomes more prevalent, improvements in hardware, sensors,
communication, device-related and network-related monitoring will result. CM is becoming more
important and is very supportive of the general trends in the transmission and distribution business;
Economic/business case justification of projects
The expected investment life of many infrastructure assets are being exceeded and
replacement is being postponed increasing the risk of sudden in-service failure
Floating load flow and distributed generation location
Growing deficit of employee operational experience
Network regulators are legislating rules that require higher reliability and reduce risk
Consumers starting to negotiate the quality of their power supply
Strict supervision and reporting of environmental critical elements
One concern regarding CM is the mismatch in the lifetime of CM devices and computer system
software generations compared to that of the primary equipment monitored. Furthermore, many CM
products are very proprietary solutions that when replaced with newer solutions require new
integration into the field and migration of the data already collected. Future developments should allow
continuity of data from CM over the power equipments lifetime and migration of the data between
system software generations with standard tools of the computer industry.
Future CM systems could become more complex or more specialized. For both cases, guidance from
different users will be needed as well as centralized uniform display of the results. Developments in
communication network, protocol and technologies (e.g. wireless, auxiliary supply carrier) are needed
to reach also existing locations of power equipment without communication link and to reduce the cost
of data transfer and processing, interface and integration. Standardisation and interoperability of CM
devices should be a goal of the utility industry.
Only with the possibility of exchanging experiences among and between users and providers of CM
systems will we realize the timely benefits of CM. Therefore intensive work in international committees
like CIGR and IEC is vital to fix the base for an experience exchange platform collecting more than
the seldom events of only one user or one manufacturer.
152
Chapter 11 Summary, Recommendations and Conclusions
In summarizing this Technical Brochure and the work of Working Group B3-12 it is worthwhile
reiterating our objective which is to investigate on-line condition monitoring technologies currently
available and to analyse the factors, including cost/financial, that a utility should consider when
determining the appropriate/optimum application and solution. The final goal is improved reliability and
availability of substation plant in short, to help utilities to obtain Value from on-line substation
condition monitoring (CM)
Working Group (WG) B3.12 produced an interim Report and Paper prior to the completion of this
Technical Brochure;
1. A Cigr WG Report [11.1] was published in the ELECTRA April 2010 edition as an
introduction to the work of WG B3.12 and its progress up to that date. It explained how the
Questionnaire was prepared and being analysed, and gave limited examples based on
respondents drivers and perceived Values of CM. It also introduced and explained the
format adopted for this Technical Brochure.
2. Mercier, Mackrell and Fantana presented the Paper Obtaining value from on-line substation
condition monitoring CIGR WG considerations [11.2] to the international Condition
Monitoring and Diagnosis Conference in Tokyo in September 2010. This gave an insight into
the concept of Value and an overview and introduction to this Technical Brochure.
11.1 Summary
The TB has been structured in such a way as to look at a series of questions. The Questionnaire
served as important supportive input for this and the relevant Chapters have been followed by an
overview of the utilities experience based on appropriate Questionnaire responses analysis. The
summary of each question is given in the following sections.
11.1.1 Present utilities challenges What are the asset life management problems/goals that
utilities are dealing with and would like to avoid/achieve? [Chapter 3]
Utilities are continuing to face new challenges and changing business drivers. Modern asset
management strategies and practices are developed to achieve optimal integrated technical and
economic solutions. CM can contribute to meeting operational and financial goals providing a
significant value to the management for;
Maintenance
Upgrade and capital investment decisions
Risk management and reduction
Environmental stewardship
11.1.2 Condition monitoring contribution to utilities solutions Can condition monitoring help
solve the problems/goals and if yes, how? [Chapter 4]
Condition monitoring can contribute and provide significant value for the management of;
Maintenance
Upgrading
Capital investment management including regulatory issues
Risk management and environmental friendly service
153
An analysis is provided of these four main areas from the CM contribution point of view, i.e. a
description is provided of different asset management parts and the way the individual CM parts can
help to solve their problems, goals and objectives.
From the Questionnaire responses it is evident that utilities are aware of CM value but they are still
looking for ways and methodologies to introduce CM effectively into their practices.
11.1.3 Economic justification for substation condition monitoring If monitoring can help, is it
economically effective? [Chapter 5]
Risk value matrix and economic evaluation of CM application is introduced. Earlier CIGR publications
are reviewed and point out differing approaches towards valuing and justifying CM investments
depending on the types of assets in question. The approach selected extends previous work and
covers a range of business and regulatory environments as well as a broader range of power
equipment types.
Whilst the survey results include an element of statistical uncertainty, some general trends are
evident. Whereas the installation and service cost for monitoring systems can be calculated nearly
exactly, a commonly agreed estimation of the benefits provided by CM systems are much more
difficult to establish. Estimation of costs avoided through the successful application of condition
monitoring is likely to provide the strongest justification for applying it. Credible calculation of the
reduction of consequential losses is a complicated probabilistic calculation dependent on good failure
data and various application factors including the;
Specific location in the network
Network configuration when the event happens
Type of load served
Type of assets monitored
These aspects are discussed more completely in subsequent Chapters of this document.
11.1.4 Sources of substation monitoring data What substation equipment data is readily
available and how can it be effectively utilized to assess equipment condition?
[Chapter 6]
Descriptions of main CM data sources that assess asset service condition including specialized
equipment monitors (e.g. power transformers monitors) and network monitoring devices (e.g. control
systems, fault recorders and protection relays) are provided in this section. Also included is a
description of the equipment and network monitoring devices and their reliability.
There are several devices available to monitor specific high-voltage equipment. They offer profound
information about the equipments state. In the absence of standards all of them are propriety stand-
alone solutions. Some utilities and manufacturers have developed tools for collecting information from
diverse sources and presenting it in a single application.
The idea of network monitoring is to use information that already exists in the network. A special
expert system collects information from fault recorders, protection and control devices and the ERP
system. This approach requires the collaboration of many departments of the organization. If it is
possible to bring all this information together the need for additional hardware can be reduced to a
minimum.
Because of the long lifetime and high reliability of high-voltage equipment the reliability of monitoring
devices needs special attention. Monitoring devices will probably need replacement before the
monitored equipment has reached its end-of-life. During replacement the continuity of the acquired
data must be guaranteed so that the CM history is not lost.
154
11.1.5 Management of substation monitoring data and evaluation schemes How do you
choose and manage available on-line data and how is value obtained? [Chapter 7]
As shown in Chapter 6 and Appendix 4 the sources for monitoring data are very different. Equipment
monitoring devices present data customized for specific equipment such as transformers, circuit-
breakers, GIS, etc. Many of these systems have their own database that collects data and use
proprietary software for data presentation and evaluation.
Further information is available from fault recorders, protective relays and control devices. For the
asset manager it is important to compress all this information into a clear overview and to connect it to
ERP systems. Today there are data connections to nearly every substation. For permanent
supervision all data must be analysed in its context. Some service providers and some distribution
companies developed software tools that collect information from different sources and combine the
information in a logical structure. These tools need interfaces to the various data sources.
Standardization of the data exchange would save much constantly repeated work. Use of the
Standards IEC 61850, and Common Information Model Standards IEC 61968 and IEC 61970, is one
approach to be recommended. Although there are many examples for the usage of IEC 61850 in
protection and control, the deployment for monitoring is still rare in practice. For the future you can
expect integration of the data collecting and presenting software into either the ERP system or the
process visualization software (SCADA). In either case in the future data will be available enterprise-
wide for everybody who needs the information for their specialised job function (control engineer,
asset manager, finance manager, or technicians)
11.1.6 Substation condition monitoring results management How do you organize and
translate the data resulting from condition monitoring into input for decision making?
[Chapter 8]
This Chapter deals with obtaining results from the data provided from CM devices, and how this data
is managed, e.g. by expert systems and/or substation and Control Centre staff to decide what action
to take.
The examples given show that the results from CM systems can be treated as either micro or macro.
Micro when associated for example with transformer monitoring, as these type of results give specific
information for individual pieces of equipment and are short term such as an overheating joint in a
transformer. The results can also be macro which are strategic and give provision of data such as a
family issue with one type of equipment or specific application of equipments.
Security of communication of data now becomes an important issue for users of fully integrated CM
systems. The examples given in this Chapter show that there are ways of managing the
communication issues whilst still maintaining the required level of data security.
CEPS have demonstrated that they have been able to fully integrate their CM systems whilst
maintaining the required level of security, for example, by using the TeKTerminal (PC located in the
substation connected to a central server via WAN and LAN). This type of application is not always
possible for all utilities where access onto control systems such as an IEMS (e.g. National Grid) is
prohibited and therefore requires other methods as demonstrated in this Chapter.
Having CM as an integrated function in the digital platform for protection, control and communication
will bring the following advantages;
- Common solutions for data security
- Similar operator interfaces for all digital applications
- Reduced training efforts
- Common maintenance, repair and migration strategies
155
- Possibility to use the same communication infrastructure for all systems
- Common data archiving medias and strategies
11.1.7 Present practice What experiences, good and bad, can be shared today? [Chapter 9]
Responses to the Questionnaire provided several clear insights into the installation of CM equipment.
Contrary to what many WG members were expecting to hear, CM devices reliability is perceived to be
in line with expectations. CM devices reliability is generally lower than that of utility power equipment;
however the users of CM have reported acceptable reliability, and expect and/or plan to increase its
adoption rate, albeit slowly over the next 5 years.
Utility power equipment is clearly extremely reliable, however additional future reliability improvements
in the power equipment are not expected to reduce the demand on CM equipment. Most respondents
believe that there should not be any reason to decrease the use of CM because of this increasing
reliability of primary plant.
Practical applications and case studies are documented; they are all real studies which the various
user groups have offered to share with those interested in obtaining value from CM. It is hoped that
some of these will be useful for all interest groups, if not directly applicable they show how each user
has realised their own needs, and put in systems to obtain value in their particular case. The nine case
studies all have a common structure and cover the following considerations; situation before, problems
that necessitated the actions and how CM helped (what/why/how/where), costs, values obtained, on-
going additions/ modifications/installations, bottle-necks, good/bad experience and ideas worthy of
sharing.
11.2 Recommendations
General recommendations are included within each of the Chapters, picking out the best practices
from the WGs expert opinions and those identified from analysis of the Questionnaire. Chapter 10
was specifically aimed at future developments and what is required in the future.
11.2.1 Future development Are there developments progressing, or required in the future,
that increase the value of on-line condition monitoring? [Chapter 10]
On-line condition monitoring (CM) is already utilised as a matter of course in wide areas of the power
industry and rapidly growing in the areas of transmission and distribution networks. CM will become
natural for future grids in the same way as control and protection is today.
CM functions will become incorporated as options in control and protection systems sharing the raw
data collected by IEDs like protection relays, bay controllers or power quality recorders with condition
assessment applications. They will also provide reports and informative support to operators and the
maintenance staff at the station control centres or at central locations like load dispatch centres.
As IEDs become more sophisticated and increase in number, installation, interfacing and processing
of data from discrete sensors will become limited to selected parameters and primary devices only for
CM functions which have proven their added value.
An essential future topic will be the integration of environmental information such as weather data,
earthquakes, volcanoes and manually collected data from inspections, diagnostics and maintenance.
CM provides the lessons-learned platform for development of asset aging models (input to asset
management) for primary devices and systems.
Present efforts in CM installations and use show that the value and the potential to increase the
benefit from CM exist;
156
Future developments are expected in the areas of;
Hardware
Software and data analysis
Communication
Integration on a broader scale
Functionality
An increased use of CM solutions in the challenging and dynamic environment of future
smart networks is required and expected
Rapid CM development and improvement only when users freely share and exchange their
experiences, successes and failures
The future development of intelligent and integrated control and monitoring systems should increase
the use and importance of CM. As CM becomes more prevalent, improvements in hardware, sensors,
communication, device-related and network-related monitoring will result. CM is becoming more
important and is very supportive of the general trends in the transmission and distribution business;
Economic/business case justification of projects
The expected investment life of many infrastructure assets are being exceeded and
replacement is being postponed increasing the risk of sudden in-service failure
Floating load flow and distributed generation location
Growing deficit of employee operational experience
Network regulators are legislating rules that require higher reliability and reduce risk
Consumers starting to negotiate the quality of their power supply
Strict supervision and reporting of environmental critical elements
One concern regarding CM is the mismatch in the lifetime of CM devices and computer system
software generations compared to that of the primary equipment monitored. Furthermore, many CM
products are very proprietary solutions that when replaced with newer solutions require new
integration into the field and migration of the data already collected. Future developments should allow
continuity of data from CM over the power equipments lifetime and migration of the data between
system software generations with standard tools of the computer industry.
Future CM systems could become more complex or more specialized. For both cases, guidance from
different users will be needed as well as centralized uniform display of the results. Developments in
communication network, protocol and technologies (e.g. wireless, auxiliary supply carrier) are needed
to reach also existing locations of power equipment without communication link and to reduce the cost
of data transfer and processing, interface and integration. Standardisation and interoperability of CM
devices should be a goal of the utility industry.
Only with the possibility of exchanging experiences among and between users and providers of CM
systems will we realize the timely benefits of CM. Therefore intensive work in international committees
like CIGR and IEC is vital to fix the base for an experience exchange platform collecting more than
the seldom events of only one user or one manufacturer.
11.2.2 Monetized Value items
Chapter 5 discusses and explains the economic justification of substation CM. It is aimed at utilities
requiring a complete quantitative business case analysis, the norm of major utilities today. It is
necessary in the analysis to show that the savings are greater than the expense of implementing the
CM system. For such a business case analysis, it is necessary that the risk-based analysis be
monetized. The ideal quantitative methods are described in Chapter 4 and in for example Cigr
Technical Brochure 167 [11.3] and other references cited in Chapter 5. The demands on utility
managers for quantitative cost justification have been steadily increasing and in this Technical
Brochure we have sought to contribute positively to improving the quality of business case analyses
as applicable to the economic justification of CM.
157
Asserting that some values cannot be monetized because the connection between consequences and
cost is not obvious is in many cases an excuse rather than a valid reason. It requires work, in some
cases a considerable effort, to gather the data however in most cases it can be done, and it has been
done, and it is worth doing. The sources for the data may be indirect (for example insurance costs,
claims, judgments and pay-outs for safety related impacts, or fines and clean-up costs for
environmental impacts, etc.) however in most cases this data can be found. By documenting the
results and the sources of the data, the utility obtains the credibility that is necessary in building a risk-
based business case. In other words you will have done your homework, and your business case will
withstand the scrutiny of senior managers, stakeholders and regulators.
There should always be ways to monetise a range of risks, either directly or indirectly (avoidance costs
for example). The risk training and experience of several experts in the WG concludes that there must
be a monetary cost for risk. There is one argument that if we are unable to assign a cost to risk, then it
is not a valid risk. If organisations need to commit funds prudently, we should (as engineers and
managers) make every effort to determine the cost of risk in managing these assets. This is applicable
to all assets including CM. This is the essence behind the reasoning of Chapter 5.
Whilst the ideal and recommended situation is to monetize risks it is not always easy, some utilities
have access to more precise data than others, and some find it easier than others. The challenge is
caused by a desire to be precise and that many times this leads to models that imply a much higher
degree of precision than they need, some utilities manage to show a range of risk. If we define Risk as
(Impact or Consequence) x (Probability) then we must not only use confidence intervals for probability
but also a range of monetary impact/consequences. When the range of estimated benefits clearly
exceeds the costs, CM is justifiable.
11.2.3 Items to consider in instances when a utility cannot fully cost all the Values
For many major utilities, a full economic assessment is imperative, for others it is desirable or maybe
just the most persuasive tool available. The ideal and the recommended route is to follow Chapter 5,
and assign monetary values to all the items.
However it is recognised that there are utilities that genuinely cannot produce all the monetized data to
complete the full economic justification. Many utilities will not be able to do this fully, some more so
than others. The WG has produced a suggested Value Matrix Tool which is designed to help where
monetized values and risks are not calculable. It is a technique that enables comparison of risk using
non-monetary analysis for the value items that the utility cannot quantify. An example of a Value
Matrix is described and shown in Appendix 5.
It must be stressed that if it can be monetized, it should be monetized. However, an example of an

item that is very difficult to add monetary values to is in the case of a Regulator where there has been
little past history in levels of fines for not meeting certain standards. Many times where this has
happened they have not been consistent. Similarly for environmental spills, where there is little history,
if yours is a one-off there is little punishment, however if yours occurs a week after another Companys
then you are hit with punitive costs in order to show how tough the Regulator is, even if yours was
smaller.
Consider a fatality, some utilities equate a human life with a monetized value, only if you do give a
human life a value can you properly calculate the costing. Others consider this risk in non-monetized
terms.
For each new project, the same expert team performing the monetized analysis could also use this
new tool in order to put a number to the values. If necessary, instead of using 2 numbers (money and
value) to make their decision, they could use an equation of their own to convert the resulting value
number to money and include it in their monetizing tool. This approach is flexible and can be applied
as necessary to any utility where required. It is thought that even if experts are using a monetizing tool
that some numbers are still subjective.
158
These Values and degrees-of-Values in the Value Matrix tool are a visual summing up of the points
already made in the various Chapters.
It must be emphasised that this is only one example of a Value Matrix Tool, each user would be
expected to construct their own tool using this as an example of what items to consider.
However on the positive side, the tool is potentially useful as an approximate method for ranking of a
range of options for CM, but not for full quantitative justification of investments in CM. The tool is
relatively easy to use as it simply requires the user to plug in the several weighting factors for
likelihood and consequences.
Finally, this Value Matrix tool is also a good aide memoire for all the Value items that require to be
considered in a full monetized solution, Fig. App.5.1 (3 pages) gives a comprehensive list of Values
that need to be considered, and summarises the Values obtained from on-line substation condition
monitoring.
Working Group B3-12 trusts that, in this Technical Brochure, we have given the reader full and
detailed methods of obtaining Value from on-line condition monitoring applicable to the various and
individual requirements of all utilities and interest groups.
[11.1] Cigr WG B3.12 Report Obtaining value from on-line substation condition monitoring
ELECTRA April 2010
[11.2] Mercier, Mackrell and Fantana Obtaining value from on-line substation condition
monitoring CIGR WG considerations CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[11.3] CIGR Working Group 13.09. User Guide for the Application of Monitoring and
Diagnostic Techniques for Switching Devices for Voltage ratings of 72.5 kV and Above
Technical Brochure 167 August 2000
Acknowledgment
WG B3-12 acknowledges and thanks all the Companies of the Members, Corresponding Members
and Ex-Contributing Members that have allowed their engineers time, travel and encouragement to
produce this Technical Brochure.
159
Appendix 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations
The following meanings are applicable to the Acronyms and Abbreviations used throughout the
Technical Brochure, and their full names are as detailed in the table below.
Meaning of Acronyms and Abbreviations as used throughout this Technical

Brochure
ACM Automatic Centralized Monitoring name of the whole IT system
AIS Air Insulated Switchgear
AM Asset Management
AO Asset Optimization one of the Smart Grid fundamental pillars
AQ Manufacturers type designation AQ
AR Auto-Reclose or Auto-Reclosing
AROPO Expert system SW name AROPO
B Benefit
BCA Benefit Cost Analysis
BCR Benefit Cost Ratio
B-SW Expert system SW name B-SW
C Close
CAPEX CAPital Expenditure
CB Circuit Breaker
CBA Cost Benefit Analysis
CBM Condition Based Maintenance
CEPS The Company CEPS, a.s. the Czech TSO company
CBRM Condition Based Risk Management
.CFG (or .cfg) File type ending of file name Comtrade FilinG
CH4 Methane
C2H2 Acetylene
C2H4 Ethylene
160
Brochure continued
CIMS Common Interface Management System
CM or OCM Condition Monitoring, or On-Line Condition Monitoring
CMS Condition Monitoring System
CO or C-O Close followed by Open circuit breaker sequence Close/Open Close-Open
CS Control System
CVT Capacitive Voltage Transformer
CZK Czech Koruna (K, Czech Crown money)
D Importance Index
.DAT (or .dat) File type ending of file name DATa file
DB Data-Base
DC Dispatch Centre
DCCS Dispatch Centre Control System
DFR (or FR) Digital Fault Recorder (or Fault Recorder)
DGA Dissolved Gas Analysis
DS DiSconnector or Disconnector Switch
DSO Distribution System Operator
E Efficiency
EA Economical Aspect
eADA Expert system SW name eADA
EDF The Company lectricit De France TSO for France
EFR Explosive Failure Rate
ER Evidential Reasoning
ERC Explosive Repair Cost
ERT Explosive Repair Time
ELF-SL Manufacturers type designation ELF-SL
EQ Equipment
ERM Enterprise Risk Management
161
Brochure continued
ERP EnteRPrise Software
ES Earth(ing) Switch or Ground(ing) Switch
eSADA Expert system SW name eSADA
FACTS Flexible Alternating Current Transmission System
FBM Frequency Based Maintenance
FEROR Expert system SW name FEROR
FMECA Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis
FO Fibre Optic
FR (or DFR) Fault Recorder (or Digital Fault Recorder)
GBP Great Britain Pounds (Pounds Sterling money)
GIS Gas Insulated Switchgear
GSSE Generic Sub-Station Equipment
H Health Index
HIS Highly Integrated Switchgear
HMI Human Machine Interface
HV High Voltage (taken to be Transmission voltage)
HVDC High Voltage Direct Current
IED Intelligent Electronic Device
IEE Institution of Electrical Engineers (now IET) UK based
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers USA based
IET Institution of Engineering and Technology (was IEE) UK based
IND-Ex A specific Database
IRR Internal Rate of Return
IP Installation Place
IS Information System
IS&IT Information System and Information Technology
162
Brochure - continued
ISCM Integrated Substation Condition Monitoring
IT Information Technology
KPI Key Performance Indicators
LAN Local Area Network
LCC Life Cycle Cost
LDL Lower Detection Limit
LOC Lost Opportunity Costs
LOV Lost Opportunity Value
Ma Major (failure)
MAXIMO A type of Enterprise Software - MAXIMO
mfr minor failure rate
MFR Major Failure Rate
Mi Minor (failure)
mrc minor repair cost
MRC Major Repair Cost
mrt minor repair time
MRT Major Repair Time
MV Medium Voltage (taken to be Distribution)
NARAZ Expert system SW name - NARAZ
NB Net Benefit
NEC New Equipment Cost
NG The Company National Grid TSO for England and Wales
NPV Net Present Value
O Open
OC or O-C Open followed by Close circuit breaker sequence Open/ Close Open-Close
OCM or CM On-Line Condition Monitoring, or Condition Monitoring
OHL OverHead Line
163
OPEX OPerating EXpenditure
P&C Protection and Control
Pc Percentage of the cost
PC Personal Computer
PCS Protection and Control System (also referred to as SAS)
Pd Probability to detect a failure
PD Partial Discharge
.PDF (or .pdf) File type ending of file name Preferred Document Format file
PETAN Name of AROPA SW module (voltage transformer) - PETAN
PFM Performance Focused Maintenance
POC Planned Outage Cost
PPM Parts Per Million
PR Public Relations
PREP Name of AROPA SW module (overvoltage) - PREP
PRUR Name of AROPA SW module (re-strike) - PRUR
PT Power Transformer
PV Present Value
PVB Present Value of Benefits
PVC Present Value of Costs
Q Question number - refers to the Questionnaire
QMCAS Expert system SW name
R Risk Index
R&D Research and Development
RBM Risk Based Maintenance
RBP Risk Based Planning
RCM Reliability Centred Maintenance
RCAM Reliability Centred Asset Management
164
REE The Company Red Elctrica de Espaa - TSO in Spain
REGOL Expert system SW name REGOL
ROI Return On Investment
S1 Manufacturers type designation
SA Surge Arrester
SAM Smart Asset Management System applicable to National Grid in the UK
SAP Name of Enterprise Software - SAP
SAP R/3 PM Name of Enterprise Software module SAP R/3 PM
SAS Substation Automation System (also referred to as PCS)
SCADA Substation Control And Data Acquisition
SF6 Sulphur Hexa(6)Fluoride gas
SG Smart Grid
SQL DB and language name Structured Query Language
S/S Sub-Station
SVC Static VAR Compensator
SW SoftWare
T Transformer or Time depending on context
TA Technical Aspect
TB Cigr Technical Brochure
TBM Time Based Maintenance
TCO Total Cost of Ownership
TOV Temporary OverVoltage
TRIS Expert system SW name
TSO Transmission System Operator
.TXT File type - ending of file name - TeXT file
u An assumed cost Unit, used for relative costing
UOC Unplanned Outage Cost
165
VCB Vacuum Circuit Breaker
VFT Variable Frequency Transformer
VPROUD Name of AROPA SW module (switched off current) - VPROUD
VSV Manufacturers type designation
VT Voltage Transformer
WAN Wide Area Network
WG A Cigr Working Group
ZKRAT Name of AROPA SW module (short circuit) - ZKRAT
166
Appendix 2 Condition Monitoring Equipment
There are a large amount of individual condition monitoring (CM) devices available for substations,
this Appendix lists some of these and points to references highlighting these devices. It is not the aim
of this Technical Brochure to give a definitive list of devices, full reference list or library of Papers,
however many Cigr Working Groups have previously advised on CM that are relevant to obtaining
value. These, and a number of Papers from other sources, are particularly worth documenting for
further reading.
App.2.1 Transformers and Reactors
Transformers are the most popular primary equipment for condition monitoring, due to their costs and
time to replace, and a variety of Papers discuss transformer monitoring. Because of the similarity
between transformers and reactors, most of the techniques and devices referred to as applicable to
transformers are equally applicable to reactors.
A report by Higgins [App.2.1] considers the difference on-line condition monitoring could have made to
the history of transformer failures if four techniques addressed in the Paper had been employed on the
th
ESB transformers during the last 40 years of the 20 century.
Sokolov, Berler & Rashkes [App.2.2] describes the application of monitoring to allow corrective action
to be applied to a defective transformer, and prevent catastrophic failures. Although difficult to obtain
overall failure statistics the Paper does quote causes of power transformer failures in 1996-97 (above
100MVA) as 35-45% related to bushings; 16-9% to on-load tap changers; 9-17% to major insulation
failure; 16-12% to winding (turn, coil) aging; 12-10% to winding distortion; 7% to core; 5% to leads and
that 70% of these failures occurred after 20 years of service.
McGrail & Lapworth [App.2.3] state that when a fault occurs in a transformer, it can develop
catastrophically, and failures are usually very expensive and/or completely uneconomic to repair. This
results in the loss of what is probably the most expensive capital asset in the substation, often with
collateral damage. Failures invariably involve extended unplanned outages, and possible costs as a
result of consequential limits in transmission transfer capacity (until a repair or replacement can be
effected) can also be severe. They conclude that, despite the generally good reliability of transformers,
some form of condition monitoring is justified, but this has to be appropriate to the probability and
possible consequences of failure.
Cigr Technical Brochure No.227 [App.2.4] describes using the existing body of knowledge and
technologies, and looking into the future, to develop guidelines with the objective to manage the life of
transformers, to reduce failures, and to extend the life of transformers in order to produce a reliable
and cost effective supply of electricity. It is necessary to employ some form of monitoring to first
determine what the actual condition of the transformer is. A summary of models is listed that can be
used for transformers to determine the condition of the transformer in terms of;
- Load current
- Apparent power
- Winding temperature
- Insulation aging
- Cooling control
- Cooling efficiency
- Moisture and bubbling
- OLTC temperature
167
- OLTC motor torque
- Dynamic loading
A number of Cigr Technical Brochures dealing with transformer condition monitoring have been
produced. Cigr TB 254 [App.2.5] primarily deals with diagnostics as a precursor to the development
of on-line condition monitoring devices, whereas Cigr TB 296 [App.2.6] describes traditional
laboratory testing techniques that are gradually being introduced into on-line condition monitoring
equipment, in other words putting the DGA laboratory-type devices onto the transformer. Cigr TB 298
[App.2.7] discusses which key parameters are needed to monitor a transformer, and what to do with
the data collected. Cigr TB 343 [App.2.8] is one of the latest documents and describes in detail all
aspects of transformer monitoring.
A further document from Cigr WG A2-27 [App.2.9] was still at the draft stage when this TB was ready
for publication, it will form the basis of a specification for the sensors and facilities that are necessary
or desirable to have on a transformer to allow most, if not all, condition monitoring systems to be
applied. Also Cigr WG B5-37 [App.2.10] was still at the draft stage, it is due to report on protection,
control and monitoring of shunt reactors.
Condition monitoring is normally thought of as determining the condition in normal running mode,
however there are also instances where it is desirable to over-run the asset for operational reasons. In
addressing the question How does on-line monitoring alleviate risk associated with overloading? the
Paper by Chenier & Aubin [App.2.11] considers a cost-benefit analysis approach that goes beyond the
normal running mode.
Aubin, Bourgault, Rajotte & Gervais [App.2.12] also considers the difficult undertaking of cost-benefit
analysis of transformer monitoring. It lists a number of key Values some able to be financially
quantifiable, and many that are not.
A Paper by Haacke, Border, Stevens & Uluski [App.2.13] describes calculation, results, assessment of
benefits, and action taken when planning ahead for substation automation. Noticeably, on-line
monitoring of power transformers came out as an important topic and it was concluded that it was
being implemented in several substations at the planning stage.
Economic justification methods for the introduction of monitoring systems for the transmission utility
ElectraNet SA, Australia were described by Krieg [App.2.14]. This was supplemented by Papers on
ElectraNets experience with on-line condition monitoring of transformers and bushings by Krieg
[App.2.15] and also by Krieg & Napolitano [App.2.16]. A set of Case Studies for a range of
transformers is given by Flynn [App.2.17], and it is also particularly helpful in summarising the models
for the various parts of a transformer that can be monitored.
A recent Paper by Rajotte, Cr, Girard, Guay, Landreville and Picher [App.2.18] describes a project
by Hydro-Qubec Transnergie (HQT) called IMAGINE (Implantation de la Maintenance Automatise
et Gestion des Informations Numriques des quipements) to improve equipment maintenance and
project efficiency. Initially it has prioritized transformers together with on-load tap changing equipment
(OLTC) and bushings.
Much has been written about IEC 61850 in protection and control, however it is now beginning to
embrace condition monitoring, and this will become much more prevalent. A Paper by Schaeffler,
Bauer, Fischer, Gebhardt, Glock, Hoga, Kutzner, Nolte, Steingraeber, Steinhauser, Stirl, & Viereck
[App.2.19] covers the required extension to IEC 61850 to primary plant monitoring equipment. It gives
specific examples for transformers, load (on-load) tap changers, and circuit breaker monitoring.
Several recent Papers show that transformers are still the most popular equipment when considering
condition monitoring, and highlight on-going developments. The Paper A case study on condition
monitoring of power transformers [App.2.20] gives details of PD, DGA and vibration measurements
applicable to a suspect transformer. Paper [App.2.21] reviews condition based maintenance of On
168
Load Tap Changers (OLTC), and states that up to 40% of transformer catastrophic failures have their
origin in the OLTC.
A short survey of condition monitoring in power transformers in New Zealand is given in Paper
[App.2.22] which states that the average age of power transformers in NZ is nearly 40 years. The on-
line condition monitoring is used to prolong the in service life. Temperature sensing within
transformers has been used for some years using thermocouples, a Paper [App.2.23] by Kim, Kong,
Lee, Song and Lee describes temperature sensor systems using optical fibre sensors.
The Paper Multi-parameters condition assessment based on integrated condition monitoring system
for power transformers [App.2.24] assesses transformer parameters including partial discharge (PD),
radio-frequency PD, and ultra-high frequency PD, iron-core grounding currents, oil temperatures, etc.
in addition to DGA. A Paper An efficient integrated approach to power transformer condition
assessment [App.2.25] presents an integrated approach based on fuzzy logic and evidential
reasoning for condition assessments.
Failure statistics and condition assessment of power transformer for Condition-Based Maintenance
[App.2.26] gives some interesting percentage comparison Weighting Factors for the failure rates of
various components of power transformers, together with a relative breakdown of failures. Ding,
Heywood, Lapworth, Ryder and Wilson [App.2.27] presents a critical perspective on condition
monitoring and end-of-life assessment of old power transformer populations.
App.2.2 Bushings
Many transformer faults were actually bushing faults on the transformers, reference [App.2.2] putting it
as high as 35-45%. A Paper by Picher, Rajotte & Nguyen [App.2.28] describes the experience on
bushings of transformers up to 735kV. It reproduces pictures of the catastrophic fire caused by a
bushing failure (see picture in Chapter 1 Fig. 1.2) and reasons that monitoring of bushings is just as
important as monitoring the body of the transformer. The effects of a failure for both can be just as
spectacular, dangerous, catastrophic and costly.
Experience with on-line condition monitoring of bushings and transformers is described by Krieg
[App.2.15] in the transmission utility ElectraNet SA, and by Rajotte, Cr, Girard, Guay, Landreville
and Picher [App.2.18] in Hydro-Qubec Transnergie.
App.2.3 Circuit Breakers (CB) and other switching devices
As indicated above with transformers the load (on-load) tap-changer, because it has moving parts, has
a relatively high failure rate. Similarly the substation circuit breakers (CB) are also subject to wear and
tear, although in a transmission substation, except for the CB associated with capacitor bank
switching, it can be much less than in an industrial or generation substation where several operations
can take place daily.
It has long been realised that if monitoring were introduced it could change the pattern and
requirement for time based maintenance. McIlroy, Richey & Watson [App.2.29] describes an early
introduction of types of monitoring with the object of reducing maintenance expenditure whilst
increasing circuit breaker reliability.
Paper [App.2.30] by Sanchis describes the calculation used by EDF to determine the global cost of a
circuit breaker fitted with on-line monitoring and compares it with a stand-alone no-monitoring circuit
breaker. It also compares the limited expenditure that can be gained from reduced maintenance
activity to extra costs associated with avoided destructive failure. It concludes that only inexpensive
169
monitoring devices bring cost saving when outages costs are relatively low, but that sophisticated
system are worth implementing when outage costs are high
Cigr produced a major document giving guidelines for the application of monitoring and diagnostic
techniques to all switching equipment of 72.5kV rating and above. Cigr Technical Brochure No.167
[App.2.31] specifically refers to HV circuit breakers (oil, air blast and SF6) however it also includes
disconnectors and earthing switches. It stated in 2000 that condition monitoring and diagnostic
techniques were playing an increasing part of moving pre-determined interval based maintenance
towards predictive, or condition based maintenance. At the time it foresaw, that with increasing
computer science, this trend would rapidly accelerate, a fact that we are now seeing borne out in
practice.
An article by Wachal [App.2.32] describes a three-year study into testing of sensors on a specially
operated and monitored 240kV SF6 circuit breaker in Canada. Reference [App.2.33] evaluates the
same study and the on-line monitoring technology applied.
The circuit breaker monitoring described by Lehmann, Zehnder & Chapman [App.2.34] refers to the
specific measuring of arcing time as important in determining the condition based maintenance criteria
for a CB. Arifianto and Wibisana [App.2.35] explains their reasons for progressing from circuit breaker
Time Based Maintenance, which had proved not to be significantly effective, to Condition Based
Maintenance.
Paper [App.2.36] describes the frequency spectrum of radiated electromagnetic pulses generated by
series arcs and corona discharges being analysed for the development of an on-line technique for
power equipment installed inside closed-(metal-clad)-switchgear.
Much has been written about IEC 61850 in protection and control, however it is now beginning to
embrace condition monitoring, and this will become much more prevalent. A Paper by Schaeffler,
Bauer, Fischer, Gebhardt, Glock, Hoga, Kutzner, Nolte, Steingraeber, Steinhauser, Stirl, & Viereck
[App.2.17] covers the required extension to IEC 61850 to primary plant monitoring equipment. It gives
specific examples for circuit breakers, transformers, and load (on-load) tap changer monitoring.
App.2.4 Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) and Lines (GIL)
These comments specifically refer to GIS, however because of the similarity they equally refer to GIL
within substations.
Gas and Partial Discharge monitoring is recommended at the specification stage for a GIS substation
in Cigr Technical Brochure No.125 User guide for the application of gas-insulated switchgear (GIS)
for rated voltages of 72.5 kV and above [App.2.37] A Paper by Neumann, Rusek & Balzer [App.2.38]
argues that adequate monitoring and diagnostic equipment could have detected 70% of GIS dielectric
failures.
Reference [App.2.39] deals with off-line monitoring, however it points to the earliest forms of on-line
monitoring. An Electra article [App.2.40] again deals with off-line testing, but in this case it is
interesting in that it gives failure rate statistics that are relevant in determining the benefits of on-line
monitoring.
Documented Cigr open discussions [App.2.41] describes many types of sensors used in GIS
applications. They are graded into;
Grade I. To be carried by an inspector
Grade II. Standard on-line diagnostic system
Grade III. Mobile high-precision diagnostic unit
Grade IV. High-precision on-line operation & maintenance support system
170
A further document, from Cigr WG A3-06, will be reporting an on international survey from 2004 to
2007 on HV equipment reliability. It was still at the draft stage when this TB was ready for publication.
A section of the publication will report on monitoring and diagnostics for GIS equipment, and give
details of in-depth feedback from utilities using GIS and their expectations for the future.
A two-level on-line monitoring system is described in a recent Paper [App.2.42] to reduce GIS
components failure. The low-level monitoring system gives an alarm if a detected signal exceeds the
norm, and a high-level system assesses the risk level of the measured signal and gives the
appropriate action to be taken.
App.2.5 Vacuum Circuit Breakers (VCB)
Although VCBs are classified above in general CBs, they are specific in that they are the only
equipment in substations that rely on vacuum as an insulation and current breaking medium. In the
past this tended to be in MV substations, however VCBs are now being introduced into HV
transmission substations and their relative importance has therefore increased. A Paper by Saito,
Matsui & Sakaki [App.2.43] describes an online vacuum monitor for VCBs, as does [App.2.44] which
illustrates a vacuum interrupter within an SF6 dead tank CB.
App.2.6 Partial Discharge
The general subject of partial discharge is usually covered in transformers, circuit breakers, GIS and
cables where the emphasis is on the primary equipment. There are times where PD is studied as a
separate subject, Cigr Technical Brochure No.297 [App.2.45] gives details of PD and location in
power cables. Although worth mentioning, cables themselves are not studied in Cigr as part of the
substation, being an independent study area within Cigr. At present these are still off-line techniques,
however research is on-going, and when these are brought on-line they will be integrated into the
substation CMS due to the cables terminating at the substations.
Okabe, Ichihara, Hayashida, Murase, Kashiwamura & Miyamotos Paper [App.2.46] describes some of
the earlier PD techniques. An up-to-date Paper [App.2.47] published by Davies from an R&D company
in 2010 shows the System Average Interruption Duration index for a Singapore Utility for 17 years.
The last 10 years improvement is attributed to the use of Condition Based Maintenance, primarily to
PD measurements. The Paper describes the on-going R&D being expended in order to further
improve the situation with Condition Based Risk Management (CBRM) as the driver.
App.2.7 Insulation
Monitoring of HV insulation is the specialized subject of Cigr Technical Brochure No.286 [App.2.48]
that lists the expectations for in-service/on-line monitoring and gives the general structure for such a
system. It primarily deals with monitoring of HV insulation, however it also gives a good overview of
the reasons for monitoring in general.
The Paper by Rezaei, Oskouee, Shariati, Agah & Rasti [App.2.49] describes a leakage current
monitoring device applied to determine the condition of pollution on insulators. Karady & Amarh in
IEEE reference [App.2.50] describes an analytical method that could be utilized for condition
monitoring of polluted insulators. The Paper Condition assessment of 150kV aged insulators
[App.2.51] summarises the pollutants on HV insulators. Paper [App.2.52] also describes an integrated
approach for monitoring of transformer insulation.
171
App.2.8 SF6 Quality
SF6 is used mainly in circuit breakers, and GIS switchgear, however it is also used in GIL and in some
types of transformers. The quality of the SF6 gas itself is paramount, both in the equipment, and whilst
re-using and re-filling, so it is classed as a subject in its own right. Wortelmann & Pilzecker [App.2.53]
considers SF6 quality control and Condition Based Maintenance (CBM) aspects. Although the majority
is classed as on-site quality control, the Paper states that on-line condition of the SF6 quality is also
possible.
App.2.9 Capacitive Voltage Transformer (CVT) & capacitive equipment
Generally there are no monitors on CVTs, however the electrical parameters, collected as part of the
SCADA can be used to determine the condition of the CVT. A Paper by Kopejtkov, Kopejtko &
Spurny [App.2.54] shows how the CEPS IT based CM system detected a developing fault in a 420kV
CVT.
On-line dielectric loss by optical fibre of HV capacitive equipment is described in a recent Paper by
Liu, Han, Wu, L and Wu [App.2.55]
App.2.10 Batteries
Desanti & Schweitz [App.2.56] describes a novel technique for monitoring the substation batteries in
Electricit de France (EDF) The reliability and dependability of substation batteries are very important
for protection, control, remote substation tripping, telecommunications and signalling equipment. The
economical criterion for those batteries is mainly the upfront capital costs and the operational costs
including maintenance, which is considerable in the 2,300 substations under operation in France itself.
EDF has developed an innovative system of battery condition monitoring that they call Stationary
Multibat
App.2.11 Relays (Protection & Control)
Federlein, Schnettler, Zickler & Schneider [App.2.57] refers to the increasing part played by secondary
equipment, protection and control, monitoring, self-supervising systems and a combination of these
devices, as an impact on asset management processes.
The large amount of monitoring information that is available in modern numerical protection relays is
described by Gal, Balasiu, Fagarasan & Moraru [App.2.58] and Mackrell & Herrmann [App.2.59], the
latter additionally describes the need to employ overall Life Cycle Costing in substations. A Paper by
Koch & Steynberg [App.2.60] also describes how this can be used for smart maintenance techniques.
Descriptive articles in relay manuals, such as that in reference [App.2.61], details the bespoke
monitoring of data from protection relays that can be used in conjunction with other condition
monitoring devices in an overall system.
172
App.2.12 HV Cables
There are a group of Papers [App.2.62], [App.2.63], [App.2.64] and [App.2.65] that describes testing at
the substation sealing ends without disconnecting the cables, using fixed PD sensors. However, as yet
the WG members are not aware of any on-line monitoring of insulation of cables, although this is
actively being pursued as an R&D goal by companies.
App.2.13 Other substation equipment
General substation equipment such as capacitor banks, surge arresters, instrument transformers are
mentioned in On-Line Condition Monitoring of substation power equipment utility needs a Report by
the Canadian Electricity Association [App.2.66]
A wireless on-line monitoring system of substation equipment is described in a Paper by Wang, Wu,
Wen, Du and Wang [App.2.67] It is claimed to have low cost and convenient construction without the
need to lay cables, and is a reliable communication mode.
General substation condition monitoring for Chinas high-speed railway substations was described in a
recent Paper [App.2.68] It refers to monitoring of the traction transformers, current/potential
transformers, transformer bushings, metal-oxide arresters and circuit breakers within the substations,
and also the pantograph catenary system outside the substation.
App.2.14 Progressing from individual equipment to looking at the complete

Substation & the concept of Smart Grid
This Technical Brochure recognizes that much work has already been completed for individual pieces
of substation equipment, however it goes beyond that to ascertain the overall value of on-line
condition monitoring throughout the complete substation. De Mesmaeker [App.2.69] discusses how
monitoring, in addition to protection and control, should be considered as part of the substation
system, and no longer considered to be an individual item of equipment.
Park, Kim and Lee [App.2.70] describes academic studies into CMD-based Smart Grid policies. A
Paper [App.2.71] entitled Current situation of condition monitoring and Smart Grid in China describes
the increasing level of intelligence and integration of information and automation technologies
applicable to condition monitoring and diagnostics (CMD). The CMD helps to speed the construction
of Smart Grid.
References for Appendix 2
[App.2.1] Higgins The difference on-line condition monitoring could have made ESB Report
2001
[App.2.2] Sokolov, Berler & Rashkes Effective methods of assessment of insulation system
conditions in power transformers: A view based on practical experience Not known
where presented
[App.2.3] McGrail & Lapworth Experience with transformer continuous monitoring systems
Doble Conference 1999
173
[App.2.4] Life management techniques for power transformers Cigr Technical Brochure No.227
[App.2.5] Dielectric response methods for diagnostics of power transformers Cigr Technical
Brochure No.254
[App.2.6] Recent developments on the interpretation of dissolved gas analysis in transformers

Cigr Technical Brochure No.296
[App.2.7] Guide on Transformer lifetime data management Cigr Technical Brochure No.298
[App.2.8] Recommendations for condition monitoring and condition assessment facilities for
transformers Cigr Technical Brochure No.343
[App.2.9] Recommendations for condition monitoring and condition assessment facilities for
transformers Still at the Draft stage from Cigr WG A2-27
[App.2.10] Protection, control and monitoring of shunt reactors Still at the Draft stage from Cigr
WG B5-37
[App.2.11] Chenier & Aubin Economic benefit and risk evaluation of power transformer
overloading IEEE 01-2001 Columbus, Ohio
[App.2.12] Aubin, Bourgault, Rajotte & Gervais Profitability assessment of transformer on-line
monitoring and periodic monitoring Not known where presented
[App.2.13] Haacke, Border, Stevens & Uluski Plan ahead for substation Automation IEEE Power
and Energy magazine Mar/Apr 2003
[App.2.14] Krieg Economic justification methods for the introduction of monitoring systems AVO
Technical Conference 04-2001 Methven
[App.2.15] Krieg On-line condition monitoring of transformers and bushings Not know where
presented
[App.2.16] Krieg & Napolitano Techniques and experience in on-line transformer condition
monitoring and fault diagnosis in ElectraNet SA Proceedings of PowerCon 2000, Perth,
WA, 12-2000
[App.2.17] Flynn Case studies regarding the integration of monitoring & diagnostic equipment on
aging transformers with communications for SCADA and maintenance DistribuTECH
Conference, Tampa, 2008
[App.2.18] Rajotte, Cr, Girard, Guay, Landreville and Picher Hydro-Qubec Transnergie
Imagine Project Application to transformer monitoring Cigr, Vancouver, Oct 2010
[App.2.19] Schaeffler, Bauer, Fischer, Gebhardt, Glock, Hoga, Kutzner, Nolte, Steingraeber,
Steinhauser, Stirl, & Viereck Process Communication in switchgear according to IEC
61850 Architectures and application examples Cigr Session B5 Paper 106 Paris
2008
[App.2.20] Ariastina, Giriantari, Solin and Yolanda A case study on condition monitoring of power
transformers CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.21] Arunachalam, Venkatasami, Anilkumar and Bhatia A review on the monitoring methods
for condition based maintenance of on load tap changer CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.22] Hettiwatte and Fonseka Condition monitoring in New Zealand power transformers a
short survey CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
174
[App.2.23] Kim, Kong, Lee, Song and Lee A study on multi-stress monitoring system in oil-filled
transformers using optical fibre sensors CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.24] Zhao, Meng, Cheng, Wu, Zhao and Li Multi-parameters condition assessment based
on integrated condition monitoring system for power transformers CMD Conference
Tokyo 2010
[App.2.25] Liao, Zheng, Yang, Zhang and Huang An efficient integrated approach to power
transformer condition assessment CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.26] Phadungthin, Suwanasri and Suwanasri Failure statistics and condition assessment of
power transformer for Condition-Based Maintenance CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.27] Ding, Heywood, Lapworth, Ryder and Wilson Critical perspectives on paper ageing and
condition monitoring for old power transformer populations CMD Conference Tokyo
2010
[App.2.28] Picher, Rajotte & Nguyen Field experience with on-line bushing diagnostic to improve
transformer reliability Cigr Session 2008 Paris A2-217
[App.2.29] McIlroy, Richey & Watson Circuit breaker condition based monitoring developments
IEE 1994-11: Trends in Distribution Switchgear Conference Paper 400
[App.2.30] Sanchis On-line monitoring of circuit breaker: EDFs point of view Doble Conference
on test and maintenance 1996
[App.2.31] User guide for the application of monitoring and diagnostics techniques for switching
equipment for rated voltages of 72.5kV and above Cigr Technical Brochure No.167
[App.2.32] Wachal Mega Monitoring Initiative Article in Transmission & Distribution World 2001-
11
[App.2.33] On-line condition monitoring systems for high voltage circuit breakers: A collaborative
research project 1997-2001 ABB, Alstom, BC Hydro, Doble, ESKOM, Manitoba Hydro,
Siemens, SPI PowerNet, TransAlta. Utilities, Manitoba HVDC research centre
[App.2.34] Lehmann, Zehnder & Chapman A novel arcing monitoring system for SF6 circuit
breakers Cigr 2002 Paris
[App.2.35] Arifianto and Wibisana Circuit breaker maintenance method optimization CMD
Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.36] Park, Kim, Cheon, Seo and Kil Condition monitoring method of closed switchboards by
frequency spectrum analysis CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.37] User guide for the application of gas-insulated switchgear (GIS) for rated voltages of
72.5 kV and above Cigr Technical Brochure No.125
[App.2.38] Neumann, Rusek & Balzer Optimization of maintenance, diagnostic technique and
design of substation equipment based on analysis of service experience Cigr B3
Paper 301 Berlin 2007
[App.2.39] Insulation co-ordination of GIS: Questions on the influence of on-site tests and
dielectric diagnostics Cigr WG 33/23-12 Paper 08-1992
[App.2.40] Cigr WG 33/23-12 Insulation coordination of GIS: return of experience, on site tests
and diagnostic techniques Electra Paper 8-1996
175
[App.2.41] Monitoring system & operation and maintenance support system for GIS in Japan
Cigr WG 23-10 Open discussion No.5
[App.2.42] Al-Suhaily, Meijer, Smit, Sibbald and Kanters Two level on-line monitoring system to
reduce GIS components failure CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.43] Saito, Matsui & Sakaki Discharge properties in low vacuum and vacuum monitoring
method for vacuum circuit breakers International Symposium on Discharges and
Electrical Insulation in vacuum Matsue 2006
[App.2.44] JAEPS Corporation Vacuum monitoring device for vacuum circuit breaker Descriptive
slide 08-2008
[App.2.45] Practical aspects of the detection and location of PD in power cables Cigr Technical
Brochure No.297
[App.2.46] Okabe, Ichihara, Hayashida, Murase, Kashiwamura & Miyamoto Recent developments
in diagnostic techniques for substation equipment Cigr 1996: 15/21/33-08
[App.2.47] Davies Why partial discharge measurement can pay dividends Article in PEI Magazine
by EA Technology International UK, March 2010
[App.2.48] Instrumentation and measurements for in-service monitoring of high voltage insulation
Cigr Technical Brochure No.286
[App.2.49] Rezaei, Oskouee, Shariati, Agah & Rasti A practical application of substation insulator
maintenance at a steel mill factory in south of Iran Cigr Session B3 Paper 109 Paris
2008
[App.2.50] Karady & Amarh Extreme value analysis of leakage current envelope of polluted
insulators IEEE document 0-7803-6420-1/00 2000
[App.2.51] Iskanto and Munir Condition assessment of 150kV aged insulators CMD Conference
Tokyo 2010
[App.2.52] Shojaee, Akbari, Allahbakhshi and Fard An integrated multi-agent based condition
monitoring system for power transformer insulation monitoring CMD Conference Tokyo
2010
[App.2.53] Wortelmann & Pilzecker SF6 quality control as part of a condition based maintenance
Cigr B3 Paper 303 Berlin 2007
[App.2.54] Kopejtkov, Kopejtko & Spurny HV equipment conditions monitoring new

achievements Amforum 2009, Oct 2009, Athens
[App.2.55] Liu, Han, Wu, L and Wu Study and development of the fibre-optic digital on-line
monitoring system for HV capacitive equipment CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.56] Desanti & Schweitz Decreasing owning costs of MV/LV substations backup batteries
Not know where presented
[App.2.57] Federlein, Schnettler, Zickler & Schneider Asset management processes for future
substation technologies Cigr B3 Paper 101 Berlin 2007
[App.2.58] Gal, Balasiu, Fagarasan & Moraru Experience on substation automation systems field
test Cigr Session B5 Paper 204 Paris 2008
176
[App.2.59] Mackrell & Herrmann The impact of maintenance of numerical protection & control, and
the effects on life cycle costs for transmission substations Cigr B5 Poiana Brasov
2005
[App.2.60] Koch & Steynberg Considerations for routine testing of numerical relays Cigr B5
Poiana Brasov 2005
[App.2.61] EnerVista viewpoint monitoring specification Descriptive article in relay manual
[App.2.62] Sutton, Plath & Schroder The St. Johns Wood Elstree experience testing a 20km
long 400kV XLPE-insulated cable system after installation Jicable 2007
[App.2.63] Kaumanns, Pleith & Plath On-site AC testing and PD measurement of 345kV /
2500mm XLPE cable systems for bulk power transmission Jicable 2003
[App.2.64] Gross & Soller On-site partial discharge testing of distribution class cables using VLF
and power frequency excitation Jicable 2007
[App.2.65] Gross & Hesse On-site partial discharge diagnosis and location on power cables
ETG 2002 Berlin
[App.2.66] On-Line Condition Monitoring of substation power equipment utility needs Canadian
Electricity Association 1996-12. B C Hydro, Ontario Hydro, & Transalta Utilities Corp.
[App.2.67] Wang, Wu, Wen, Du and Wang Wireless on-line monitoring system of substation
based on ZigBee technology CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.68] Wu, Wang, Gao and Ren Recent progress and future perspective on condition
monitoring of China traction supply equipment in high-speed railway CMD Conference
Tokyo 2010
[App.2.69] De Mesmaeker Trends in protection and substation automation systems and feed-
backs from Cigr activities IET Developments in Power System Protection Conference
Glasgow 2008
[App.2.70] Park, Kim and Lee Recent activities related to CMD in Korea and the contribution of the
late Prof. Kyu-Bock Cho CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
[App.2.71] Dong, Yang, Zhou and Yan Current situation of condition monitoring and Smart Grid in
China CMD Conference Tokyo 2010
177
Appendix 3 Questionnaire
App.3.1 About the Questionnaire
This Appendix provides details on the Questionnaire that WG B3-12 (subsequently referred to as the
WG) has designed, distributed and evaluated. It gives full details of the Questionnaire itself, the aim
and reasons for creation, the way it was constructed, structured, distributed, evaluated and analysed.
Details are shown in this appendix, and the evaluated responses from the Questionnaire, received
from experts world-wide, are all used in various Chapters of the Technical Brochure, such that
individual Chapters correspond to the relevant set of question and responses received from the
Questionnaire.
App.3.2 Aim of Questionnaire
The main reasons and aim of the Questionnaire, by obtaining input from user experts in the power
electric industry world-wide, was to;
Find out the present status regarding the use of on-line Condition Monitoring (CM)
Collect experiences from interest groups
Identify trends regarding CM
Discover their opinions
This activity was started by the WG in an early phase of the work after first defining the scope and
definitions of terms used by the WG.
It is important to note that this Technical Brochure does not use the results of this Questionnaire to
determine best practices, nor is it the basis of the expert opinion reported in the TB. The
Questionnaire has not been used as the definitive answer to using CM, it is not the starting point for
the TB and hence it has not placed at the beginning of each Chapter. It is just one of the
considerations (nevertheless a very important one) used in compiling the TB. It was decided that it
would be fully analysed once the WG had considered all other evidence from references, their own
experiences and from general advice, and placed after the general discussions in each Chapter.
Consequently, in addition to the above list, the Questionnaire has been used to;
Report the results of the responses to each question posed in a graphical form
Support and reinforce the opinion of the WG, where these were relevant
Analyse why there were differences in the responses and the WGs own opinion, where these
occurred
Answer the questions and concerns that the responses themselves raised
Report any general comments the respondents offered
App.3.3 Questionnaire structure and goals
The Questionnaire has 10 section groups with multiple questions. Each question offers a set of
responses. Multiple choices are allowed, e.g. when installing CM on multiple voltage levels or for
multiple types of equipment. While this is the normal way of questioning, it made the evaluation of
results more complex.
A difficult decision in the design and structure of the Questionnaire was to find a balance between the
number of questions and the amount of options for each question, such that the WG could expect to
obtain answers from those requested. A compromise was reached in that the WG restricted the
number of technical questions (70 excluding the 5 referring to the actual respondent) with a limited
178
number of choices (7) for each question. It was estimated that this size of Questionnaire could be
answered by those involved with CM in around 30 minutes. For each question we provided a tick-box
to our specific question, and also gave space for short explanatory notes or general comments by the
respondents where they felt that they could help the WG in the analysis. By this means a reasonably
good set of responses, achieved by a manageable effort from the respondent, was obtained although
not excessively detailed.
Presented below is the main structure and section design with comments on the WGs intention when
the Questionnaire was designed. In the title of each section characters like Q6 - 30 indicates that it
refers to the questions in that section that have the number 6 through to 30.
For ease of reading the Questionnaire, each of the section headings below is shown colour-coded in
the same manner as the Questionnaire itself.
Q1 5 : General [Appendix 3]
This section asks the name, e-mail details, company names and the position of the respondent in
terms of job title and/or function within their utility or organization. All responses were treated
confidentially, even where the optional question regarding the respondent's name and details
was answered.
All specific responses given in Q1 5 have been omitted from any reference within the Technical
Brochure. There are two exceptions;
1. The geographical location (apparent from Q4) was used and presented (App.3 Fig.1) to
give the reader an indication of how responses were spread throughout the world. It has
been limited to Continents to show the wideness of the spread, and yet avoid any
perceived global political, etc. divisions.
2. The respondents position in the organization (given in Q5) was considered informative
as to who deals with CM. Only the position is referred to in the TB (App.3 Fig.2) there is
no reference to the company itself.
Q6 30 : Application of condition monitoring [Chapter 6]
When applying CM systems the position of the power equipment in the system and its
importance is relevant. Also various approaches exist regarding installing CM systems with new
and with existing equipment. Information was gathered as to where CM was used;
On which voltage levels
On which equipment type - if equipment is new
On which equipment type - if equipment is already installed
Q31 34 : Quantity of condition monitoring [Chapter 9]
How many installations actually exist and how the trend is developing, was important to the WG.
Also interesting was to consider 5 years into the future. Questions asked concerned;
Today: Percentage of CM installations on total equipment of a certain type, for both CM
installations on new equipment and for retrofitted CM systems to existing equipment.
Future: Expected situation in 5 years time: Percentage of CM installation from total, new
and retrofitted CM systems.
179
Q35 : Strategy [Chapter 4]
The CM installation and use depends strongly on the policies and/or strategies within each utility.
The question aimed to identify the main strategy types. Questions asked were where CM was
used, what was the vision for the application of CM, what data integration was used in the
enterprise, and their policy relating to retrofitting during the lifetime of the power equipment.
Q36 47 : Benefits of condition monitoring [Chapter 7]
The questions in this section were related to how a company has benefit through the use of
condition monitoring by avoiding major failures, grouping the responses by equipment type.
Q48 50 : Performance of CM systems [Chapter 9]
An important, and often discussed issue, is the reliability and lifetime of CM systems versus the
reliability and lifetime of the primary power equipment such as transformers or breakers. The
questions consider perceived reliability for CM systems in the respective utility, the problems
encountered, and the respondent's view on increasing reliability of primary equipment versus CM
devices and systems themselves.
Q51 53 : Drivers [Chapter 4]
These questions aim to determine what is driving CM installation and which are the most
important driving forces among items such as cost savings, staff reduction, regulatory issues, etc.
Also what features of CM devices could motivate the user for new and/or increased use of CM
installations. Finally the questionnaire asked about the overall perception of CM devices in the
utility.
Q54 : Research and Development (R&D) [Chapter 4]
Some utilities are keen to search for new CM approaches. The questionnaire asked what R&D
work was being carried in their utility.
180
Q55 62 : Data handling [Chapters 6, 7 & 8]
This group of questions asked about the treatment of monitoring data in association with other
equipment and how it is transmitted from site. Who was regarded as the main user of the data
from CM systems at present, and who would be expected to be in 5 years time. Also they refer to
the CM output data and how decisions are reached using this data.
Q63 75 : Value [Chapters 4 & 5]
The aspects regarding obtaining value from CM are considered in 13 questions. The main focus
was on where the value/benefit comes from, if there is a model used for calculation, and on what
is it mainly based. The respondents were asked how they determine the various ways of cost
reduction, ranging from outage reduction, maintenance and data analysis costs. Also the opinion
of the utility regarding the arrangement that leads to the best way of obtaining highest overall
value.
App.3.4 Distribution and Responses
The Questionnaire was aimed at relevant experts in power electric industries. The main groups of
persons involved with CM were suggested for the distribution of the Questionnaire, especially
targeting persons from maintenance, planning, equipment specialists, asset manager, etc.
A small sample of utilities was chosen from within the confines of the WG to carry out a Pilot
Questionnaire, and the feedback used to refine the main Questionnaire.
After approval by Cigr the Questionnaire was distributed within B3 mainly by the Study Committee B3
Country Representatives. It was envisaged that they would have a better knowledge of companies
and personnel within their country/country group. A few Questionnaires were distributed directly to
Cigr experts, known to be involved with activities in monitoring, equipment or substation areas.
In total 49 responses were received. In a small number of instances there were responses to some
questions that were not understood during the analysis, in this case that response was ignored so not
all analysis was carried out on all 49 for all questions. These numbers were insignificant in the overall
analysis.
The geographical distribution of the responses is shown in App.3 Fig.1.The location (apparent from
Questionnaire Q4) has been presented to give the reader an indication of how responses were spread
throughout the world. It has been limited to Continents to show the wideness of the spread, and yet
avoid any perceived global, political, etc. divisions.
181
Africa 0%
Americas
14%
Europe
Asia
47%
27%
Australasia
12%
App.3 Fig.1 Geographical spread of the utility respondents to the

Questionnaire (100% = 49 respondents)
Also of interest was the position / function of the person who dealt with condition monitoring
in the companies, this is shown in App.3 Fig.2.
Q5 [General] : Your postion / function in the organization
50
A : Asset Manager
40
B : System Operator
33
Percentage ( % )
30 C : Planning
22
20
20 D : Maintenance
9 9 9 E : Equipment Specialist
10
F : Other
0
A B C D E F
App.3 Fig.2 Person in the companies who dealt with condition monitoring
App.3.5 Questionnaire evaluation, use of responses, and lessons learnt
A first analysis was carried out by the WG team for each question, and then more detailed analysis
dependent on the needs of the Technical Brochure and each of the Chapters.
182
The evaluation of the Questionnaire responses was carried out by the WG for each individual
question, for question groups, and by looking at possible dependencies and/or interactions between
questions in different groups. In addition, for individual questions and question groups, the explanatory
notes and/or comments added by the respondents have been considered and included in the relevant
Chapters.
All the Chapters are cross-referenced to the relevant questions in the Questionnaire, and show graphs
and derived conclusions from the analysed results.
The visualization of the results for the WG work and for the TB was done in two main modes;
1. Basic evaluation of results, where the responses are presented for each individual question.
2. Combined evaluation of results, where, mainly for reasons of a better understanding, multiple
results from questions have been combined into a single graph.
The WG learned while designing, but more so when evaluating, the Questionnaire that;
A trade-off is necessary between a reasonable amount of questions, the question complexity
etc., and respondent's time and willingness to respond.
Compromises have to be made to reduce the number of questions to a reasonable amount
The phrasing of the questions and the terms and definitions used should be carefully checked.
Sometimes a question is read differently by the respondent to the WGs intention
During interpretation of the results the WG had to be aware that the available information was
to some degree incomplete, i.e. not all information on the topics asked had been given to the
detail that the WG would wish to have.
App.3.6 Questionnaire details
The following tables show the details of WG B3-12 Questionnaire, version 2.0 that was authorized by
Cigr for distribution.
The first page gives key definitions to allow a better understanding to the respondent, and to enable all
respondents to reply in a uniform manner.
The Questionnaire details are given to help the reader understand the type of questions distributed,
their content and the response options the user had.
In the column Comment this column for any user comments Overtype your comments here, the
respondent was asked to add comments for each of the questions that would be helpful in the WGs
understanding and analysis. These comments were considered in the evaluation of the responses in
this TB.
To help the reader of this TB, the Chapter number has been added underneath every question in the
first column. As the form of the TB was not finalised at the time, these did not appear in the
Questionnaire as circulated. Other than this, the Questionnaire has been reproduced exactly as
distributed.
Acknowledgment
The WG acknowledges and thanks all those Companies who gave us the detailed responses to our
Questionnaire. We initially stated that we would pass on the full analysed results of these responses
to all participants within 6 months, however we considerably underestimated the amount of effort
required in the analysis. We apologise that it was not possible, however the complete analysis has
been produced in this Technical Brochure in the Chapters as listed below (first column Question).
183
CIGRE Working Group B3-12 "Obtaining value from substation condition monitoring"
Questionnaire WG B3-12 v2.0 rev. Cigr authorized version
We are seeking the help of Utilities throughout the World in order to examine the experiences, wishes and perceptions of Substation Condition
Monitoring. The purpose being to tailor our Report on experience, in order to help us identify specific Values obtainable.
Notes for respondent:
Please fill in your details and check the answer boxes to the questions on the Q4user tab and save the Excel sheet.
Please avoid major changes in the size of rows and columns in Q4user worksheet! Changing the format will make automatic analysis of the responses
very difficult.
You may have multiple answers for some of the questions.
You may add any comments in the comment column - this is valuable feedback.
If you check "other" to any of questions, giving additional information in the comments column would be helpful.
For this Questionnaire we are using the following Definitions:
MONITORING
Simple continuous measurement of one (or more) characteristic parameter(s) applied permanently to primary or secondary equipment.
Note: Monitoring is continuous procedure independent on the state of the equipment, i.e. whether it is on-line or off-line.
Example: Pressure or temperature monitoring; the output is typically a dial gauge which may have simple alarm functionality.
CONDITION MONITORING
Continuous measurement using devices permanently installed on primary or secondary equipment to measure, collect and evaluate one or more
characteristic parameters with the intention of automatically determining and reporting the status of the monitored subject at a certain moment in time.
Note: Condition monitoring systems differ from monitoring in that these systems collect, process and output a result based on the sensor
inputs. These systems are more complex in nature and are likely to have outputs based on more than simple threshold alarms.
184
Questions for asset management Comment This column
Question Question Group Tick boxes
strategies, tools, IT for any user comments
Q1 General Last Name Optional Overtype answer here
Q2 General First Name Optional Overtype answer here
Q3 General Email address Optional Overtype answer here
Q4
General Your company Optional Overtype answer here
[App. 3]
Asset manager
System operator
Q5 Planning
General Your position / function in the organisation Overtype your comments here
[App.3] Maintenance
Equipment specialist
Other
400kV and above

On equipment at what voltage levels is 300 to 400kV
Q6 Application of condition
condition monitoring installed? Tick all Overtype your comments here 200 to 300kV
[Chapter 6] monitoring
boxes that apply 100 to 200kV
Less than 100kV
Does your company install condition

Q7 Application of condition
monitoring systems on NEW equipment in
any of the following categories?
Always
Q8 Application of condition Sometimes
- Transformers Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 6] monitoring Occasionally
Never
185
Always
- Circuit Breakers Overtype your comments here
Never
Always
- Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) Overtype your comments here
Never
Always
- Surge Arresters Overtype your comments here
Never
Always
- Capacitor Banks Overtype your comments here
Never
Always
- Cable Terminations Overtype your comments here
Never
Always
- Post Insulators Overtype your comments here
Never
Always
- Instrument Transformers Overtype your comments here
Never
186
Always
- Bushings Overtype your comments here
Never
Always
Q17 Application of condition - Auxiliary equipment (batteries, Sometimes
Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 6] monitoring compressors,) Occasionally
Never
Always
- Other Please specify Overtype your comments here
Never
Does your company install condition

Q19 Application of condition monitoring systems on EXISTING
[Chapter 6] monitoring equipment in any of the following
categories?
Before end of life to avoid

faults or gain knowledge
Q20 Application of condition After faults on the faulty unit or
[Chapter 6] monitoring similar units
After repeated faults
Other
187

Other

Other

Other

Other
188

Other

Other

Other

Other
189

Q29 Application of condition - Auxiliary equipment (batteries, After faults on the faulty unit or
[Chapter 6] monitoring compressors,) similar units
Other

Other
Below 20%
Approximately what percentage of NEWLY 20% to 39%
Q31 Quantity of condition
INSTALLED equipment is fitted with Overtype your comments here 40% to 59%
condition monitoring systems? 60% to 79%
Above 80%
Below 20%
Approximately what percentage of 20% to 39%
Q32 Quantity of condition
substation equipment is RETRO-FITTED Overtype your comments here 40% to 59%
with condition monitoring systems? 60% to 79%
Above 80%
190
Below 20%
Approximately what percentage of NEWLY
20% to 39%
Q33 Quantity of condition INSTALLED equipment does your company
Overtype your comments here 40% to 59%
[Chapter 9] monitoring expect to be fitted with condition monitoring
60% to 79%
systems in 5 YEARS TIME?
Above 80%
Below 20%
Approximately what percentage of
20% to 39%
Q34 Quantity of condition substation equipment does you company
Overtype your comments here 40% to 59%
[Chapter 9] monitoring expect to be RETRO-FITTED with condition
60% to 79%
monitoring systems in 5 YEARS TIME?
Above 80%
A policy on the use of CM (how,

when, why, etc. it should be used
today)
A strategy / vision for the
application of CM (moving from
today into the future)
A strategy / vision for integrating
Does your company have any of the information / data from the whole
Q35
Strategy following policies or strategies relating to Overtype your comments here substation including CM devices
[Chapter 4]
condition monitoring (CM)? (moving from today into the future)
A hierarchically structured
concept of monitoring
A strategy for the replacement
of CM systems (i.e. the life of the
monitoring system is probably less
than the equipment being
monitored)
191
Has your company avoided failures through

Q36 Benefits of condition
the use of condition monitoring for the
following equipment?
Q37 Benefits of condition Yes

[Chapter 7] monitoring No








192
Q46 Benefits of condition - Auxiliary equipment (batteries, Yes

[Chapter 7] monitoring compressors,) No

Very good
How do you perceive the reliability of the Good
Q48
Performance condition monitoring systems that your Overtype your comments here Medium
[Chapter 9]
company has installed? Low
Very low
No problems encountered
Due to changes in software
Due to changes in hardware
Due to incompatibilities with
Under what circumstances has your existing equipment
Q49
Performance company encountered problems with Overtype your comments here Inadequate reliability for
[Chapter 9]
condition monitoring equipment? purpose
Inadequate time to respond to
system output
System failed to detect failure
mode
Do you believe that the increasing reliability

Q50 Yes
Performance of primary plant is a reason NOT to install Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 9] No
193
Cost savings (e.g. deferred

maintenance)
Reduction of staff (limited expert
knowledge)
Regulatory issues (e.g.
Customer Minutes Lost)
Environmental pressures
Q51 What drives your companys decision to Protection of company image
Driver Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 4] install condition monitoring? (e.g. preventing blackouts)
Avoided call-outs of staff (e.g.
especially at night or weekends)
Extended service life for asset
that might otherwise have to be
retired because of perceived
excessive risks of continued
operation
Cheaper
More reliable
More intelligent
Q52 Would your company install more condition Easier to integrate with other
[Chapter 4] monitoring systems if the systems were: systems
Have similar maintenance
intervals to primary
Other
Like an add-on
Q53 How are condition monitoring systems As an essential system
[Chapter 4] perceived in your company? As an insurance policy
Other
194
Does your company conduct Research and

Q54 Yes
R&D question Development into development of new Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 4] No
condition monitoring methods / techniques?
At the site on the condition

monitoring device
All monitoring data collected
and stored at a substation level
All data from the site, including
Where and how is data from monitoring from monitoring equipment,
Q55 equipment on primary and secondary integrated and collected together
Data handling Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 6] equipment treated in relation to other data at a substation level
from the equipment itself? In a central database for all
condition monitoring data
Centrally but separate software /
databases for each monitoring
system
Other
Only stored locally

Modem wireless
Q56 How is data transmitted from the condition Modem landline
[Chapter 6] monitoring system to where it is stored? LAN
SCADA
Other
195
Who currently looks at the data generated

Q57 by the condition monitoring systems at your
Data handling
[Chapter 7] company, and how do you think this will
change in the future?
Substation equipment expert

Condition monitoring expert
Automatically processed data
(by the condition monitoring
Q58 system) reviewed by non-expert
Data handling - Presently Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 7] engineer
Nobody
Data only reviewed after a
failure
Other
Substation equipment expert
Condition monitoring expert
Automatically processed data
(by the condition monitoring
Q59 system) reviewed by non-expert
Data handling - In the future, e.g. 5 years time Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 7] engineer
Nobody
Data only reviewed after a
failure
Other
Only condition monitoring

system data
Does your company make decisions based Protection and control data
Q60
Data handling only on data from condition monitoring Overtype your comments here Historical data
[Chapter 8]
systems or is it used in combination with: Maintenance records
Off-line tests
Other
196
Is the output of the condition monitoring

Q61 Yes
Data handling systems transmitted to the Control Room / Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 8] No
Operations Centre?
If the output of the condition monitoring

systems are transmitted to the Control
Q62 Room / Operations Centre, will the staff act Yes
[Chapter 8] (i.e. switch off a transformer) based solely No
on the output of the condition monitoring
system?
Very short term e.g. operational

decisions
Medium term e.g. changing
Q63 Where does the value come from in using
Value Overtype your comments here maintenance practices (move to
[Chapter 4] condition monitoring systems?
CBM), non-fault actions, delaying
outages, etc.
No
Does your company have a model for

Q64 Yes
Value calculating the value delivered by condition Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 5] No
monitoring systems?
Return On Investment
Q65 If your company has a model, what type of
Value Overtype your comments here Net Present Value
[Chapter 5] calculation method is it based on?
Other
197
Avoided costs (consequential

costs,)
Cost of replacing failed plant
Impact of time to replace failed
Q66 If your company has a model, what factors equipment
Value Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 5] do you use in a calculation of value? Reduced outage duration &
number (i.e. improving reliability)
Public perception
Experience based factors
Reducing outages
Q67 Can your company calculate a cost or

Value
[Chapter 5] benefit for the following activities:
Exactly or nearly exactly

Q68 Approximately
Value - Reducing outages Forced outage Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 5] Roughly
No
Q69 Approximately
Value - Reducing outages Planned outage Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 5] Roughly
No
Q70 Approximately
Value - Maintenance costs Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 5] Roughly
No
198

Q71 - Installation costs for the condition Approximately
Value Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 5] monitoring systems Roughly
No
Q72 Approximately
Value - Data reviewing / analysis costs Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 5] Roughly
No
Q73 Approximately
Value - Avoided costs (consequential costs, ) Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 5] Roughly
No
Q74 Approximately
Value - Other please specify Overtype your comments here
[Chapter 5] Roughly
No
Stand-alone devices
Included in Protection and
Control
What does your company see as a way of Integrated condition monitoring
Q75
Value obtaining the best overall value from Overtype your comments here system for the substation
[Chapter 4]
condition monitoring devices? Integrated condition monitoring
system with data transfer to control
or service centre
Other
199
Appendix 4 Tables of Equipment Monitored
App.4.1 About the Tables
This Appendix provides Tables showing the equipment monitored. In Chapter 6.1 there was described
what devices are available in the field of equipment condition monitoring and in Chapter 6.2 what is
available in network monitoring. Comparing information in these two Chapter sections it is evident that
there is an overlap i.e. that there are common aspects solved by both systems. In other words that
there exist the same or very similar information (data) provided by both systems.
This information (data) consists of the:
SOURCE of data
App.4.2 Aim of Tables
The aim of the Tales is to analyse the common aspects (data), and it is necessary first to make an
overview of what monitored parameters and their purpose are available within these individual specific
monitor sources.
Chapter 6.3 explains the relevance of Table 1.
Chapter 7.3 explains the relevance of Tables 2 and 3. Both these Tables contain the same message
given already in Table 1, they provide the same information however in different arrangements, i.e.
from different point of views.
App.4.3 KEY to Tables 1, 2 and 3
The KEY to the colours and abbreviations used for the data is given in the Tables in App.4 Fig.1 for P
(Parameter), App.4 Fig.2 for E (Equipment), and as below;
M - MONITORING - The main purpose of the Monitoring
DQ - DATA QUALITY
Level - above / below level : alarm yes / no
Average
RMS
Instant - instantaneous value
Value / peak - or peak value
DT - DATA TIME aspects

Immediate - msec minutes
Delayed - hours days
200
Current 1P
Voltage 2P
Alarm 3P
Operation 4P
Temperature 5P
Secondary systems parameters 6P
Insulation quality 7P
Other 8P
App.4 Fig.1 P (PARAMETER) - The Parameter that is monitored.
CB - Circuit Breaker 1E
DS - DiSconnector 2E
CT - Current Transformer 3E
VT - Voltage Transformer 4E
PT - Power Transformer 5E
SA - Surge Arrester 6E
GIS - Gas Insulated Switchgear 7E

Other 8E
App.4 Fig.2 E (EQUIPMENT) - The Equipment that is monitored.
201
Appendix 4 Table 1.
Chapter 6.3 refers to analysing the common aspects of data within a substation. It is necessary first to make an overview of what monitored parameters are
available within these individual specific monitor sources, and their purposes. The aspects in Table 1 commence with the SOURCE of the data.
Table 1 gives a detail of this analysis in a structure:
SOURCE of data
202
Appendix 4 Table 1. SOURCE table: Source Parameter Equipment Purpose
SOURCE P - PARAMETER E DQ DT M - MONITORING

Source of
Code Eq. Code Note 1 Note 2
data Parameter that is Data Data time Main purpose of
(specific monitored P E E Quality aspects Monitoring
monitor)
SCADA load current 1 CB 1 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
main current path

SCADA load current 1 CB 1 RMS immediate cumulative loading
ageing
load I higher that limit -
SCADA 1 CB 1 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
value
load I higher that limit - main current path
SCADA 1 CB 1 RMS immediate cumulative loading
value ageing
SCADA 1 CB 1 level delayed insulation ageing cumulative loading
duration
SCADA 1 CB 1 level delayed cumulative loading
duration ageing
SCADA load current 1 CT 3 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading

SCADA 1 CT 3 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
value
SCADA 1 CT 3 level delayed insulation ageing cumulative loading
duration
load I higher that limit - secondary part
SCADA 1 CT 3 RMS immediate cumulative loading
value ageing
load I higher that limit - secondary part
SCADA 1 CT 3 level delayed cumulative loading
duration ageing
SCADA load current 1 PT 2 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
main current path

SCADA load current 1 PT 2 RMS immediate cumulative loading
ageing
203
Source of
monitor)

SCADA 1 PT 2 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
value
SCADA 1 PT 2 RMS immediate cumulative loading
value ageing
SCADA 1 PT 2 level delayed insulation ageing cumulative loading
duration
SCADA 1 PT 2 level delayed cumulative loading
duration ageing
main current path
SCADA load current 1 DS 5 RMS immediate cumulative loading
ageing
SCADA 1 DS 5 RMS immediate cumulative loading
value ageing
SCADA 1 DS 5 level delayed cumulative loading
duration ageing
load U higher than
SCADA 2 VT 4 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
limit - value
load U higher than
SCADA 2 VT 4 level delayed insulation ageing cumulative loading
limit - duration
load U higher than
SCADA 2 SA 6 RMS immediate ZnO blocks ageing cumulative loading
limit - value
load U higher than
SCADA 2 SA 6 level delayed ZnO blocks ageing cumulative loading
limit - duration
instant secondary system
SCADA cooling failure alarm 3 PT 2 immediate problem indication
value/peak problem
dangerous oil instant
SCADA 3 PT 2 immediate total ageing problem indication
temperature alarm value/peak
delay in 3-poles instant operating mechanism
SCADA 4 DS 5 immediate problem indication chamber and / or op. mech.
operation value/peak problem
204
Source of
monitor)
delay in 3-poles instant main current path

SCADA 4 DS 5 immediate problem indication chamber and / or op. mech.
operation value/peak problem
main current path
SCADA number of operation 4 CB 1 level delayed cumulative number of CO
ageing
operating mechanism
SCADA number of operation 4 CB 1 level delayed cumulative number of CO
ageing
main current path
SCADA number of operation 4 DS 5 level delayed cumulative number of CO
ageing
operating mechanism
SCADA number of operation 4 DS 5 level delayed cumulative number of CO
ageing
frequency and trends (mean-
instant
SCADA SF6 leakage alarm 3 CB 1 immediate insulation untightness time between events, leakage
value/peak
rate)

instant
SCADA SF6 leakage alarm 3 GIS 7 immediate insulation untightness time between events, leakage
value/peak
rate)

instant
SCADA SF6 leakage alarm 3 CT 3 immediate insulation untightness time between events, leakage
value/peak
rate)

instant
SCADA SF6 leakage alarm 3 VT 4 immediate insulation untightness time between events, leakage
value/peak
rate)
Fault current broken (load main current path cumulated electrical wear of
1 CB 1 RMS immediate ageing factor K calculation
recorder and short circuit) ageing primary contacts
Fault
short circuit I value 1 PT 2 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
recorder
205
Source of
monitor)
Fault
short circuit I value 1 CT 3 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
recorder
Fault
short circuit I duration 1 PT 2 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
recorder
Fault
short circuit I duration 1 CT 3 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
recorder
Fault instant main current path
no-load I switching-off 4 CB 1 immediate cumulative number of O
recorder value/peak ageing
Fault instant main current path
load I switching 4 CB 1 immediate cumulative number of CO
recorder value/peak ageing
Fault main current path
re-strike occurrence 4 CB 1 level immediate cumulative number
recorder problem
Fault main current path
re-ignition occurrence 4 CB 1 level immediate cumulative number
recorder problem
Fault delay in 3-poles operating mechanism
4 CB 1 level immediate problem indication chamber and / or op. mech.
recorder operation problem
Fault delay in 3-poles main current path
4 CB 1 level immediate problem indication chamber and / or op. mech.
recorder operation problem
delay in 3-pole
Fault secondary system
operation signal 4 CB 1 level immediate problem indication
recorder problem
transfer
Fault operating mechanism
locking 4 CB 1 level immediate problem indication
recorder problem
Fault shall be evaluated together
locking 4 CB 1 level immediate insulation untightness problem indication
recorder with a SF6 leakage alarm
at steady state service, the
Fault instant
Uo differs from zero 3 VT 4 immediate VT out of accuracy problem indication problem can be in secondary
recorder value/peak
as well as in primary part
206
Source of
monitor)
Fault temporary overvoltage instant

2 SA 6 immediate ZnO blocks ageing cumulative loading
recorder value value/peak
Fault temporary overvoltage
2 SA 6 level immediate ZnO blocks ageing cumulative loading
recorder duration
Fault
inrush I value 1 PT 2 RMS immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
recorder
Fault (fero)resonance U instant
2 VT 4 immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
Fault (fero)resonance U
2 VT 4 level immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
recorder duration
Fault (fero)resonance Ie instant
1 CT 3 immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
Fault (fero)resonance Ie
1 CT 3 level immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
recorder duration
Fault (fero)resonance U instant
2 VT 4 immediate insulation ageing cumulative loading
recorder frequency value/peak
CB
current broken (load main current path cumulated electrical wear of
Monitoring 1 CB 1 RMS immediate for calculation of electrical wear
and short circuit) ageing primary contacts
system
CB
main current path
Monitoring load current 1 CB 1 RMS immediate check operational status of CB
ageing
system
CB arcing time (together
main current path maximum arcing time to detect
Monitoring with travel of aux 4 CB 1 level immediate for calculation of electrical wear
ageing reignition
system switches)
CB
SF6 leakage alarm- rem : electronic or conventional
Monitoring 3 CB 1 level immediate insulation untightness
refilling level monitoring
system
207
Source of
monitor)
CB
SF6 leakage alarm rem : electronic or conventional
Monitoring 3 CB 1 level immediate insulation untightness
lock out level monitoring
system
CB
SF6 alarm- disable SF6 alarms in case of
Monitoring 5 CB 1 level immediate low temperature
liquefaction low temp
system
CB
Monitoring 3 CB 1 level immediate insulation problem
system
CB
compressed air
Monitoring 3 CB 1 level immediate insulation untightness for air blast circuit breakers
pressure
system
CB
Monitoring oil pressure 3 CB 1 level immediate insulation untightness for oil circuit breakers
system
CB
Monitoring vacuum lost 3 CB 1 level immediate insulation untightness EHV vacuum circuit breakers
system
CB measurement for record
Monitoring SF6 leakage rates 8 CB 1 level immediate insulation untightness keeping, insurance,
system scheduling
CB
operating mechanism cumulative number of
Monitoring number of operation 4 CB 1 level immediate ageing of mechanism (wear)
ageing operations
system
CB
operating mechanism operating mechanism (latch)
Monitoring coil current magnitude 4 CB 1 level immediate
problem problem
system
CB
operating mechanism operating mechanism (latch)
Monitoring coil current duration 4 CB 1 level immediate
problem problem
system
208
Source of
monitor)
CB
secondary system
Monitoring coil continuity 4 CB 1 level immediate integrity of control circuit
problem
system
CB various diagnostics from
mechanism /
Monitoring operation timing 4 CB 1 level immediate mechanism / chamber problem combination of alarms and
chamber problem
system measurements
mechanism /
Monitoring speed 4 CB 1 level immediate mechanism / chamber problem combination of alarms and
chamber problem
system measurements
mechanism /
Monitoring travel 4 CB 1 level immediate mechanism / chamber problem combination of alarms and
chamber problem
system measurements
mechanism /
Monitoring discrepancy 4 CB 1 level immediate mechanism / chamber problem combination of alarms and
chamber problem
system measurements
CB
auxiliary switches operating mechanism
Monitoring 4 CB 1 level immediate mechanism problem
position problem
system
CB
operating mechanism magnitude in the rewinding
Monitoring motor current 4 CB 1 level immediate motor / spring problem
problem motor (spring)
system
CB
operating mechanism
Monitoring motor current duration 4 CB 1 level immediate motor / spring problem in the rewinding motor (spring)
problem
system
209
Source of
monitor)
CB
motor operation times operating mechanism
Monitoring 4 CB 1 level immediate motor/ spring problem
(spring) problem
system
CB
pump operation times operating mechanism pump / hydraulic mech.
Monitoring 4 CB 1 level immediate
(hydraulic) problem problem
system
CB
number of pump starts operating mechanism pump / hydraulic mech.
(hydraulic) problem problem
system
CB
low hydraulic pressure operating mechanism pump / hydraulic mech.
threshold (OCO/C/0) problem problem
system
CB combination of former alarms
Monitoring oil leakage rate 8 CB 1 level immediate insulation untightness and measurement : various
system diagnostics
CB
Monitoring internal temperature 5 CB 1 level immediate heating supervision heating supervision
system
CB
heating circuit
Monitoring 5 CB 1 level immediate heating supervision heating supervision
continuity
system
CB
DC and AC power secondary system mainly used for compensation
Monitoring 6 CB 1 level immediate may be used as alarm
supply problem of measured values
system
210
Source of
monitor)
CB
mainly used for compensation
Monitoring external temperature 5 CB 1 level immediate ambient conditions may be used as alarm
of measured values
system
CB
Monitoring SF6 gas moisture 7 CB 1 level immediate insulation problem mostly this is offline
system
CB
main current path
Monitoring contact resistance 8 CB 1 level immediate mostly this is offline measurement of I and U
ageing
system
CB
mechanism / to detect abnormal condition
Monitoring vibration 4 CB 1 level immediate
chamber problem due to various causes
system
DS
operating mechanism
Monitoring motor current 4 DS 5 level immediate
problem
system
DS
operating mechanism
Monitoring motor power 4 DS 5 level immediate
problem
system
several points are monitored on
DS
operating mechanism the power consumption curve :
Monitoring motor timing 4 DS 5 level immediate
problem various diagnostics can be
system
made
DS
specific need for very cold
Monitoring position 4 DS 5 level immediate indication of position position of DS
climates (presence of ICE)
system
211
Source of
monitor)
DS
Monitoring internal temperature 5 DS 5 level immediate heating supervision heating supervision
system
GIS
PD assessment (UHF
Monitoring partial discharges 7 GIS 7 level immediate insulation problem dielectric integrity problem
techniques)
system
GIS
SF6 leakage alarm- rem : electronic or conventional
Monitoring 3 GIS 7 level immediate insulation untightness
refilling level monitoring
system
GIS
SF6 leakage alarm rem : electronic or conventional
Monitoring 3 GIS 7 level immediate insulation untightness
lock out level monitoring
system
GIS
Monitoring 5 GIS 7 level immediate low temperature
system
GIS
Monitoring 3 GIS 7 level immediate insulation problem
system
GIS measurement for record

Monitoring SF6 leakage rates 8 GIS 7 level immediate insulation untightness keeping, insurance,
system scheduling
SA
Monitoring leakage current 1 SA 6 RMS immediate ZnO blocks problems measurement of 3rd harmonics on-line
system
212
Source of
monitor)
PT hot spot calculation (with load

Monitoring oil temperature 3 PT 2 level immediate insulation problem current) / overload capacity /
system excessive heating
PT hot spot calculation, ageing
Monitoring load current 1 PT 2 RMS immediate insulation ageing rate, overload capacity
system according to the IEC 60354
PT overvoltage+ gases in oil =>
load voltage and peak instant
Monitoring 2 PT 2 immediate insulation ageing insulation evaluation. Also
voltage value/peak
system current load
together with overvoltage,
PT
detects insulation problems
Monitoring gas in oil content 7 PT 2 level immediate insulation problem Several gasses monitored
due to thermal overload and
system
PD
PT
Monitoring moisture in oil 7 PT 2 level immediate insulation problem insulation problems
system
PT
Monitoring oil level in tank 3 PT 2 level immediate insulation untightness oil leaks
system
PT
if bushings have separate oil
Monitoring oil pressure 3 PT 2 level immediate insulation problem insulation problems
volume
system
PT
cooling unit
Monitoring cooler temperature 3 PT 2 level immediate cooling unit malfunction
malfunction
system
213
Source of
monitor)
PT
operating times of cooling unit necessary for thermal
Monitoring 4 PT 2 level immediate cooling unit malfunction
pumps and fans malfunction modelling of PT (IEC60354)
system
PT
number of operations =>
Monitoring position of tap changer 4 PT 2 level immediate tap changer ageing
ageing
system
PT
Monitoring OLTC motor times 4 PT 2 level immediate tap changer problem
system
PT
Monitoring OLTC motor power 4 PT 2 level immediate tap changer problem
system
PT
PD assessment (UHF
Monitoring partial discharges 7 PT 2 level immediate insulation problem dielectric integrity problem
techniques)
system
CT monitoring of 3
instant comparison of VT and CT
Protection phases currents 7 CT 3 immediate insulation problem detect CT failure
value/peak output
balance
VT monitoring of 3
instant Inter-turn short circuits (MVT)
Protection phases open delta 7 VT 4 immediate insulation problem
value/peak or broken capacitors (CCVT)
voltage
CT monitoring of 3
instant secondary systems comparison of VT and CT
Protection phases currents 6 CT 3 immediate detect CT failure
value/peak parameters output
balance
214
Source of
monitor)
VT monitoring of 3
instant secondary systems VT monitoring by fuse fail
Protection phases open delta 6 VT 4 immediate
value/peak parameters output monitoring
voltage
control circuit integrity of control circuit (but complete control (normally just
Protection coil continuity 6 CB 1 level immediate
problem from a larger perspective) tripping) circuit, not just the CB
mechanism /
Protection operation timing 4 CB 1 level immediate mechanism / chamber problem
chamber problem
Protection 4 CB 1 level immediate mechanism problem
consistency problem
protect network if breaker fails
Protection load current 1 CB 1 RMS immediate insulation ageing
to open
control circuit protect network if breaker fails
Protection control circuit status 6 CB 1 level immediate
problem to open
current broken (load main current pass
chamber ageing - I
2
Protection 1 CB 1 RMS immediate
and short circuit) ageing
Protection load current 1 PT 2 RMS immediate insulation ageing protections
internal temperature instant

Protection 5 PT 2 immediate heating supervision protections
(oil) value/peak
internal temperature instant
Protection 5 PT 2 immediate heating supervision protections
(solid insulation) value/peak
output within
Protection battery output voltage 8 other 8 level immediate automatic regulation alarm if outside limits
standard
output within
Protection battery output current 8 other 8 level immediate automatic regulation alarm if outside limits
standard
battery charging maintaining battery
Protection 8 other 8 level immediate automatic regulation alarm if outside limits
current condition
215
Source of
monitor)
battery cell internal maintaining battery

Protection 8 other 8 level immediate protections
resistance condition
integrity of DC
Protection battery earth fault 8 other 8 level immediate protections
supplies
air compressor determines if air is
Other 8 other 8 level immediate integrity of CB operation
running hours leaking
air compressor
ensures no moisture
Other moisture in air (dew 8 other 8 level immediate dielectric integrity
in CB
point)
216
Appendix 4 Table 2.
available within these individual specific monitor sources, and their purposes. Table 2 rearranges the aspects of Table 1 commencing with the PARAMETER
that is monitored.

SOURCE of data
217
Appendix 4 Table 2. PARAMETER Table: Parameter Source Purpose Equipment
PARA. P - PARAMETER SOURCE M - MONITORING E DQ DT
Code Source of data Eq. Code Note 1 Note 2

Parameter that is Main purpose of Data Data time
monitored P (specific Monitoring E E Quality aspects
monitor)
Current load current 1 SCADA insulation ageing CB 1 RMS immediate cumulative loading
main current path

Current load current 1 SCADA CB 1 RMS immediate cumulative loading
ageing
load I higher that
Current 1 SCADA insulation ageing CB 1 RMS immediate cumulative loading
limit - value
load I higher that main current path
Current 1 SCADA CB 1 RMS immediate cumulative loading
limit - value ageing
load I higher that
Current 1 SCADA insulation ageing CB 1 level delayed cumulative loading
limit - duration
Current 1 SCADA CB 1 level delayed cumulative loading
limit - duration ageing
Current load current 1 SCADA insulation ageing CT 3 RMS immediate cumulative loading
load I higher that

Current 1 SCADA insulation ageing CT 3 RMS immediate cumulative loading
limit - value
load I higher that
Current 1 SCADA insulation ageing CT 3 level delayed cumulative loading
limit - duration
load I higher that secondary part
Current 1 SCADA CT 3 RMS immediate cumulative loading
load I higher that secondary part
Current 1 SCADA CT 3 level delayed cumulative loading
Current load current 1 SCADA insulation ageing PT 2 RMS immediate cumulative loading
218

monitor)
main current path

Current load current 1 SCADA PT 2 RMS immediate cumulative loading
ageing
load I higher that
Current 1 SCADA insulation ageing PT 2 RMS immediate cumulative loading
limit - value
Current 1 SCADA PT 2 RMS immediate cumulative loading
load I higher that
Current 1 SCADA insulation ageing PT 2 level delayed cumulative loading
limit - duration
Current 1 SCADA PT 2 level delayed cumulative loading
main current path
Current load current 1 SCADA DS 5 RMS immediate cumulative loading
ageing
Current 1 SCADA DS 5 RMS immediate cumulative loading
Current 1 SCADA DS 5 level delayed cumulative loading
current broken cumulated electrical
main current path ageing factor K
Current (load and short 1 Fault recorder CB 1 RMS immediate wear of primary
ageing calculation
circuit) contacts
Current short circuit I value 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing PT 2 RMS immediate cumulative loading
Current short circuit I value 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing CT 3 RMS immediate cumulative loading
short circuit I
Current 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing PT 2 RMS immediate cumulative loading
duration
short circuit I
Current 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing CT 3 RMS immediate cumulative loading
duration
219

monitor)
Current inrush I value 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing PT 2 RMS immediate cumulative loading
(fero)resonance Ie instant
Current 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing CT 3 immediate cumulative loading
value value/peak
(fero)resonance Ie
Current 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing CT 3 level immediate cumulative loading
duration
current broken cumulated electrical
CB Monitoring main current path for calculation of
Current (load and short 1 CB 1 RMS immediate wear of primary
system ageing electrical wear
circuit) contacts
CB Monitoring main current path check operational
Current load current 1 CB 1 RMS immediate
system ageing status of CB
SA Monitoring measurement of 3rd
Current leakage current 1 ZnO blocks problems SA 6 RMS immediate on-line
system harmonics
hot spot calculation,
PT Monitoring ageing rate, overload
Current load current 1 insulation ageing PT 2 RMS immediate
system capacity according to
the IEC 60354
protect network if
Current load current 1 Protection insulation ageing CB 1 RMS immediate
breaker fails to open
current broken
main current pass
Current (load and short 1 Protection CB 1 RMS immediate chamber ageing - I2
ageing
circuit)
Current load current 1 Protection insulation ageing PT 2 RMS immediate protections
load U higher than

Voltage 2 SCADA insulation ageing VT 4 RMS immediate cumulative loading
limit - value
220

monitor)
load U higher than

Voltage 2 SCADA insulation ageing VT 4 level delayed cumulative loading
limit - duration
load U higher than
Voltage 2 SCADA ZnO blocks ageing SA 6 RMS immediate cumulative loading
limit - value
load U higher than
Voltage 2 SCADA ZnO blocks ageing SA 6 level delayed cumulative loading
limit - duration
temporary instant
Voltage 2 Fault recorder ZnO blocks ageing SA 6 immediate cumulative loading
overvoltage value value/peak
temporary
Voltage overvoltage 2 Fault recorder ZnO blocks ageing SA 6 level immediate cumulative loading
duration
(fero)resonance U instant
Voltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing VT 4 immediate cumulative loading
value value/peak
(fero)resonance U
Voltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing VT 4 level immediate cumulative loading
duration
(fero)resonance U instant
Voltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing VT 4 immediate cumulative loading
frequency value/peak
lightning for equipment not
instant
Voltage overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing CB 1 immediate cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
instant
Voltage overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing VT 4 immediate cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
instant
Voltage overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing CT 3 immediate cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
221

monitor)

instant
Voltage overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing DS 5 immediate cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
instant
Voltage overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing GIS 7 immediate cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
instant
Voltage overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing PT 2 immediate cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
lightning
instant
Voltage overvoltage 2 Fault recorder ZnO blocks ageing SA 6 immediate cumulative number
value/peak
exposition
overvoltage+ gases in
load voltage and PT Monitoring instant oil => insulation
Voltage 2 insulation ageing PT 2 immediate
peak voltage system value/peak evaluation. Also
current load
cooling failure secondary system instant
Alarm 3 SCADA PT 2 immediate problem indication
alarm problem value/peak
dangerous oil instant
Alarm 3 SCADA total ageing PT 2 immediate problem indication
temperature alarm value/peak
frequency and trends
instant
Alarm SF6 leakage alarm 3 SCADA insulation untightness CB 1 immediate (mean-time between
value/peak
events, leakage rate)

instant
Alarm SF6 leakage alarm 3 SCADA insulation untightness GIS 7 immediate (mean-time between
value/peak
222

monitor)

instant
Alarm SF6 leakage alarm 3 SCADA insulation untightness CT 3 immediate (mean-time between
value/peak

instant
Alarm SF6 leakage alarm 3 SCADA insulation untightness VT 4 immediate (mean-time between
value/peak
at steady state
service, the problem
instant
Alarm Uo differs from zero 3 Fault recorder VT out of accuracy VT 4 immediate problem indication can be in secondary
value/peak
as well as in
primary part
rem : electronic or
SF6 leakage alarm- CB Monitoring
Alarm 3 insulation untightness CB 1 level immediate conventional
refilling level system
monitoring
rem : electronic or
SF6 leakage alarm CB Monitoring
Alarm 3 insulation untightness CB 1 level immediate conventional
lock out level system
monitoring
SF6 alarm- CB Monitoring disable SF6 alarms in
Alarm 3 insulation problem CB 1 level immediate
liquefaction system case of low temp
compressed air CB Monitoring for air blast circuit
Alarm 3 insulation untightness CB 1 level immediate
pressure system breakers
CB Monitoring
Alarm oil pressure 3 insulation untightness CB 1 level immediate for oil circuit breakers
system
CB Monitoring EHV vacuum circuit
Alarm vacuum lost 3 insulation untightness CB 1 level immediate
system breakers
rem : electronic or
SF6 leakage alarm- GIS Monitoring
Alarm 3 insulation untightness GIS 7 level immediate conventional
monitoring
223

monitor)
rem : electronic or
SF6 leakage alarm GIS Monitoring
Alarm 3 insulation untightness GIS 7 level immediate conventional
monitoring
SF6 alarm- GIS Monitoring disable SF6 alarms in
Alarm 3 insulation problem GIS 7 level immediate
hot spot calculation
PT Monitoring (with load current) /
Alarm oil temperature 3 insulation problem PT 2 level immediate
system overload capacity /
excessive heating
PT Monitoring
Alarm oil level in tank 3 insulation untightness PT 2 level immediate oil leaks
system
PT Monitoring if bushings have
Alarm oil pressure 3 insulation problem PT 2 level immediate insulation problems
system separate oil volume
PT Monitoring cooling unit cooling unit
Alarm cooler temperature 3 PT 2 level immediate
system malfunction malfunction
delay in 3-poles operating mechanism instant chamber and / or
Operation 4 SCADA DS 5 immediate problem indication
operation problem value/peak op. mech.
delay in 3-poles main current path instant chamber and / or
Operation 4 SCADA DS 5 immediate problem indication
operation problem value/peak op. mech.
number of main current path cumulative number of
Operation 4 SCADA CB 1 level delayed
operation ageing CO
number of operating mechanism cumulative number of
Operation 4 SCADA CB 1 level delayed
operation ageing CO
number of main current path cumulative number of
Operation 4 SCADA DS 5 level delayed
operation ageing CO
number of operating mechanism cumulative number of
Operation 4 SCADA DS 5 level delayed
operation ageing CO
224

monitor)
no-load I main current path instant cumulative number of

Operation 4 Fault recorder CB 1 immediate
switching-off ageing value/peak O
main current path instant cumulative number of
Operation load I switching 4 Fault recorder CB 1 immediate
ageing value/peak CO
main current path
Operation re-strike occurrence 4 Fault recorder CB 1 level immediate cumulative number
problem
re-ignition main current path
Operation 4 Fault recorder CB 1 level immediate cumulative number
occurrence problem
delay in 3-poles operating mechanism chamber and / or
Operation 4 Fault recorder CB 1 level immediate problem indication
operation problem op. mech.
delay in 3-poles main current path chamber and / or
Operation 4 Fault recorder CB 1 level immediate problem indication
operation problem op. mech.
delay in 3-pole
secondary system
Operation operation signal 4 Fault recorder CB 1 level immediate problem indication
problem
transfer
operating mechanism
Operation locking 4 Fault recorder CB 1 level immediate problem indication
problem
shall be evaluated
Operation locking 4 Fault recorder insulation untightness CB 1 level immediate problem indication together with a SF6
leakage alarm
arcing time
CB Monitoring main current path maximum arcing time for calculation of
Operation (together with travel 4 CB 1 level immediate
system ageing to detect reignition electrical wear
of aux switches)
number of CB Monitoring operating mechanism ageing of mechanism cumulative number

Operation 4 CB 1 level immediate
operation system ageing (wear) of operations
coil current CB Monitoring operating mechanism operating mechanism

magnitude system problem (latch) problem
225

monitor)
CB Monitoring operating mechanism operating mechanism

Operation coil current duration 4 CB 1 level immediate
system problem (latch) problem
CB Monitoring secondary system integrity of control
Operation coil continuity 4 CB 1 level immediate
system problem circuit
various diagnostics
CB Monitoring mechanism / mechanism / from combination of
Operation operation timing 4 CB 1 level immediate
system chamber problem chamber problem alarms and
measurements
various diagnostics
Operation speed 4 CB 1 level immediate
measurements
various diagnostics
Operation travel 4 CB 1 level immediate
measurements
various diagnostics
Operation discrepancy 4 CB 1 level immediate
measurements
auxiliary switches CB Monitoring operating mechanism
Operation 4 CB 1 level immediate mechanism problem
position system problem
magnitude in the
CB Monitoring operating mechanism motor / spring
Operation motor current 4 CB 1 level immediate rewinding motor
system problem problem
(spring)
motor current CB Monitoring operating mechanism motor / spring in the rewinding
duration system problem problem motor (spring)
226

monitor)
motor operation CB Monitoring operating mechanism

Operation 4 CB 1 level immediate motor/ spring problem
times (spring) system problem
pump operation CB Monitoring operating mechanism pump / hydraulic
times (hydraulic) system problem mech. problem
number of pump CB Monitoring operating mechanism pump / hydraulic
starts (hydraulic) system problem mech. problem
low hydraulic
CB Monitoring operating mechanism pump / hydraulic
Operation pressure threshold 4 CB 1 level immediate
system problem mech. problem
(OCO/C/0)
to detect abnormal
CB Monitoring mechanism /
Operation vibration 4 CB 1 level immediate condition due to
system chamber problem
various causes
DS Monitoring operating mechanism
Operation motor current 4 DS 5 level immediate
system problem
Operation motor power 4 DS 5 level immediate
system problem
several points are
monitored on the
DS Monitoring operating mechanism power consumption
Operation motor timing 4 DS 5 level immediate
system problem curve : various
diagnostics can be
made
specific need for
DS Monitoring
Operation position 4 indication of position DS 5 level immediate position of DS very cold climates
system
(presence of ICE)
necessary for
operating times of PT Monitoring cooling unit cooling unit
Operation 4 PT 2 level immediate thermal modelling of
pumps and fans system malfunction malfunction
PT (IEC60354)
227

monitor)
position of tap PT Monitoring number of operations

Operation 4 tap changer ageing PT 2 level immediate
changer system => ageing
PT Monitoring
Operation OLTC motor times 4 tap changer problem PT 2 level immediate
system
PT Monitoring
Operation OLTC motor power 4 tap changer problem PT 2 level immediate
system
mechanism / mechanism /
Operation operation timing 4 Protection CB 1 level immediate
chamber problem chamber problem
Operation 4 Protection CB 1 level immediate mechanism problem
consistency problem
Temperature 5 low temperature CB 1 level immediate
internal CB Monitoring
Temperature 5 heating supervision CB 1 level immediate heating supervision
temperature system
heating circuit CB Monitoring
Temperature 5 heating supervision CB 1 level immediate heating supervision
continuity system
mainly used for
external CB Monitoring may be used as
Temperature 5 ambient conditions CB 1 level immediate compensation of
temperature system alarm
measured values
internal DS Monitoring
Temperature 5 heating supervision DS 5 level immediate heating supervision
temperature system
Temperature 5 low temperature GIS 7 level immediate
internal instant
Temperature 5 Protection heating supervision PT 2 immediate protections
temperature (oil) value/peak
internal
instant
Temperature temperature (solid 5 Protection heating supervision PT 2 immediate protections
value/peak
insulation)
228

monitor)
Secondary mainly used for

DC and AC power CB Monitoring secondary system may be used as
systems 6 CB 1 level immediate compensation of
supply system problem alarm
parameters measured values
Secondary CT monitoring of 3
secondary systems instant comparison of VT
systems phases currents 6 Protection CT 3 immediate detect CT failure
parameters value/peak and CT output
parameters balance
Secondary VT monitoring of 3
secondary systems instant VT monitoring by fuse
systems phases open delta 6 Protection VT 4 immediate
parameters value/peak fail output monitoring
parameters voltage
complete control
Secondary integrity of control
control circuit (normally just
systems coil continuity 6 Protection CB 1 level immediate circuit (but from a
problem tripping) circuit, not
parameters larger perspective)
just the CB
Secondary
control circuit protect network if
systems control circuit status 6 Protection CB 1 level immediate
problem breaker fails to open
parameters
Insulation CB Monitoring
SF6 gas moisture 7 insulation problem CB 1 level immediate mostly this is offline
quality system
Insulation GIS Monitoring dielectric integrity PD assessment
partial discharges 7 insulation problem GIS 7 level immediate
quality system problem (UHF techniques)
together with
overvoltage, detects
Insulation PT Monitoring Several gasses
gas in oil content 7 insulation problem PT 2 level immediate insulation problems
quality system monitored
due to thermal
overload and PD
229

monitor)
Insulation PT Monitoring
moisture in oil 7 insulation problem PT 2 level immediate insulation problems
quality system
Insulation PT Monitoring dielectric integrity PD assessment
partial discharges 7 insulation problem PT 2 level immediate
quality system problem (UHF techniques)
CT monitoring of 3
Insulation instant comparison of VT
phases currents 7 Protection insulation problem CT 3 immediate detect CT failure
quality value/peak and CT output
balance
Inter-turn short
VT monitoring of 3
Insulation instant circuits (MVT) or
phases open delta 7 Protection insulation problem VT 4 immediate
quality value/peak broken capacitors
voltage
(CCVT)
measurement for
CB Monitoring record keeping,
Other SF6 leakage rates 8 insulation untightness CB 1 level immediate
system insurance,
scheduling
combination of former
CB Monitoring alarms and
Other oil leakage rate 8 insulation untightness CB 1 level immediate
system measurement :
various diagnostics
CB Monitoring main current path measurement of I
Other contact resistance 8 CB 1 level immediate mostly this is offline
system ageing and U
measurement for
GIS Monitoring record keeping,
Other SF6 leakage rates 8 insulation untightness GIS 7 level immediate
system insurance,
scheduling
battery output output within alarm if outside
Other 8 Protection other 8 level immediate automatic regulation
voltage standard limits
battery output output within alarm if outside
current standard limits
230

monitor)
battery charging maintaining battery alarm if outside

current condition limits
Other 8 Protection other 8 level immediate protections
integrity of DC
Other battery earth fault 8 Protection other 8 level immediate protections
supplies
air compressor determines if air is integrity of CB
Other 8 Other other 8 level immediate
running hours leaking operation
air compressor
ensures no moisture
Other moisture in air (dew 8 Other other 8 level immediate dielectric integrity
in CB
point)
231
Appendix 4 Table 3.
available within these individual specific monitor sources, and their purposes. Table 3 rearranges the aspects of Table 1 commencing with the EQUIPMENT
that is monitored.

SOURCE of data
232
Appendix 4 Table 3. EQUIPMENT Table : Equipment Parameter Source Purpose
E - EQUIPMENT DQ DT P - PARAMETER SOURCE M - MONITORING

Eq. Code Code Source of data Note 1 Note 2
Data Data time Parameter that is Main purpose of
E P P (specific
Quality aspects monitored Monitoring
monitor)
CB 1 RMS immediate load current 1 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
main current path

CB 1 RMS immediate load current 1 SCADA cumulative loading
ageing
load I higher that
CB 1 RMS immediate 1 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
limit - value
CB 1 RMS immediate 1 SCADA cumulative loading
load I higher that
CB 1 level delayed 1 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
limit - duration
CB 1 level delayed 1 SCADA cumulative loading
main current path cumulative number of
CB 1 level delayed number of operation 4 SCADA
ageing CO
CB 1 level delayed number of operation 4 SCADA
ageing CO
instant
CB 1 immediate SF6 leakage alarm 3 SCADA insulation untightness (mean-time between
value/peak
cumulated electrical
current broken (load main current path ageing factor K
CB 1 RMS immediate 1 Fault recorder wear of primary
and short circuit) ageing calculation
contacts
instant no-load I switching- main current path cumulative number of
CB 1 immediate 4 Fault recorder
value/peak off ageing O
233
E P P (specific
monitor)
instant main current path cumulative number of

CB 1 immediate load I switching 4 Fault recorder
value/peak ageing CO
main current path
CB 1 level immediate re-strike occurrence 4 Fault recorder cumulative number
problem
re-ignition main current path
CB 1 level immediate 4 Fault recorder cumulative number
occurrence problem
delay in 3-poles operating mechanism chamber and / or op.
CB 1 level immediate 4 Fault recorder problem indication
operation problem mech.
delay in 3-poles main current path chamber and / or op.
CB 1 level immediate 4 Fault recorder problem indication
operation problem mech.
delay in 3-pole
secondary system
CB 1 level immediate operation signal 4 Fault recorder problem indication
problem
transfer
operating mechanism
CB 1 level immediate locking 4 Fault recorder problem indication
problem
shall be evaluated
CB 1 level immediate locking 4 Fault recorder insulation untightness problem indication together with a SF6
leakage alarm
instant
CB 1 immediate overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
cumulated electrical
current broken (load CB Monitoring main current path for calculation of
CB 1 RMS immediate 1 wear of primary
and short circuit) system ageing electrical wear
contacts
CB Monitoring main current path check operational
CB 1 RMS immediate load current 1
system ageing status of CB
234
E P P (specific
monitor)
arcing time
CB Monitoring main current path maximum arcing time for calculation of
CB 1 level immediate (together with travel 4
system ageing to detect reignition electrical wear
of aux switches)
rem : electronic or
SF6 leakage alarm- CB Monitoring
CB 1 level immediate 3 insulation untightness conventional
monitoring
rem : electronic or
SF6 leakage alarm CB Monitoring
CB 1 level immediate 3 insulation untightness conventional
monitoring
CB 1 level immediate 5 low temperature
CB 1 level immediate 3 insulation problem
compressed air CB Monitoring for air blast circuit
CB 1 level immediate 3 insulation untightness
pressure system breakers
CB Monitoring
CB 1 level immediate oil pressure 3 insulation untightness for oil circuit breakers
system
CB Monitoring EHV vacuum circuit
CB 1 level immediate vacuum lost 3 insulation untightness
system breakers
measurement for
CB Monitoring record keeping,
CB 1 level immediate SF6 leakage rates 8 insulation untightness
system insurance,
scheduling
CB Monitoring operating mechanism ageing of mechanism cumulative number of
CB 1 level immediate number of operation 4
system ageing (wear) operations
coil current CB Monitoring operating mechanism operating mechanism
CB 1 level immediate 4
magnitude system problem (latch) problem
235
E P P (specific
monitor)
CB Monitoring operating mechanism operating mechanism

CB 1 level immediate coil current duration 4
system problem (latch) problem
CB Monitoring secondary system integrity of control
CB 1 level immediate coil continuity 4
system problem circuit
various diagnostics
CB Monitoring mechanism / chamber mechanism / chamber from combination of
CB 1 level immediate operation timing 4
system problem problem alarms and
measurements
various diagnostics
CB 1 level immediate speed 4
measurements
various diagnostics
CB 1 level immediate travel 4
measurements
various diagnostics
CB 1 level immediate discrepancy 4
measurements
auxiliary switches CB Monitoring operating mechanism
CB 1 level immediate 4 mechanism problem
position system problem
magnitude in the
CB Monitoring operating mechanism
CB 1 level immediate motor current 4 motor / spring problem rewinding motor
system problem
(spring)
motor current CB Monitoring operating mechanism in the rewinding motor
CB 1 level immediate 4 motor / spring problem
duration system problem (spring)
motor operation CB Monitoring operating mechanism
CB 1 level immediate 4 motor/ spring problem
times (spring) system problem
236
E P P (specific
monitor)
pump operation CB Monitoring operating mechanism pump / hydraulic mech.

times (hydraulic) system problem problem
number of pump CB Monitoring operating mechanism pump / hydraulic mech.
starts (hydraulic) system problem problem
low hydraulic
CB Monitoring operating mechanism pump / hydraulic mech.
CB 1 level immediate pressure threshold 4
system problem problem
(OCO/C/0)
combination of former
CB Monitoring alarms and
CB 1 level immediate oil leakage rate 8 insulation untightness
system measurement : various
diagnostics
CB Monitoring
CB 1 level immediate internal temperature 5 heating supervision heating supervision
system
heating circuit CB Monitoring
CB 1 level immediate 5 heating supervision heating supervision
continuity system
mainly used for
DC and AC power CB Monitoring secondary system
CB 1 level immediate 6 may be used as alarm compensation of
supply system problem
measured values
mainly used for
external CB Monitoring
CB 1 level immediate 5 ambient conditions may be used as alarm compensation of
temperature system
measured values
CB Monitoring
CB 1 level immediate SF6 gas moisture 7 insulation problem mostly this is offline
system
CB Monitoring main current path measurement of I and
CB 1 level immediate contact resistance 8 mostly this is offline
system ageing U
to detect abnormal
CB Monitoring mechanism / chamber
CB 1 level immediate vibration 4 condition due to
system problem
various causes
237
E P P (specific
monitor)
integrity of control complete control

CB 1 level immediate coil continuity 6 Protection control circuit problem circuit (but from a (normally just tripping)
larger perspective) circuit, not just the CB
mechanism / chamber mechanism / chamber
CB 1 level immediate operation timing 4 Protection
problem problem
CB 1 level immediate 4 Protection mechanism problem
consistency problem
protect network if
CB 1 RMS immediate load current 1 Protection insulation ageing
protect network if
CB 1 level immediate control circuit status 6 Protection control circuit problem
current broken (load main current pass
chamber ageing - I
2
CB 1 RMS immediate 1 Protection
and short circuit) ageing
PT 2 RMS immediate load current 1 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
main current path

PT 2 RMS immediate load current 1 SCADA cumulative loading
ageing
load I higher that
PT 2 RMS immediate 1 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
limit - value
PT 2 RMS immediate 1 SCADA cumulative loading
load I higher that
PT 2 level delayed 1 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
limit - duration
PT 2 level delayed 1 SCADA cumulative loading
instant secondary system
PT 2 immediate cooling failure alarm 3 SCADA problem indication
value/peak problem
238
E P P (specific
monitor)
instant dangerous oil

PT 2 immediate 3 SCADA total ageing problem indication
value/peak temperature alarm
PT 2 RMS immediate short circuit I value 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative loading
short circuit I
PT 2 RMS immediate 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative loading
duration
PT 2 RMS immediate inrush I value 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative loading

instant
PT 2 immediate overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
hot spot calculation
PT Monitoring (with load current) /
PT 2 level immediate oil temperature 3 insulation problem
system overload capacity /
excessive heating
hot spot calculation,
PT Monitoring ageing rate, overload
PT 2 RMS immediate load current 1 insulation ageing
system capacity according to
the IEC 60354
overvoltage+ gases in
instant load voltage and PT Monitoring oil => insulation
PT 2 immediate 2 insulation ageing
value/peak peak voltage system evaluation. Also current
load
together with
overvoltage, detects
PT Monitoring Several gasses
PT 2 level immediate gas in oil content 7 insulation problem insulation problems
system monitored
due to thermal
overload and PD
239
E P P (specific
monitor)
PT Monitoring
PT 2 level immediate moisture in oil 7 insulation problem insulation problems
system
PT Monitoring
PT 2 level immediate oil level in tank 3 insulation untightness oil leaks
system
PT Monitoring if bushings have

PT 2 level immediate oil pressure 3 insulation problem insulation problems
system separate oil volume
PT Monitoring
PT 2 level immediate cooler temperature 3 cooling unit malfunction cooling unit malfunction
system
necessary for thermal
operating times of PT Monitoring
PT 2 level immediate 4 cooling unit malfunction cooling unit malfunction modelling of PT
pumps and fans system
(IEC60354)
position of tap PT Monitoring number of operations
PT 2 level immediate 4 tap changer ageing
changer system => ageing
PT Monitoring
PT 2 level immediate OLTC motor times 4 tap changer problem
system
PT Monitoring
PT 2 level immediate OLTC motor power 4 tap changer problem
system
PT Monitoring dielectric integrity PD assessment (UHF
PT 2 level immediate partial discharges 7 insulation problem
system problem techniques)
PT 2 RMS immediate load current 1 Protection insulation ageing protections
instant internal temperature

PT 2 immediate 5 Protection heating supervision protections
value/peak (oil)
instant internal temperature
PT 2 immediate 5 Protection heating supervision protections
value/peak (solid insulation)
240
E P P (specific
monitor)
CT 3 RMS immediate load current 1 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
load I higher that

CT 3 RMS immediate 1 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
limit - value
load I higher that
CT 3 level delayed 1 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
limit - duration
load I higher that
CT 3 RMS immediate 1 SCADA secondary part ageing cumulative loading
limit - value
load I higher that
CT 3 level delayed 1 SCADA secondary part ageing cumulative loading
limit - duration
CT 3 RMS immediate short circuit I value 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative loading
short circuit I
CT 3 RMS immediate 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative loading
duration
instant
CT 3 immediate SF6 leakage alarm 3 SCADA insulation untightness (mean-time between
value/peak
instant (fero)resonance Ie
CT 3 immediate 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative loading
value/peak value
(fero)resonance Ie
CT 3 level immediate 1 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative loading
duration
instant
CT 3 immediate overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
CT monitoring of 3
instant comparison of VT and
CT 3 immediate phases currents 7 Protection insulation problem detect CT failure
value/peak CT output
balance
241
E P P (specific
monitor)
CT monitoring of 3
instant secondary systems comparison of VT and
CT 3 immediate phases currents 6 Protection detect CT failure
value/peak parameters CT output
balance
load U higher than
VT 4 RMS immediate 2 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
limit - value
load U higher than
VT 4 level delayed 2 SCADA insulation ageing cumulative loading
limit - duration
instant
VT 4 immediate SF6 leakage alarm 3 SCADA insulation untightness (mean-time between
value/peak
at steady state service,
instant the problem can be in
VT 4 immediate Uo differs from zero 3 Fault recorder VT out of accuracy problem indication
value/peak secondary as well as in
primary part
instant (fero)resonance U
VT 4 immediate 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative loading
value/peak value
(fero)resonance U
VT 4 level immediate 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative loading
duration
instant (fero)resonance U
VT 4 immediate 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative loading
value/peak frequency
instant
VT 4 immediate overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
VT monitoring of 3 Inter-turn short circuits

instant
VT 4 immediate phases open delta 7 Protection insulation problem (MVT) or broken
value/peak
voltage capacitors (CCVT)
242
E P P (specific
monitor)
VT monitoring of 3
instant secondary systems VT monitoring by fuse
VT 4 immediate phases open delta 6 Protection
value/peak parameters fail output monitoring
voltage
main current path
DS 5 RMS immediate load current 1 SCADA cumulative loading
ageing
DS 5 RMS immediate 1 SCADA cumulative loading
DS 5 level delayed 1 SCADA cumulative loading
instant delay in 3-poles operating mechanism chamber and / or op.
DS 5 immediate 4 SCADA problem indication
value/peak operation problem mech.
instant delay in 3-poles main current path chamber and / or op.
DS 5 immediate 4 SCADA problem indication
value/peak operation problem mech.
main current path cumulative number of
DS 5 level delayed number of operation 4 SCADA
ageing CO
DS 5 level delayed number of operation 4 SCADA
ageing CO
instant
DS 5 immediate overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
DS 5 level immediate motor current 4
system problem
DS 5 level immediate motor power 4
system problem
243
E P P (specific
monitor)
several points are

monitored on the
DS Monitoring operating mechanism power consumption
DS 5 level immediate motor timing 4
system problem curve : various
diagnostics can be
made
specific need for very

DS Monitoring
DS 5 level immediate position 4 indication of position position of DS cold climates
system
(presence of ICE)
DS Monitoring
DS 5 level immediate internal temperature 5 heating supervision heating supervision
system
load U higher than
SA 6 RMS immediate 2 SCADA ZnO blocks ageing cumulative loading
limit - value
load U higher than
SA 6 level delayed 2 SCADA ZnO blocks ageing cumulative loading
limit - duration
instant temporary
SA 6 immediate 2 Fault recorder ZnO blocks ageing cumulative loading
value/peak overvoltage value
temporary
SA 6 level immediate overvoltage 2 Fault recorder ZnO blocks ageing cumulative loading
duration
lightning
instant
SA 6 immediate overvoltage 2 Fault recorder ZnO blocks ageing cumulative number
value/peak
exposition
SA Monitoring measurement of 3rd
SA 6 RMS immediate leakage current 1 ZnO blocks problems on-line
system harmonics
instant
GIS 7 immediate SF6 leakage alarm 3 SCADA insulation untightness (mean-time between
value/peak
244
E P P (specific
monitor)

instant
GIS 7 immediate overvoltage 2 Fault recorder insulation ageing cumulative number directly protected by
value/peak
exposition SA
GIS Monitoring dielectric integrity PD assessment (UHF

GIS 7 level immediate partial discharges 7 insulation problem
system problem techniques)
rem : electronic or
SF6 leakage alarm- GIS Monitoring
GIS 7 level immediate 3 insulation untightness conventional
monitoring
rem : electronic or
SF6 leakage alarm GIS Monitoring
GIS 7 level immediate 3 insulation untightness conventional
monitoring

GIS 7 level immediate 5 low temperature

GIS 7 level immediate 3 insulation problem
measurement for
GIS Monitoring record keeping,
GIS 7 level immediate SF6 leakage rates 8 insulation untightness
system insurance,
scheduling
battery output
Other 8 level immediate 8 Protection output within standard automatic regulation alarm if outside limits
voltage
battery output
Other 8 level immediate 8 Protection output within standard automatic regulation alarm if outside limits
current
245
E P P (specific
monitor)
battery charging maintaining battery

Other 8 level immediate 8 Protection automatic regulation alarm if outside limits
current condition
Other 8 level immediate 8 Protection protections
Other 8 level immediate battery earth fault 8 Protection integrity of DC supplies protections
air compressor determines if air is integrity of CB

Other 8 level immediate 8 Other
running hours leaking operation
air compressor
ensures no moisture in
Other 8 level immediate moisture in air (dew 8 Other dielectric integrity
CB
point)
246
Appendix 5 Value Matrix
It is recognised that there are utilities that genuinely cannot produce all the monetized data to
complete the full economic justification. Many utilities will not be able to do this fully, some more so
than others. The WG has produced a suggested Value Matrix Tool which is designed to help where
monetized values and risks are not calculable. It is a technique that enables comparison of risk using
non-monetary analysis for the value items that the utility cannot quantify. The matrix allows the utility
to compare dissimilar projects on a qualitative/relative basis. An example of a Value Matrix is shown
below.
Normal risk calculations are based on the formula;
RISK = IMPACT (or CONSEQUENCE) x PROBABILITY

this can be considered to be a RISK MATRIX.
To obtain value we are considering an OPPORTUNITY which we are taking as the opposite of RISK,
this we are defining as the VALUE MATRIX. In effect it comprises two tables;
1) A RISK / VALUE matrix plotting Criteria v Weighting Factors

2) A DECISION criteria of Likelihood of Occurrence v Weighting Factors.
The tool is useful as an approximate method for the ranking of a range of condition monitoring (CM)
options; it does not purport to be a full quantitative justification of investments in CM. The tool uses
subjective weightings and factors, and simply requires the user to plug in the several weighting factors
for likelihood and consequences. It then helps to put various options for condition monitoring in
perspective.
Some utilities may need to use all the items to determine subjective rankings of various alternatives;
some may be able to monetize the majority of items and only need to use the tool for a few of the
items. The WG has tried to make the Value Matrix complete so that each user can pick out the parts
required, or merely use it as an aide-memoire to determine all the values they should be considering
in there full monetized calculations.
All utilities are recommended as far as possible to monetize every part of each condition monitoring
project. Problems arise when they do not take into account "all" the values gained when implementing
CM because these values are very difficult to monetize (there is a suspicion that many very good
projects were not started because the overall value was not considered, i.e. not fully calculated).
There may be cases where the engineer spending money for the CM is not necessarily the same
person that will gain some or all of the values. The Value Matrix tool guides the utilities to consider all
aspects of the values obtained.
This proposed tool should be used to complement any existing monetized tool. Its purpose is to
quantify the "subjective" values. In order to do that, the user (i.e. a group of company experts) should
first define the template to their own "engineering judgment" and company's values. This company
template should then normally remain unchanged, and be used as it is for the evaluation of all the new
CM projects.
For each new project, the same expert team performing the monetized analysis could also use this
new tool in order to put a number to the values. If necessary, instead of using 2 numbers (money and
value) to make their decision, they could use an equation of their own to convert the resulting value
number to money and include it in their monetizing tool. This approach is flexible and can be applied
as necessary to any utility where required. It is thought that even if experts are using a monetizing tool
that some numbers are still subjective.
247
The tool provides for each project a detailed description of all the decisions taken by the experts team
when evaluating the values. With this history, it is possible to later validate the obtained values and
modify if necessary one or more subjective value selections.
These Values and degrees-of-Values in the Value Matrix tool are a "visual summing up" of the points
already made in the various Chapters. It must be stressed that each utility will;
Have to define their own risks

Have to define their own Weighting Factors WF1-5, WFa-e and WFr1-99
Decide which of the Values that are applicable
Look at each criteria and decide which priority has highest ratings
Decide an overall timescale
Define each risk according to their individual company
Construct their own Value Matrix
However the tool is only as useful as how well or otherwise this might be accomplished. For example
the tool requires the user to estimate the likelihood of negative impact avoidance over an evaluation
period. This involves knowledge of and the ability to combine the likelihood of a failure mechanism
being active, the likelihood of the CM correctly detecting the problem, and the likelihood of there being
time to correct the problem and prevent failure.
For assets where failure rate data are available engineers might know what the likelihood of failure is
on average on a per year basis, but it is unlikely that they would be able to exactly calculate what that
would convert to for say a 10 year planning period (p = 0.01 per year becomes p = 0.09135 for the ten
year period). It is likely that the factors will be estimated on a best guess basis which essentially adds
up to engineering judgment which is not normally an adequate justification for investments in most
utilities nowadays.
The following words are added to the tool to ensure that users do not expect it to be a replacement or
equivalent to a full monetized calculation;
NB.
All utilities are recommended to monetize every part of each condition monitoring project
as far as possible. This proposed tool should be used to complement any existing
monetized tool. Its purpose is to quantify the "subjective" values. In order to do that, the
user (i.e. a group of company experts) should first define the template to their own
"engineering judgment" and company's values. This company template should then
normally remain unchanged, and be used as it is for the evaluation of all the new CM
projects.
However on the positive side, the tool is potentially useful as an approximate method for ranking of a
range of options for condition monitoring, but not for quantitative justification of investments in CM. It is
also a good aide memoire for the items required in a full monetized solution, Fig. App.5.1 gives a
comprehensive list of Values that need to be considered. The tool is relatively easy to use as it
simply requires the user to plug in the several weighting factors for likelihood and consequences.
The set of 4 Figures show the VALUE MATRIX tool populated with the data of a typical hypothetical
utility;
1) Fig. App.5.1 (spread over 3 pages) Example of a typical completed VALUE MATRIX
2) Fig. App.5.2 Example of WEIGHTING FACTOR ASSESSMENT for a typical VALUE MATRIX
3) Fig. App.5.3 Example of a populated VALUE MATRIX
4) Fig. App.5.4 Example of results from a populated VALUE MATRIX
To produce this Value Matrix example, a simple spreadsheet software was used. For each selected
criteria, the user clicks on the Fig. App. 5.1 cell corresponding to one of the five possibilities (WFa-e);
the software then asks the user to select the likelihood of occurrence (WF1-5) for the selected criteria
248
and change the cells colour accordingly. When the selection is completed, the temporary tables are
populated automatically. For example, Fig, App. 5.3 displays the intermediate results: the users
choices are shown with a colour and number value; the number value is only the multiplication of the
selected three weighting factors (WF1-5, WFa-e and WFr1-99) for each selected criteria. These values
are then added together, for each of the five colour categories, and displayed in three different ways in
the last picture (Fig. App. 5.4) (table, pie chart and column graph).
Other items are self-evident and/or self-explanatory in the Figures.
It must be emphasised that this is only one example of a Value Matrix Tool, each user would be
expected to construct their own tool using this as an example of what items to consider.
Finally, this Value Matrix tool is also a good aide memoire for all the Value items that require to be
considered in a full monetized solution, Fig. App.5.1 (3 pages) gives a comprehensive list of Values
that need to be considered, and summarises the Values obtained from on-line substation condition
monitoring.
249
Condition Monitoring System : CM-System from Company X Equipment : SF6 Circuit -breaker Y Evaluation Period Z : 10 years
22/11/2010 17:45
LIKELIHOOD of NEGATIVE IMPACT AVOIDANCE or

SUCCESSFULL ACHIEVEMENT VALUE OBTAINED from ALL impact criterias by HAVING on-line Condition Monitoring 'X' on equipment 'Y' for the evaluation period 'Z'
(when using CM within the evaluation period) :
> 90% WF5 10 MODERATE VALUE HIGH VALUE EXTREME VALUE EXTREME VALUE EXTREME VALUE
50 - 90% WF4 8 SOME VALUE MODERATE VALUE HIGH VALUE HIGH VALUE EXTREME VALUE
25 - 50% WF3 6 LOW VALUE SOME VALUE MODERATE VALUE HIGH VALUE EXTREME VALUE
10 - 25% WF2 4 LOW VALUE SOME VALUE SOME VALUE MODERATE VALUE HIGH VALUE
< 10% WF1 2 LOW VALUE LOW VALUE LOW VALUE SOME VALUE MODERATE VALUE
WF (importance) WFa WFb WFc WFd WFe
CRITERIA (page 1 of 3);
Relative WF 3 6 9 12 15
SAFETY Lost Time injury and/or temporary

WFr1 3 First Aid injury and/or illness Medical Aid injury and/or illness Permanent disability Fatality or Fatalities
(risk of unexpected equipment failure) disability
FINANCIAL IMPACT Expense totalling 100,000 -

WFr2 3 Expense totalling < 1,000U Expense totalling 1,000 - 10,000U Expense totalling 10,000 - 100,000U Expense > 1,000,000U
(risk of unexpected equipment failure) 1,000,000U
IMPACT on the RELIABILITY of the <250,000 customers hours lost 250,000 to <1M customers hours lost 1M to <3M customers hours lost 3M to <7M customers hours lost 7M or more customers hours lost
NETWORK WFr3 2 OR OR OR OR OR
(risk of unexpected outages) <2GWh of energy not delivered <7GWh of energy not delivered <20GWh of energy not delivered <50GWh of energy not delivered >50GWh of energy not delivered
MARKET (STOCK) IMPACT Government or Regulator enquiry Government or Regulator impose Failure to deliver required level of
Stock-holders lodge complaints to Stock-holders lodge complaints to
(risk of unexpected equipment failure and WFr4 1 conducted into utility practices and strategic and operational changes service resulting in loss of licence
Customer interruptions) utility Government or Regulator
policies upon utility to operate
REGULATOR REQUIREMENTS and Regulator imposes fines for more

Regulator imposes token fines and
FINES WFr5 3 Regulator discussions only Regulator issues warning Regulator imposes large fines than one year and/or loss of
(risk of Customer interruptions) issues severe warnings
licence to operate
Notes: 1) "U" is a monetary "unit" : 2) WF is a Weighting Factor : 3) WFr is a relative Weighting Factor : 4) WF and WFr are chosen by the utility as applicable to their organisation at the time
Fig. App.5.1
Fig. App.5.5 1 of 13)of3)Example
(page(Page Fof aa typical
- Exampleof typical completed
completed VALUE
VALUE MATRIX
MATRIX
250
22/11/2010 17:45 Condition Monitoring System : CM-System from Company X Equipment : SF6 Circuit -breaker Y Evaluation Period Z : 10 years

REPLACEMENT equipment available

Other equipment automatically picks
after a failure Other equipment immediately picks Other equipment picks up load after Overload situation cannot cope with
WFr6 1 up load after a short time delay (auto- Widespread Blackout
(forewarning of equipment problems leads to up lost load manual switching (< 2 hours) failure, automatic load-shed operates
better planning) close or auto-reclose features)
External opposition affecting utility's External opposition resulting in

External opposition resulting in
RELATIONSHIPS after equipment failure External opposition resulting in short- ability to implement its work-plans is increased regulatory legistratibe court External opposition resulying in
increased regulatory oversight,
(forewarning of equipment problems leads to WFr7 1 term delays or modifications to work- constrained and/or substantive actions or government intervention loss of licence and/or corporate
better planning to mitigate the risk) shareholders scruting and/or
plans modifications of its work-plans are resulting in a loss of responsibilities restructuring
restricted access to work-sites
required imopacting utility's corporate mandate
Unexpected loss of multiple critical

ORGANISATION and CUSTOMERS Impacts on efficiency or effectiveness Portions of organisation experience Ability to achieve corporate goals is
Negligible impact on service delivery staff including senior leadership
(Customers appreciate better planning to WFr8 1 of some services, but would be dealt unexpected attrition or reduced threatened or there is a significant
mitigate the risk) and staff and the ability to deliver critical
with internally attraction factors increase in the cost of service
services
ORGANISATION and STAFF Portions of organisation experience

Impacts on efficiency or effectiveness Loss of multiple critical staff including Withdrawal of labour by key staff
(staff understand and appreciate better WFr9 1 Negligible impact on staff loss of staff or reduced attraction
planning to mitigate the risk) of some services, low staff motivation senior leadership (Strikes)
factors
ENVIRONMENT Reportable environmental incident Reportable environmental incident Reportable environmental incident Reportable environmental incident
(forewarning of equipment problems leads to WFr10 2 Non-reportable environmental incident with short-term mitigation with long-term mitigation with fines but mitigation possible to with prosecution and/or uncertain
less risk of oil spill, SF6 leak, etc.) (< 6 months) (> 6 months) achieve mitigation
Fig. App.5.1 (page (Page

Fig. App.5.5 2 of 3) Example
2 of Fofaatypical
of
3) - Example completed
typical completed VALUE
VALUE MATRIX
MATRIX
251
22/11/2010 17:45 Condition Monitoring System : CM-System from Company X Equipment : SF6 Circuit -breaker Y Evaluation Period Z : 10 years

COST of the CONDITION MONITORING High cost 5,000 - 10,000U monitoring Medium cost 1,000U - 5,000U Reasonable cost 500 - 1,000U Low cost < 500U and monitoring
Very high cost > 10,000U and only
devices or system WFr11 1 only a few equipments in the monitoring some equipments in the monitoring several equipments in the multiple equipments in the
(during the evaluation period)
monitors one piece of equipment
substation substation substation substation
Others WFr12 1 Not so problematic Little bit problematic Problematic Highly problematic Catastrophic
Staff OBJECTIVES WFr13 2 One Few Some Many All
Company OBJECTIVES WFr14 1 One Few Some Many All
Others n WFr99 1 Small Partly Many Mostly Completly
Fig. App.5.1 (page (Page

Fig. App.5.5 3 of 3) Example
3 of Fofaatypical
of
3) - Example completed
typical completed VALUE
VALUE MATRIX
MATRIX
252
Temporary WEIGHTING FACTOR (WF) ASSESSMENT Table; Automatic Values obtained from USER when making selections in the main Worksheet
NEGATIVE IMPACT AVOIDANCE or SUCCESSFULL ACHIEVEMENT Selected Likelihood WF (WF1 to WF5) for each Importance senario of each criteria

IMPACT CRITERIA:
Relative WF
22/11/2010 18:34
SAFETY
(reduced risk of unexpected equipment failure)
WFr1 WF5
FINANCIAL IMPACT
WFr2 WF2
IMPACT on the RELIABILITY of the NETWORK

(reduced risk of unexpected outages)
WFr3 WF2
MARKET (STOCK) IMPACT

(reduced risk of unexpected equipment failure and Customer interruptions)
WFr4 WF2
REGULATOR REQUIREMENTS and FINES

(reduced risk of Customer interruptions)
WFr5 WF2
REPLACEMENT equipment available after a failure

(forewarning of equipment problems leads to better planning)
WFr6 WF2
RELATIONSHIPS after equipment failure

(forewarning of equipment problems leads to better planning to mitigate the risk)
WFr7 WF3
ORGANISATION and CUSTOMERS

(Organisation and customers appreciate better planning to mitigate the risk)
WFr8 WF3
ORGANISATION and STAFF

(Organisation and staff understand and appreciate better planning to mitigate the risk)
WFr9 WF3
ENVIRONMENT
(forewarning of equipment problems leads to less risk of oil spill, SF6 leak, etc.)
WFr10 WF3
COST of the CONDITION MONITORING devices or system

(during the evaluation period)
WFr11 WF3
Others
WFr12
(list all others as applicable)
Staff OBJECTIVES WFr13 WF3
Company OBJECTIVES WFr14 WF3
Others n
WFr99 WF1
Fig.App.5.6
Fig. App.5.2 Example of WEIGHTING
- Example FACTOR
of WEIGHTING F ASSESSMENT
FACTOR ASSESSMENTfor afor a typical
typical VALUEVALUE
MATRIX MATRIX
253
Condition Monitoring System : CM-System from Company X Equipment : SF6 Circuit -breaker Y Evaluation Period Z : 10 years
LIKELIHOOD of;
NEGATIVE IMPACT AVOIDANCE or SUCCESSFULL ACHIEVEMENT VALUE OBTAINED from ALL impact criterias by HAVING on-line Condition Monitoring "X" on equipment "Y" for the evaluation period "Z"
27/01/2011 22:48
> 90% WF5 10 0 0 0 0 450

50 - 90% WF4 8 0 0 0 0 0
25 - 50% WF3 6 18 36 108 288 90
10 - 25% WF2 4 12 72 36 96 180
< 10% WF1 2 0 12 0 0 0
WF (importance) WFa = 3 WFb = 6 WFc = 9 WFd = 12 WFe = 15
CRITERIA:
Relative WF WF1 WF2 WF3 WF4 WF5 WF1 WF2 WF3 WF4 WF5 WF1 WF2 WF3 WF4 WF5 WF1 WF2 WF3 WF4 WF5 WF1 WF2 WF3 WF4 WF5
SAFETY
WFr1 3 450
(risk of unexpected equipment failure)
FINANCIAL IMPACT
WFr2 3 180
IMPACT on the RELIABILITY of the NETWORK

WFr3 2 96
(risk of unexpected outages)
MARKET (STOCK) IMPACT

WFr4 1 36
(equip. failure and Customer interruptions)
REGULATOR REQUIREMENTS and FINES

WFr5 3 72
(risk of Customer interruptions)
REPLACEMENT equip. available after a failure

WFr6 1 12
(forewarning of equip. failure - better planning)
RELATIONSHIPS after equipment failure

WFr7 1 18
(better planning to mitigate the risk)
ORGANISATION and CUSTOMERS

WFr8 1 36
(Org. & Customers appreciate better planning)
ORGANISATION and STAFF

WFr9 1 54
(Org. & staff appreciate better planning)
ENVIRONMENT
WFr10 2 144
(less risk of unexpected oil spill, SF6 leak, etc.)
COST of the CONDITION MONITORING devices

WFr11 1 90
or system (during the evaluation period)
Others
WFr12 1
Staff OBJECTIVES WFr13 2 144
Company OBJECTIVES WFr14 1 54
Others n
WFr99 1 12
Fig. App.5.3 Fig. App.5.3 - Example of a populated VALUE MATRIX

Example of aF populated VALUE MATRIX
254
VALUE OBTAINED (2010-11-08 09:24:28) VALUE OBTAINED (2010-11-08 09:24:28) from all Impact Criteria by VALUE OBTAINED (2010-11-08 09:24:28) from all
from all Impact Criteria by HAVING Condition HAVING Condition Monitoring 'CM-System from Company X' on Equipment 'SF6 Circuit - Impact Criteria by HAVING Condition Monitoring 'CM-System from
Monitoring 'CM-System from Company X' on breaker Y' for the Evaluation Period Z 'for 10 years' Company X' on Equipment 'SF6 Circuit -breaker Y' for the Evaluation Period
Z 'for 10 years'
Equipment 'SF6 Circuit -breaker Y' for the
Evaluation Period Z 'for 10 years'
Summation of values by category (colour)

27/01/2011 22:48
Extreme Value 540
High Value 468

600
540
Moderate Value 204 Low Value
Some Value 42
Some Value 144 3%
144
Moderate Value 500
Low Value 42 10%
204 468
15%
Total Value 1398

400
Value_Tool_Cigre_B3_12 is a tool suggested by WG 300

B3-12 as a means to calculate the Value of a Condition
Monitoring System. The resulting numbers are not
absolute, they are based on a consideration of a
200
hypothetical substation using the experience of the WG High Value 204
Extreme Value
Members. They are produced to indicate how a Value 468
540
Matrix can be configured, however each utility would be 33%
39%
expected to include their own Weighting Factors, Unit
100
Costs, etc. in producing a similar Value Matrix 144
applicable to their substations.
Extreme Value 42
NB. Extreme Value
All utilities are recommended as far as possible to High Value
High Value
monetize every part of each condition monitoring project. Note: the two graphs and the small table at their left are three representations of the same thing. Moderate
This proposed tool should be used to complement any Value
Moderate Value Some Value
existing monetized tool. Its purpose is to quantify the
"subjective" values. In order to do that, the user (i.e. a Low Value
group of company experts) should first define the Some Value
template to their own "engineering judgment" and
company's values. This company template should then Low Value
normally remain unchanged, and be used as it is for the
evaluation of all the new CM projects.
Fig. App.5.4 Fig.

Example of results
App.5.4 - Example Ffrom
of results fromaa populated VALUE
populated VALUE MATRIX MATRIX
255

462

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

462

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

462

Working Group B3.12

Nicolaie Fantana (DE) Secretary

Jos Anguas (ES) Gary Ford (CA) Thierry Jung (FR)

Dagmar Kopejtkov (CZ) Andr Mercier (CA) Cesare Ravetta (IT)

Martin Schumacher (DE) John Skog (US) Werner Steingrber (DE)

Dave Woodcock (GB)

Corresponding & Ex-Contributing Members

Jean-Marie David (FR) Francois Gallon (FR) Terry Krieg (AU)

Lorenz Mller (CH) Fred Paes (BR) Knathip Spuntupong (TH)

Simon Sutton (GB) Koichi Taketa (JP) Tokio Yamagiwa (JP)

ISBN: 978. 2. 85873.151.0

Chapter 2 Definitions and Terminology 19

Chapter 3 Present Utilities Challenges 26

Chapter 5 Economic Justification of Substation Condition Monitoring 43

Chapter 6 Sources of Substation Condition Monitoring Data 64

Chapter 7 Management of Substation Monitoring Data and Evaluation Schemes 75

Chapter 8 Substation Condition Monitoring Results Management 85

Chapter 9 Present Practice 103

Chapter 10 Future Development 144

Chapter 11 Summary, Recommendations and Conclusion 153

Appendix 2 Condition Monitoring Equipment 167

Appendix 3 Questionnaire 178

Appendix 4 Tables of Equipment Monitored 200

Appendix 5 Value Matrix 247

The Technical Brochure asks and gives recommendations on a series of questions;

If monitoring can help, is it economically effective?

What experiences, good and bad, can be shared today?

In short, how to obtain Value from on-line substation condition monitoring.

The Working Group was targeted with;

Will this device/these devices be cost effective for my network?

1.3 Reasons for monitoring

1.4 General introduction to on-line condition monitoring

Fig. 1.8 The complete Condition Monitoring Lifebelt

1.6 Evolution of on-line condition monitoring

1.7 Interest Groups

Questions were grouped with the following headings;

1.9 Questionnaires influence on the Technical Brochure layout

Chapter 3: Present utilities challenges

Chapter 4: Condition monitoring contribution to utilities solutions

Chapter 5: Economic justification for substation condition monitoring

Chapter 6: Sources of substation condition monitoring data

Chapter 7: Management of substation monitoring data and evaluation schemes

Chapter 8: Substation condition monitoring results management

Chapter 9: Present practice

- What was the situation before?

The objective of this Technical Brochure is three-fold;

References for Chapter 1

Arguably one of the most difficult words to define.

Various Dictionaries define Value as the;

Things only have the value we give them Molire

Table 2.1 Condition classifications [2.1]

2.1.3 On-line condition monitoring

IEC 60050 definition 351-22-03;

IEC 60050 definition 351-30-12;

2.1.5 Diagnostics or diagnostic testing

2.1.6 Differences between diagnostic test, monitoring, condition monitoring, and

2.1.7 Substation equipment and condition monitoring devices

Throughout this Technical Brochure the following will apply;

2.1.8 Sub-division of condition monitoring devices

2.1.8.1 Equipment monitoring devices

2.1.8.2 Network monitoring devices

2.2.2 RCM Reliability Centred Maintenance

2.2.4 RBM Risk Based Maintenance